Sanskrit Dictionary


akaraṇam	अकरणम् [कृ-भावे ल्युट् न. त.] Not doing, absence of action; अकरणान्मन्दकरणं श्रेयः. -ण a. [न. ब.] 1 Not artificial, natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the Supreme Spirit).

akala	अकल a. [नास्ति कला अवयवो यस्य] Not in parts, without parts, epithot of the Supreme Spirit.

akāya	अकाय a.. [नास्ति कायो यस्य] Without body, incorporeal. -यः 1 An epithet of Rāhu, who is represented as having no body, but only a head. -2 Epithet of the Supreme Spirit (without body, parts &c.)

akṛta	अकृत a. [कृ-कर्मणि क्तः, न. त.] 1 Not done, undone, unperformed; सर्वान् बलकृतानर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168; कृतं चाप्यकृतं भवेत् 8.117. -2 Wrongly or differently done; कृताकृतावेक्षणादौ ब्रह्मा ऋत्विङ् नियुज्यते इति याज्ञिकाः. -3 Incomplete, not _x001F_/ready (as food); अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्रात् (अदोषवत्) Ms.1.144. not cultivated (अनुप्तशस्यम् Kull.); कृतान्नं चाकृता- न्नेन (निर्मातव्यम्) 1.94 (सिद्धान्नं चामान्नेन Kull.) -4 Uncreated. -5 One who has done no work. -6 Not developed or perfected, unripe, immature. -ता One not legally regarded as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, (पुत्रिकात्वेन अकल्पिता); अकृता वा कृता वापि यं विन्देत्सदृशात्सुतम् Ms.9.136; according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her father (अभिसंधिमात्रकृता वाग्व्यवहारेण कृता; कृता = यदपत्यं भवेदस्यां तन्मम स्यात्स्वधाकरम् इत्यभिधाय कन्यादानकाले वरानुमत्या या क्रियते Kull.). -तम् An unperformed act; non-performance of an act; an unheard-of deed; अकृतं वै प्रजापतिः करोति Ait. Br. -Comp. -अर्थ a.. unsuccessful. -अस्त्र a. unpractised in arms. -आत्मन् a. 1 ignorant, foolish, having an uncontrolled mind. -2 not identified with Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -उद्वाह a. unmarried. -एनस् a. not sinful or guilty, innocent. -कारम् adv. as has not been done before; ˚रं करोति Kāś.III.4.36. -ज्ञ a. ungrateful. -धी, --बुद्धि a. ignorant; पश्यत्यकृतबुद्धित्वान्न स पश्यति दुर्मतिः Bg.18.16 through unrefined understanding. -व्रणः -1 N.of a commentator on the Purāṇas; V. P.; of a companion of Rāma Jāmadagnya; Mb. -2 not wounded.

akṣaya	अक्षय a. [नास्ति क्षयो यस्य] 1 Undecaying, exempt from decay, imperishable, undying, unfailing, inexhaustible; सदोपयोगे$पि गुरुस्त्वमक्षयो निधिः Śi 1.28; स संधार्यः प्रयत्नेन स्वर्गमक्षयमिच्छता Ms.3.79; यज्ञनिर्वृत्तिमक्षयां 4.23; गया- यामक्षयवटे पितॄणां दत्तमक्षयं Vāyu P.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थमक्षयं R.3. 13; मुनिभिः सार्धमक्षयैः Rām.7.18.12; Mb.9.176. -2 Poor, without house or habitation, such as a hermit or संन्यासिन् (क्षयो वासः तच्छून्यः अनिकेतनः संन्यासी दरिद्रो वा.) -यः 1 The Supreme Spirit परमात्मन्. -2 N. of the 2th year in the cycle of Jupiter. -या [अक्षयं पुण्यं यत्रास्ति-अच्] N. of a day which is said to confer undying religious merit; अमैव सोमवारेण रविवारेण सप्तमी । चतुर्थी भौमवारेण अक्षयादपि चाक्षया. -Comp. -गुणः, -पुरुहूतः Śiva (possessing imperishable qualities). -तृतीया the festival falling on the _x001F_1third day of the bright half of Vaiśākha (the first day of (सत्ययुग), which is said to secure permanence to all actions performed on that day (वैशाखे मासि राजेन्द्र शुक्ल- पक्षे तृतीयिका । अक्षया सा तिथिः प्रोक्ता कृत्तिकारोहिणीयुता ॥ तस्यां दानादिकं सर्वपक्षयं समुदाहृतम्). -नीवी f. a permanent endowment. Buddhist Inser. -मतिः name of a Buddhist. -लोकः the heaven.

akṣara	अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.

akṣetra	अक्षेत्र a. [न.त.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. -त्रम् 1 A bad field (अप्रशस्तम् क्षेत्रम्); अक्षेत्रे बीजमुत्सृष्टमन्तरैव विनश्यति Ms.1.71. -2 Not a good geometrical figure. -3 (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of anything). Comp. -विद् a. [क्षेत्रं देहतत्त्वं तत्त्वतो न जानाति; विद्-क्विप्] destitute of spiritual knowledge; not knowing the true nature of the क्षेत्र or body (क्षेत्रतत्त्वानभिज्ञः आत्मत्वेन देहाभिमानी जीवः); So अक्षेत्रज्ञ.

akhila	अखिल a. [नास्ति खिलं अवशिष्टं यस्य Tv.] 1 Whole, entire, complete; oft. with सर्व. एतद्धि मत्तो$धिजगे सर्वमेषो$खिलं मुनिः Ms.1.59; ˚लेन entirely. -2 Not uncultivated or fallow, ploughed (land); ˚आत्मन् the universal spirit.

agasti	अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति _x001F_+स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः] 1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent. -3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta-phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra-bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव _x001F_.दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa.

agniḥ	अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

aṅkaḥ	अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.

aṅku	अङ्कु (कू) रित a. [अङ्कुरा अस्य सञ्जाताः, तारका˚ इतच्] Having sprouts; ˚तं मनसिजेनेव V.1.13 as if Love has put forth sprouts. -2 Blotched, having boils on the skin; निद्रालुरङ्कूरितहस्तलक्ष्यः Mātaṅga L.5.2; ˚घर्मसलिलः Dk.125 with drops of perspiration bursting forth.

aṅgiraḥ	अङ्गिरः अङ्गिरस् m. [अङ्गति-अङ्ग् गतौ असि इरुट्; Uṇ 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. अङ्गिरस् is from अङ्गार; ये अङ्गारा आसंस्ते$ङ्गिरसो$भवन्; so Nir.; अङ्गारेषु यो बभूव सो$ङ्गिराः] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Rigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Aṅgira is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (शिवो भव प्रजाभ्यो मानुषीभ्यस्त्व- मङ्गिरः; अङ्गिरोभिः ऋषिभिः संपादितत्वात् अङ्गसौष्ठवाद्वा अङ्गिरा अग्निरूपः) According to Bhārata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Aṅgiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:- निक्षिपाम्यहमग्नित्वं त्वमग्निः प्रथमो भव । भविष्यामि द्वितीयो$हं प्राजा- पत्यक एव च ॥ Aṅgiras said :- कुरु पुण्यं प्रजासर्गं भवाग्निस्तिमि- रापहः । मां च देव कुरुष्वाग्ने प्रथमं पुत्रमञ्जसा ॥ तत्श्रुत्वाङ्गिरसो वाक्यं जातवेदास्तथा$करोत्. He was one of the 1 mind-born sons of Brahmā. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Bṛhaspati, Utathya and Saṁvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhū, Sinīvālī, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Aṅgiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 1 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Aṅgiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. शिष्यैरुपेता आजग्मु: कश्यपाङ्गिरसादयः (Bhāg. 1.9.8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Dakṣa, Svadhā and Satī. He is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidyā. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Aṅgiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rāthītara, a Kṣatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Aṅgiras. The principal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Aṅgi-ras were 33. His family has three distinct branches केवलाङ्गिरस, गौतमाङ्गिरस and भारद्वाजाङ्गिरस each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.) 1 Descendants of Aṅgiras, [Aṅgiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Aṅgirasas. Like Aṅgiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the अश्वमेध, राजसूय &c.] -2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda. -3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.

acaitanyam	अचैतन्यम् [न. त.] 1 Unconsciousness, insensibility; ignorance in spiritual matters. -2 The material world, matter.

ajara	अजर a. [न. ब.] 1 _x001F_2Not subject to old age or decay; ever young अजरं वृद्धत्वम् K.13; cf. वृद्धत्वं जरया विना R.1.23 -2 Undecaying, imperishable; पुराणमजरं विदुः R.1.19; अनन्तमजरं ब्रह्म Bh.3.69, H. Pr.3, Pt.1. 151, Ms.2.146. -रः 1 A god (who is not subject to old age). अजरामरवत्प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. -2 N. of a plant वृद्धदारक or जीर्णफंजी (Mar. काळी वरधारा). (˚रा also). -Comp. -द्रुमः The name of Kalpavṛikṣa. Śāhendra.2.13. -रा 1 N. of a plant गृहकन्या or घृतकुमारा Also Perfoliote. (Mar. कोरफड). 2- A house-lizard (गोधालिका). -रम् [जीर्यते क्षीयते जॄ-अच्] The Supreme Spirit.

ajñāna	अज्ञान a. [न. ब.] Ignorant, unwise. -नम् [न. त.] Ignorance, unconsciousness; especially, spirtual ignorance (अविद्या) which makes one consider his self as distinct from the Supreme spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedāntins, अज्ञान is not merely a negative principle; (ज्ञानस्य अभावः), but a distinct positive principle; oft. identified with माया, प्रकृति &c. See अविद्या aiso In compounds अज्ञान may be translated by 'unawares,' 'inadvertently', 'unconsciously'; ˚आचरित, ˚उच्चारित &c.; ˚नतः, -˚नेन, ˚नात् unawares, inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly ˚तः स्वचरितं नृपतिः शशंस R.9.77. committed unintentionally or unconsciously. -परीक्षा See अज्ञातवस्तुशास्त्र.

atantra	अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.

ativāhaḥ	अतिवाहः [अतीत्य देहं अन्यदेहे वाहः प्रापणम् स. त.] 1 Passing or conveying of the सूक्ष्मशरीर, the subtle principle of life, to the bodies at the expiry of good actions (अदृष्ट) contributing to the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. -2 Carrying over.

ativāhakaḥ	अतिवाहकः [अतीत्य एतं देहं वाहयति देहान्तरं प्रापयति; वह्-ण्वुल्] The deity or spirit appointed by God to help in the conveying of the जीव or सूक्ष्मशरीर in the above manner.

atisparśa	अतिस्पर्श a. Not liberal, niggardly, mean-spirited. -र्शः Slight contact or absence of contact of the tongue and palate in pronunciation; epithet of the semivowels and vowels.

adīna	अदीन a. Not low or depressed, high-spirited; mighty, not poor; rich, happy. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -वृत्ति, -सत्त्व a. not depressed in spirit, high-spirited, high-mettled.

advaya	अद्वय a. [नास्ति द्वयं यस्य] 1 Not two. -2 Without a second, unique; sole; अद्वयं ब्रह्म Ved. Sūtra. -यः [अद्वयं विज्ञानाभेदः पदार्थानाम् अस्त्यस्य वादकत्वेन अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Buddha -यम् [न. त.] Non-duality, unity, identity; especially of Brahman and the universe, or of spirit and matter; the highest truth. -Comp. -आनन्दः = अद्वैतानन्दः q. v. -वादिन् (= अद्वैत˚) one who propounds the identity of spirit and matter or of Brahman _x001F_+and the universe (सर्वमेव वस्तु चित्स्वरूपं नान्यदतो द्वितीयमस्ति इति यः प्रतिपादयति) 2. Buddha; Jina; षडभिज्ञो दशबलो$द्वयवादी विनायकः Ak.

advaita	अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin.

adharmaḥ	अधर्मः [न. त.] 1 Unrighteousness, irreligion, impiousness, wickedness, injustice; ˚दण्डनम् Ms.8.127 unjust punishment; अधर्मेण unjustly, in an improper way; यश्चाधर्मेण पृच्छति Ms.2.111; an unjust act; a guilty or wicked deed; sin; ˚चारिन् committing unjust or unrighteous deeds; so ˚आत्मन् of an irreligious spirit; तदा कथम्˚ भीरुः Ś.5; ˚मय full of wickedness or sin; for definitions &c. of धर्म and अधर्म See Tarka K. P.19. (धर्म and अधर्म are two of the 24 qualities mentioned in Nyāya, and they pertain only to the soul. They are the peculiar causes of pleasure and pain respectively. They are imperceptible, but inferred from reasoning and from transmigration.) -2 N. of a Prajāpati or of an attendant of the sun. -र्मा Unrighteousness personified. -र्मम् Devoid of attributes, an epithet of ब्रह्म -Comp. -अस्तिकायः the category of अधर्म, See अस्तिकाय.

adhibhatam	अधिभतम् [अधिष्ठायिभूतं or भूतं प्राणिमात्रमधिकृत्य वर्तमानम्] The highest being; the Supreme Spirit or its all-pervading influence; the whole inanimate creation; अधिभूतं च किं प्रोक्तं Bg.8.1; अधिभूतं क्षरो भावः 8.4 'अधिभूत is all perishable things.'

adhirāj	अधिराज् m. -जः [अधिराजते; राज्-क्विप्, राजन्-टच्-वा] A sovereign or supreme ruler, an emperor; प्रायोपविष्टो गङ्गायामनादृत्याधिराट् श्रियम् Bhāg; अद्यास्तमेतु भुवनेष्वधिराजशब्दः U.6.16; king, head, lord (of men, animals &c.); हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku.1.1; so मृग˚, नाग˚ &c. अधिराज्यम् adhirājyam ष्ट्रम् ṣṭram अधिराज्यम् ष्ट्रम् [अधिकृतं राज्यं राष्ट्रम् अत्र] 1 Imperial or sovereign sway, supremacy, sole sovereignty, imperial dignity, an empire. -2 N. of a country.

adhyavasāyaḥ	अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')

adhyātma	अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.

anaḥ	अनः [अन्-अच्] Breath, respiration; प्राणो$पानो व्यान उदानः समानो$नः इत्येतत्सर्वं प्राण इति Bṛ. Up.1.5.3. [cf. L. animus, Gr. anemos]. अनः प्राणयुते$पि स्यात् । Nm.

anaṅga	अनङ्ग a. [न. ब.] 1 Bodiless, without a body; formless, incorporeal; त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः Ku.4.9. -2 Different from the body. -3 Without a supplement or auxiliary. -ङ्गः 1 Cupid (the bodiless one; so called from his having been reduced to ashes by Siva with the fire of his third eye, when he tried to seduce the God's mind towards Pārvatī for the birth of a deliverer of the Gods from Tāraka.) -2 Wind. -3 A goblin. -4 A shadow, cf. अनङ्गे मन्मथे वायौ पिशाचच्छाययोरपि Nm. -ङ्गम् 1 Sky, air, ether. -2 The mind (आकाशस्य निरवयवत्वात् न्यायवैशेषिकमते चित्तस्य अगुणत्वेन तस्य तथात्वम्). -Comp. -आपीडः N. of a king of Kashmir. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] 1 amorous sports. -2 N. of a metre of two lines, the first with 16 long, and second with 32 short, syllables. -द a. [उप. स.] inspiring love; ˚दे तनुभूते ते भुजलते K.22. (also without Aṅgada); बाह्वोरनङ्गदत्वस्य बाले ते कारणे उभे Bhār. Ch. -देवी N. of a queen of Kashmir. -द्वादशी N. of the 83rd chapter of भविष्योत्तरपुराण; ˚त्रयोदशीव्रतम्, see under व्रत. -पालः N. of a king's chamberlain at Kashmir. -लेखः (मदनलेखः) a love letter; ˚लेखक्रिय- योपयोगं (व्रजन्ति) Ku.1.7. -रङ्गः N. of a erotic work describing the several postures (आसन) pertaining to sexual intercourse. -लेखा 1 A love letter. -2 N. of a queen of Kashmir. -शत्रुः, -असुहृत् &c. N. of Siva. -शेखरः N. of a metre of four lines, each with 15 iambic feet.

anañjana	अनञ्जन a. [न. ब.] 1 Without collyrium, pigment or paint; नेत्रे दूरमनञ्जने S. D. -2 Faultless, taintless. -3 Without any connection (निःसम्बन्ध). -नम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 The Supreme Spirit (परब्रह्म), Viṣṇu or Nārāyaṇa. यदा विसृष्टस्त्वमऩञ्जनेन वै बलं प्रविष्टो$जित- दैत्यदानवम् Bhāg 9.5.8.

ananta	अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.

anātman	अनात्मन् a. [न. ब.] 1 Destitute of spirit or mind. -2 Not spiritual, corporeal. -3 One who has not restrained his self; अनात्मनस्तु शत्रुत्वे वर्तेतात्मैवशत्रुवत् Bg.6.6. -m. [अप्रशस्तो भिन्नो वा आत्मा न. त.] Not self, another, something different from आत्मन् (spirit or soul) i. e. the perishable body; अप्राप्तः प्राप्यते यो$यमत्यन्तं त्यज्यते$थवा । जानीयात्तमनात्मानं बुद्धयन्तं वपुरादिकम् ॥ अनात्मन्यात्मबुद्धिर्या सा$- विद्या परिकीर्तिता ॥ -Comp. -ज्ञ, वेदिन् a. 1 devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. -2 not knowing oneself, foolish, silly; मा तावदनात्मज्ञे Ś.6; कथं कार्यविनिमयेन व्यवहरति मयि ˚ज्ञः M.1; स्फुटमापदां पदमनात्मवेदिता Śi.15. 22. -प्रत्यवेक्षा reflection that there is no spirit or soul (with Buddhists). -संपन्न a. foolish, destitute of qualities (of the soul) not self-possessed; न त्वेवानात्मसंपन्नाद् वृत्तिमीहेत पण्डितः Pt.1.49.

anukampita	अनुकम्पित p. p. Pitied; ˚आत्मन् having a compassionate spirit.

anutarṣaḥ	अनुतर्षः [तृष्-घञ्] 1 Thirst, desire to drink; सोपचार- मुपशान्तविचारं सानुतर्षमनुतर्षपदेन Śi.1.2 (thirst and liquor). -2 Wish, desire. -3 Drinking spirituous liquors. -4 A drinking vessel (used in drinking spirituous liquors). -5 Liquor itself, Śi.1.2.

anuyogaḥ	अनुयोगः 1 A question, inquiry, examination; या$स्मि सा$स्म्यनुयोगो मे न कर्तव्यः कथञ्चन Mb.13.93.82. अनियन्त्रणानुयोगस्तपस्विजनः Ś.1; निगृह्यानुयोगे P.VIII.2.94; वार्ता˚मधुराक्षरया च वाचा R.13.71. -2 Censure, reproof, punishment; नानुयोगा ब्राह्मणानां भवन्ति Mb.3.192.56. -3 Solicitation. -4 Exertion, effort; अनुयोगं विना तैलं तिलानां नोपजायते Pt.2.14. -5 Religious meditation; spiritual union. -6 Comment. -Comp. -कृत् 1 an interrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual preceptor (अनुयोगं कृन्तति पश्नविषयसंशयं छिनत्ति).

anurāga	अनुराग a. Become red, reddened. -गः 1 Redness. -2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. अपरागः); love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); आविर्भूतानुरागाः Mu.4.21; कण्टकितेन प्रथयति मय्यनुरागं कपोलेन Ś.3.14; R.3.1; बहलानुरागकुरुविन्ददलप्रतिबद्धमध्यमिव दिग्बलयम् Śi.9.8. ˚इङ्गितम् a gesture or external sign expressive of love; प्रसादस्तु शब्दः स्यादनुरागजः Ak. अनुरागिन् anurāgin अनुरागवत् anurāgavat अनुरागिन् अनुरागवत् a. 1 Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love; स वृद्धस्तस्यामतीवानुरागवान् H.1; सा केनापि वणिक्पुत्रेण सहानुरागवती बभूव ibid. -2 Causing or inspiring love. -णी Personification of a musical note.

anuvṛttiḥ	अनुवृत्तिः f. 1 Assenting to, approval; तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65. -2 Obedience, conformity, following, continuance in (opp. व्यावृत्ति); taking up; continuity; ज्येष्ठानुवृत्तिजटिलम् R.13.78 by following the example of; अनुवृत्त्या प्रमार्ष्टुमागतः Dk.1 service; cf. also वाचानुवृत्तिः खलु अतिथिसत्कारः Pratimā 5. ततान वह्निः पवनानुवृत्त्या Ki.16.52 in consequence of. -3 Acting according or suitably to, compliance, acquiescence; gratifying, pleasing; कान्ता˚ - चातुर्यमपि शिक्षितं वत्सेन U.3; Māl.9; Śi.9.58; K.265; M.2.9; राज्यं हि नाम राजधर्म˚ परस्य नृपतेर्महदप्रीतिस्थानम् Mu.3 who conforms to or is true to the duties of kings; (previous) compliant or obedient spirit, previous course of conduct; U.7.5. -4 Rememberance आसेदुषां गोत्रभिदो$- नुवृत्त्या Ki.18.18. -5 (Gram.) Being supplied or repeated in a following rule; continued influence of a preceding on a following rule. -6 Imitating, resembling &c. -7 Repetition; वर्णानामनुवृत्तिरनुप्रासः.

anuśaraḥ	अनुशरः [अनु-शृणाति. शॄ-अच्] A sort of evil-spirit, Rāksasa.

anustaraṇam	अनुस्तरणम् Strewing or spreading round. -णी [करणे ल्युट्] 1 A cover, (आच्छादनम् such as leather); अनुस्तरण्या वपामुत्खिद्य शिरोमुखं प्रच्छादयेत् Āśval. -2 A cow; (सेयं गौः स्तृतं दीक्षितमनुस्तृतत्वाद्धिंसितत्वाच्चानुस्तरणीत्युच्यते Sāy.); especially the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony, which enables the departed spirit to safely cross the river of Hell called वैतरिणी (अनुतीर्यते वैतरिणी नदी अनया तॄ-करणे ल्युट् पृषो-सुट् Tv.).

antar	अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.

andha	अन्ध a. 1 Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); दिवान्धाः प्राणिनः केचिद्रात्रावन्धास्तथापरे; D. Bhāg. made blind, blinded; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; मदान्धः blinded by intoxication; so दर्पान्धः, क्रोधान्धः; काम˚ लोभ˚ अज्ञान˚ अज्ञाना- न्धस्य दीपस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥; सहजान्धदृशः स्वदुर्नये Śi.16.29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness) प्रधर्षितायां वैदेह्यां बभूव सचराचरम् । जगत्सर्वममर्यादं तमसान्धेन संवृतम् ॥ Rām 3.52. 9. Ms.8.94; सीदन्नन्धे तमसि U.3.33; Māl.9.8.2; See ˚कूप, ˚तामसम् infra. -3 Afflicted. आर्यः पर्युषितं तु नाभ्य- वहरत्यन्धः क्षुधान्धो$प्यसौ Viś. Guna.11. -4 Soiled, tarnished; निःश्वासान्ध इवादर्शश्चन्द्रमा न प्रकाशते Rām.3.16.13. -न्धम् Darkness. अन्धः स्यादन्धवेलायां बाधिर्यमपि चाश्रयेत् Mb. 1.14.12. -2 Spiritual ignorance; अज्ञान or अविद्या q.v. -3 Water; also, turbid water. -धः 1 A kind of mendicant (परिव्राजक) who has completely controlled his organs; तिष्ठतो व्रजतो वापि यस्य चक्षुर्न दूरगम् । चतुष्पदां भुवं मुक्त्वा परिव्राडन्ध उच्यते ॥ -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (नष्टद्रव्यलाभालाभोपयोगयुक्तो राशिभेदः); मेषो वृषा मृगेन्द्रश्च रात्रावन्धाः प्रकीर्तिताः । नृयुक्कर्कटकन्याश्च दिवान्धाः परिकीर्तिताः ॥ -न्धाः (pl.) N. of a people; see अन्ध्र. -Comp. -अलजी a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate). (Ved. अलजि विसल्पस्य विद्रधस्य वातीकारस्य वालजेः Av.9.8.2.) -अहिः, -अहिकः a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (-हिः, -हिकः) N. of a fish (कुचिका). -कारः [अन्धं करोति] darkness (lit. and fig.); लीनं दिवाभीतमिवान्धकारम् Ku. 1.12; काम˚, मदन˚; अन्धकारतामुपयाति चक्षुः K.36 grows dim; बाष्पजलधारान्धकारितमुखी K.161,286. -कूपः [अन्धयतीत्यन्धः, अन्धः कूपः] 1 a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [अन्धस्य दृष्टयभावस्य कूप इव] mental darkness, infatuation. -3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned. -तमसम् (P.V.4. 79.) -तामसम्, -न्धातमसम् deep or complete darkness; लोकमन्धतमसात्क्रमोदितौ R.11.24; अन्धतमसमिव प्रविशामि U.7 the gloom of hell; प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्तत्रोदाहरणं रविः Śi.2.33. (-सा) night. -तामिस्रः, श्रः (-स्रम् also) 1 complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); तामिस्रोष्टदशधा तथा भवत्यन्धतामिस्रः Sāṅ K.48 (भयविशेषविषयको$भिनिवेशः); तस्यामन्धतामिस्रमभ्यध्यायत् Mv.1. -2 spiritual ignorance (देहे नष्टे अहमेव नष्टः इति रूपमज्ञानम्); enveloped in utter darkness. (-स्रः, स्रम्) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. अन्धतामिस्रा ह्यसूर्या नाम ते लोकास्तेभ्यः प्रतिविधीयन्ते य आत्मघातिन इत्येवमृषयो मन्यन्ते U.4; तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रं महारौरवरौरवौ । नरकं कालसूत्रं च महानरकमेव च ॥ Ms.4.88,197; Y.3.224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death मोहो$प्रकाशस्तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रसंज्ञितम् । मरणं चान्धतामिस्रं तामिस्रं क्रोध उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.313.25. -धी a. mentally blind. -पूतना a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; यो द्वेष्टि स्तनमतिसारकासहिक्काछर्दीभिर्ज्वर- सहिताभिरर्द्यमानः । दुर्वर्णः सततमधःशयो$म्लगन्धिस्तं ब्रूयुर्वरभिषजोन्ध- पूतनार्तम् Suśr. -मूषा a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. -मूषिका [अन्धं दृष्ट्यभावं मुष्णाति, मुष्-ण्वुल्] N. of a plant or grass देवताड (तत्सेवनेन चक्षुष्मत्ता भवतीति वैद्यकप्रसिद्धिः). -रात्री dark night (Ved). -वर्त्मन् m. [अन्धं सूर्यप्रकाशराहित्याद्वर्त्म यत्र] the seventh skandha or region of wind.

annam	अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.

anyathā	अन्यथा ind. [अन्य-प्रकारार्थे था] 1 Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H. प्रस्ताविका 24; with अतः, इतः or ततः otherwise than, in a manner different from; अतो$न्यथा प्रवृत्तिस्तु राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.5.31; एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतो$न्यथा Bg.13.11. अन्यथा-अन्यथा in one way, in another (different) way; यो$न्यथा सन्तमा- त्मानमन्यथा भाषते Ms.4.255; सत्त्वभङ्गभयाद्राज्ञां कथयन्त्य- न्यथा पुरः । अन्यथा विवृतार्थेषु स्वैरालापेषु मन्त्रिणः Mu.4.8. अन्यथा कृ (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; न हि दैवं शक्यमन्यथा कर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; न स्वभावो$त्र मर्त्यानां शक्यते कर्तुमन्यथा Pt.1.258; Ś.6.14; (b) to act otherwise, violate, transgress, go against; त्वया कदाचिदपि मम वचनं नान्यथा कृतम् Pt.4; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथाकर्तुं समर्थ ईश्वरः; ममेच्छां मान्यथा कृथाः Ks.22.51; लाभं कुर्याच्च यो$न्यथा Y.2.195; (d) to make false, falsify; ख्यातो लोकप्रवादो$यं भरतेनान्यथा कृतः Rām.; अमात्यः प्राड्विवाको वा यत्कुर्युः कार्यमन्यथा Ms.9.234 to do wrongly; ˚ग्रह्, -मन्, -संभावय्, -समर्थय्, -विकल्पय् &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunderstand, understand wrongly; अलमन्यथा गृहीत्वा न खलु मन- स्विनि मया प्रयुक्तमिदम् M.1.2; अलमस्मानन्यथा संभाव्य Ś.1; किं मामन्यथा संभावयसि K.147; Ś.3.19; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste), ˚भू or या to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; शोकार्तस्य प्रवृत्तो मे श्लोको भवतु नान्यथा Rām.; तयोर्महात्मनोर्वाक्यं नान्यथा याति सांप्रतम् Rām. -2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; व्यक्तं नास्ति कथमन्यथा वासन्त्यपि तां न पश्येत् U.3; स्तेनो$न्यथा भवेत् Ms.8.144; Y.1.86,2.288; on the other hand, on the contrary. -3 Falsely, untruly; किमन्यथा भट्टिनी मया विज्ञापितपूर्वा V.2; किमन्यथा भट्टिन्यै विज्ञापितम् M.4; न खल्वन्यथा ब्राह्मणस्य वचनम् V.3; यो न्यायमन्यथा ब्रूते स याति नरकं नरः Pt.3.17; H.3.15; Ms.8.9. -4 Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in अन्यथासिद्ध q. v. below; see under (1) also. -5 From another motive, cause, or ground; दुर्वाससः शापादियं त्वया प्रत्यादिष्टा नान्यथा Ś.7. [cf. L. aliuta.]. -Comp. -अनुपपत्तिः f. see अर्थापत्ति. -कारः changing, altering. (-रम्) adv. in a different manner, differently P.III.4.27. -ख्यातिः f. 1 erroneous conception of the Spirit. -2 Name of a philosophical work. -3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). In Sāṅkhya philosophy it means the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work. -भावः alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; एकस्या व्यक्तेः सर्वावयवावच्छेदेनान्यथाभावः कार्त्स्न्यम् P.V.4.53; Sk. change of view or mind; मयि ˚भावो न कर्तव्यः Ch. Up. -वादिन् a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness. -वृत्ति a. 1 changed, altered. -2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; मेघालोके भवति सुखिनोप्यन्यथावृत्ति चेतः Me.3. -सिद्ध a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyāya) said of a cause (कारण) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a घट or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see कारण; this अन्यथा˚ is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhāṣā P.19-22. -द्धम्, -सिद्धिः f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhāṣā P.16. -स्तोत्रम् satire, irony; सत्यासत्यान्यथास्तोत्रैर्न्यूनाङ्गेन्द्रियरोगिणाम् (क्षेपं करोति) cf. यत्र विकृताकृतिरेव दर्शनीयस्त्वमसीत्युच्यते तदन्यथास्तोत्रम् । Mitākṣarā. Y.2.24.

apadevatā	अपदेवता A goblin, evil spirit.

apavidyā	अपविद्या Ignorance, spiritual ignorance, Māyā or illusion (अविद्या); तत्त्वस्य संवित्तिरिवापविद्याम् Ki.16.32.

apān	अपान् 2 P. [अप-अन्] 1 To breathe out. respire; यद्वै प्राणिति स प्राणो यदपानिति सो$पानः Ch. Up. -2 To expire.

apānaḥ	अपानः Breathing out, respiration (opp. प्राण); प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा नासाभ्यन्तरचारिणौ Bg.5.27; one of the five life-winds in the body which goes downwards and out at the anus (अपनयनान्मूत्रपुरीषादेरपानो$धोवृत्तिर्वायुर्ना- मिस्थानः) मूत्रशुक्रवहो वायुरपान इति कीर्त्यते. -नः, -नम् The anus (आधारे घञ्). -Comp. -दा giving Apāna. Vāj. 17.15. -द्वारम् the anus. -पवनः, -वायुः 1 the life-wind called अपान. -2 ventris crepitus. -भृत् f. a sort of brick (cherishing the life-wind अपान).

apānanam	अपाननम् 1 Respiration. -2 Taking downwards, urine, excrement &c.

aprakṛtiḥ	अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination.

aprameya	अप्रमेय a. 1 Immeasurable, unbounded, boundless; ˚महिमा; येषां वेद इवाप्रमेयमहिमा धर्मे वसिष्ठो गुरुः Mv.4.3. -2 That which cannot be properly ascertained, understood &c.; inscrutable, unfathomable (of person or thing); अचिन्त्यस्याप्रमेयस्य कार्यतत्त्वार्थवित्प्रभुः Ms.1.3;12.94. -3 Not to be proved or demonstrated (as Brahman). -यम् Brahman. -Comp. -अनुभाव a. of unlimited might. -आत्मन् 'of inscrutable spirit' epithet of Śiva.

abdhiḥ	अब्धिः [आपः धीयन्ते अत्र, धा-कि] 1 The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also) दुःख˚, कार्य˚, ज्ञान˚ &c.; store or reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, lake. -3 (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4. -Comp. -अग्निः the submarine fire. -कफः, -फेन: 1 froth, foam. -2 the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean. -ज a. born in the ocean. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 The conch. -जम् Salt. (-जौ) (dual) N. of the Aśvins. (-जा) 1 spirituous liquor (produced from the ocean). -2 the Goddess Lakṣmī. -झषः a sea-fish. -डिण्डिरः froth, foam. -द्वीपा 1 the earth. 2 a portion of land surrounded by the ocean. -नगरी N. of Dwārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa. -नवनीतकः 1 the moon (the butter of the ocean). -मण्डूकी the pearloyster. -शयनः N. of Viṣṇu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world). -सारः a gem.

abrahman	अब्रह्मन् a. 1 Not accompanied by devotion; wanting in sacred or divine knowledge. -2 Separated from or devoid of Brāhmaṇas; नाब्रह्म क्षत्रमृध्नोति Ms.9.322. -Comp. -विद् a. not knowing Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.

abhikṛtvan	अभिकृत्वन् a. (m. ˚त्वा; f. ˚त्वरी) Magical; a magician or spirit.

abhigharṣaṇam	अभिघर्षणम् 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Possession by an evil spirit. अभिघात abhighāta घातक ghātaka तकिन् takin अभिघात घातक तकिन् &c. See under अभिहन्.

abhidharṣaṇam	अभिधर्षणम् 1 Possession by evil spirits, demons &c. -2 Oppressing. -3 Striking against.

abhinayaḥ	अभिनयः 1 Acting, gesticulation, any theatrical action (expressive of some sentiment, passion &c.); नृत्याभिनयक्रियाच्युतम् Ku.5.79; अभिनयान् परिचेतुमिवोद्यता R.9.33; नर्तकीरभिनयातिलङ्घिनीः 19.14; Ki.1.42. -2 Dramatic representation, exhibition on the stage; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18. S.D. thus defines and classifies अभिनय :- भवेदभिनयो$वस्थानुकारः स चतुर्विधः । आङ्गिको वाचिकश्चैवमाहार्यः सात्त्विकस्तथा ॥ 274, 'acting is the imitation of condition', it is of four kinds:- (1) gestural, conveyed by bodily actions; (2) vocal, conveyed by words; (3) extraneous, conveyed by dress, ornaments, decoration &c.; (4) internal, conveyed by the manifestation of internal feeling such as perspiration, thrilling &c. -Comp. -आचार्यः a dancing preceptor; उभावभिनयाचार्यो त्वां द्रुष्टमिच्छतः M.1.1 -विद्या science of acting or dramatic representation; art of dancing; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1.

abhimardaḥ	अभिमर्दः 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Crushing down, trampling down; कृतो$भिमर्दः कुरुभिः प्रसह्य Mb.3.269.8. -3 Ravage, devastation of a country (by an enemy). -4 War, battle. कथं शक्ष्यामहे ब्रह्मन् दानवैरभिमर्दनम् Mb. 12.29.12. -5 Spirituous liquor.

abhiśocanam	अभिशोचनम् 1 Intense grief or pain, torment. -2 That which torments; a spirit or demon.

abhiṣakta	अभिषक्त a. 1 Possessed by evil spirits. -2 Humiliated, defeated. -3 Reviled, cursed; Mb.

abhiṣaṅgaḥ	अभिषङ्गः (also अभिसङ्गः) 1 Complete contact or union; attachment, connection, association; कन्यका दुन्वन्ति हृदयं मनुष्याणामीदृशाद् दुरभिसङ्गात् Māl.7 ill attachment or union; Māl 8; मुहुरिति वनविभ्रमाभिषङ्गात् Śi.7.68; K.146,29. -2 Defeat, mortification, discomfiture; जाताभिषङ्गे नृपतिः R.2.3. -3 A sudden blow, shock or grief, a sudden calamity or misfortune, unexpected reverse; ततो$भिषङ्गानिलविप्रविद्धा R.14.54,77; Ku.3.73; ˚जडं विजज्ञिवान् R.8.75. -4 Possession by devils or evil spirits; अभिघाताभिषङ्गाभ्यामभिचाराभिशापतः Mādh. N. -5 An oath. -6 Embracing; copulation. -7 A curse or imprecation, abuse. -8 A false charge or accusation, calumny or defamation. -9 Contempt, disrespect. -1 The state of being disturbed in mind; उच्चारितं मे मनसो$भिषङ्गात् Mb.5.3.1. cf. अभिषङ्गस्तु शपथे शापे सङ्गे पराभवे Nm. -Comp. -ज्वरः fever caused by the action of evil spirits.

amala	अमल a. [न. ब.] 1 Free from dirt or impurities, pure, undefiled, stainless, spotless; कपालमेवामलशेखरश्रीः । (बभूव) Ku.7.32,33; लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg.14.14. अमलाः सुहृदः Pt.2.171 pure, sincere. -2 White, bright, shining; कर्णावसक्तामलदन्तपत्रम् Ku.7.23; R.6.8. -ला 1 N. of the goddess Lakṣmī. -2 The navel cord. -3 N. of a tree (Mar. आंवळा) Emblica Officinalis Gaertn; also of a plant (सातलावृक्ष) also n. in this sense. यथा वै द्वे वामलके Ch. Up.7.3.1. -लम् 1 Purity. -2 Talc. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. Of pure or undefiled mind. -गर्भः N. of a Bodhisattva. -पतत्रिन् m. (त्री) the wild goose; माधुर्यादमलपतत्रिणां कुलानि Śi.8. 12. -रत्नम्, -मणिः a crystal.

amātra	अमात्र a. [नास्ति मात्रा इयत्ता यस्य] 1 Boundless, immeasurable; अमात्रं त्वा धिषणा तित्विषे Rv.1.12.7. -2 Not whole or entire. -3 Not elementary. -4 Having the measure or quantity of the letter अ. -त्रम् 1 Non-measure. -2 Not a measure or quantity. -त्रः The Supreme Spirit.

amātravatvam	अमात्रवत्वम् 1 Spirit, spiritual essence. -2 Defect, deficiency.

amāya	अमाय a. 1 Not cunning or sagacious, guileless, sincere, honest. -2 Immeasurable. -या 1 Absence of fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Absence of delusion or error, knowledge of the supreme truth. -यम् The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म).

amīvā	अमीवा [अम्-वन्-ईडागमः निपातः] Ved. 1 Affliction, sickness, disease. -2 Distress, terror. -3 A demon, tormenting spirit. -वः An enemy, one who afflicts or torments; -वम् 1 Affliction, distress, pain, injury, कच्चिद् बुधः स्वस्त्यनमीव आस्ते Bhāg.3.1.32. कुठारैश्चिच्छिदुः क्रुद्धाः स्मरन्तो$मीवमस्य तत् Bhāg.4.28.26.

amucī	अमुची f. Ved. Not unbinding, not setting at liberty (said of an evil spirit).

amṛta	अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.

ayana	अयन a. [अय्-ल्युट्] Going (at the end of comp.); यथेमा नद्यः स्यन्दमानाः समुद्रायणाः Praśn. Up. 1 Going, moving, walking; as in रामायणम्. -2 A walk, path, way, road; आयन्नापो$यनमिच्छमानाः Rv.3.33.7. अगस्त्य- चिह्नादयनात् R.16.44. -3 A place, site, abode, place of resort; Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वम् Ms. 1.1 (occurring in the derivation of the word नारायण). -4 A way of entrance, an entrance (to an array of troops or व्यूह); अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमव- स्थिताः Bg.1.11. -5 Rotation, circulation period; अङ्गिरसां अयनम्; इष्टि˚, पशु˚. -6 A particular period in the year for the performance of particular sacrificial or other religious works; N. of certain sacrificial performances; as गवामयनम्. -7 The sun's passage, north and south of the equator. -8 (Hence) The period of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to another; see उत्तरायण and दक्षिणायन; cf. also सायन and निरयण. -9 the equinoctial and solstitial points; दक्षिणम् अयनम् winter solstice; उत्तरम् अयनम् summer solstice; -1 Method, manner, way. -11 A Śāstra, scripture or inspired writing. -12 Final emancipation; नान्यः पन्था विद्यते$यनाय Śvet. Up. -13 A commentary; treatise. -14 The deities presiding over the ayanas. -Comp. -अंशः, -भागः the arc between the vernal equinoctial point and beginning of the fixed zodiac or first point of Aries. -कलाः The correction (in minutes) for ecliptic deviation. Sūryasiddhānta. -कालः the interval between the solstices. -ग्रहः A planet's longitude as corrected for ecliptic deviation; ibid. -जः a month caused by ayanāṁśa. -परिवृत्तिः Change of the अयन; sun's passage from one side of the equator to the other; अयनपरिवृत्ति- र्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -संक्रमः, -संक्रान्तिः f. passage through the zodiac. -वृत्तम् the ecliptic.

ayātu	अयातु a. Ved. Not demoniacal; free from evil spirits. -तुः Not a demon, not an evil spirit, not destructive. ह्वयामि देवाँ अयातुरग्ने Rv.7.34.8.

arakṣas	अरक्षस् a. 1 Not disturbed by evil spirits. -2 Harmless, honest.

araṇyāniḥ	अरण्यानिः नी f. [अरण्य-आनुक्, ङीप् च; P.IV.1.49; हिमारण्ययोर्महत्त्वे] 1 A large forest, or desert, vast wilderness; यथारण्यान्यामुत्साश्चरन्तः Śat. Br.; Mv.4. -2 The spirit or presiding deity of the woods and mother of wild animals. उतो अरण्यानिः सायं शकटीरिव सर्जति Rv.1.146.3. अरण्यानी महारण्यम् Ak.

arātiḥ	अरातिः [न राति ददाति सुखं, रा-क, न. त.] 1 An enemy, foe; देशः सो$यमरातिशोणितजलैर्यस्मिन् ह्रदाः पूरिताः Ve.3.33; अरातिं बह्वमन्यत R.12.89. (in the Veda) non-offering (of sacrifices), stinginess, hardness, malignity, malevolence, failure or adversity; malignity personified; evil spirit whose aim it was to defeat the good intentions and disturb the happiness of man (used in f.). -2 The number six. -3 The sixth position in (astronomy). -Comp. -दूषण, -दूषि, -ह a. Ved/ destroying adversities or enemies; Av.19.34.4. -भङ्गः destruction of enemies.

arāya	अराय a. [नास्ति रा धनं यस्य वेदे षच्समासः] 1 Devoid of wealth, without sacrificial gifts. -2 Stingy, niggardly. -यः, -यी Any malignant or evil spirit; अरायि काणे विकटे Rv.1.155.1.

arāvan	अरावन् a. Ved. Not offering, malignant, epithet of evil spirits. अपघ्नन्तो अराव्णः Rv.9.13.9. यो अस्मभ्यमरावा Rv.9.21.5.

ari	अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18.

ariṣṭa	अरिष्ट a. 1 Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe; अरिष्टं गज्छ पन्थानम् Rām.1.24. 3; अरिष्टं मार्गमातिष्ठत् पुण्यं वा तु निषेवितम् Rām. -2 Auspicious, अक्षताभ्यामरिष्टाभ्यां हतः कर्णो महारथः Mb.8.66.2. -3 unauspicious; अरिष्टमैन्द्रं निशितम् Rām.6.67.164. -ष्टः 1 A heron (कङ्क). -2 A raven, crow. -3 An enemy; अरिष्टस्त्वाष्ट्रस्य Mv.4.18. -4 N. of various plants :-- (a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. रिठा); कुतपानामरिष्टकैः (शुद्धिः) Ms. 5.12. (b) another plant (Mar. निंब) Rām.2.94.9. Bhāg.8.2.12. -5 Garlic. -6 A distilled mixture. -7 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa; a son of Bali. -ष्टा 1 A bandage. -2 N. of a medical plant (कटुका). -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and one of the wives of Kaśyapa, and mother of महाश्वेता. -ष्टम् 1 Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity. -2 A portentous phenomenon foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quake). -3 Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; रोगिणो मरणं यस्मादवश्यं भावि लभ्यते । तल्लक्षणमरिष्टं स्याद्रिष्टमप्यमिधीयते ॥ cf. also Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. -4 Good fortune or luck, happiness. -5 The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments; कर्मारारिष्टशालासु ज्वलेदग्निः सुरक्षितः Mb.12.69.49; (अन्तःपुरम्); अपस्नात इवारिष्ठं प्रविवेश गृहोत्तमम् Rām. -6 Butter-milk. -7 Spirituous liquor; ग्लानिच्छेदी क्षुत्प्रबोधाय पीत्वा रक्तारिष्टम् Śi. 18.77. cf.... अरिष्टं सूतिकागृहे । अशुभे निम्बवृक्षे च शुभे तक्राङ्कयोः पुमान् । काके च फेनिले नीचे व्यसने$नर्थलम्बयोः । भग्यहीने... Nm. -Comp. -असु a. Ved. having one's life unhurt. अरिष्टासु सचेवहि बृहते वाजसातये Av.14.2.72. -गातु a. Ved. dwelling securely चा$रिष्टगातुः स होता सहोभरिः Rv.5.44.3. -गृहम the lying-in-chamber. -ग्राम a. Ved. of undivided group, having a complete troop; अरिष्टग्रामाः सुमतिं पिपर्तन Rv.1.166.6. -ताति a. Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (-तिः f.) safeness, security, succession of good fortune, continuous happiness (अरिष्टं करोतीति ˚तातिः; अरिष्टस्य भावो वा शिवशमरिष्टस्य करे P.IV.4.143-4 Sk.); तदत्रभवता निष्पन्नाशिषां काममरिष्टतातिमाशास्महे Mv. 1. -दुष्टधी a. apprehensive of death, alarmed at the approach of death. -नेमिः N. of the 22nd तीर्थंकर of the Jainas; N. of the brother of Garuḍa. -पुरम् N. of a place; cf. अरिष्टाश्रितपुरम् P. VI.2.1. -भर्मन् a. granting security; देवेभिर्देव्यदिते$- रिष्टभर्मन्ना गहि Rv.8.18.4. -मथनः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -शय्या a lying in couch; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा R. 3.15. -सूदनः, -हन् m. killer of Ariṣṭa, epithet of Viṣṇu.

arka	अर्क a. [अर्च्-घञ्-कुत्वम् Uṇ.3.4.]. Fit to be worshipped (अर्चनीय). -र्कः 1 A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun; आविष्कृतारुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -3 Fire. य एवमेतदर्कस्यार्कत्वं वेद Bṛi. Up. 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; पुष्पार्ककेतकाभाश्च Rām.2.94.6. -5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. एवा ते शेपः सहसायमर्को$ङ्गेनाङ्गं संसमकं कृणोतु Av.6.72.1. -8 N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. रुई), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिकाकुसुमम् Ś.2.9; यमाश्रित्य न विश्रामं क्षुधार्ता यान्ति सेवकाः । सो$र्कवन्नृपतिस्त्याज्यः सदापुष्पफलो$पि सन् Pt.1.51. अर्के चेन्मधु विन्देत ŚB. on MS. -9 N. of Indra. -1 A sort of religious ceremony. -11 Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise. -12 A singer (Ved. in these two senses). -13 A learned man. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food (अर्कम् also). -16 N. of Viṣṇu. -17 A kind of decoction. -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The उत्तरा- फल्गुनी asterism. -2 The number 12. -21 The sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); मसारगल्वर्कमयैर्विभङ्गैर्विभूषितं हेमनिबद्धचक्रम् Mb.12.46.33. cf. अर्को$र्कपर्णे स्फटिके ताम्रे सूर्ये दिवस्पतौ । ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि शुक्ले$र्कपादपे च पुमान् भवेत् ॥ Nm. -Comp. -अंशः, -कला a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc. -अश्मन् m. -उपलः 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a sort of crystal or ruby. -आह्वः the swallow wort. -इन्दुसंगमः the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (दर्श or अमावास्या). -कान्तः A class of eleven storeyed buildings; Māna.29.25-34. -कान्ता 1 N. of a plant commonly called हुड्हुडिया. -2 sun's wife. -3 sun's shadow. -कुण्डतीर्थम् N. of a Tīrtha; Skanda P. -क्षेत्रम् 1 the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. -ग्रहः The eclipse of the sun; Bṛi. S. -ग्रीवः N. of the Sāman. -चन्दनः a kind of red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -चिकित्सा Arka's work on medical science. -जः epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (-जौ) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven. -तनयः 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Sāvarṇi and Saturn; see अरुणात्मज. (-या) N. of the rivers Yamunā and Tāpti. -त्विष् f. light of the sun. -दिनम्, -वासरः Sunday. -दुग्धम् milky sap or exudation of Arka. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama. -नयन a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (-नः) an epithet of Virat Puruṣa. -नामन् m. the red arka tree. -पत्रः, -पर्णः N. of the plant अर्क. (-त्रा) a kind of birthwort (सुनन्दा, अर्कमूला) with wedge-shaped leaves. (-त्रम्, -र्णम्) the leaf of the अर्क plant. -पादपः N. of a plant (निम्ब); another tree (आकन्द). -पुष्पम् a flower of arka -पुष्पाद्यम् N. of a Sāman. (-ष्पी), -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कुटुम्बिनी) -पुष्पोत्तरम् N. of a Sāman. -प्रकाश a. Bright like the sun; Mb. -प्रिया N. of a plant (जव). -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 N. of Buddha Śākyamuni, meaning सूर्यवंश्यः, cf. शुद्धोदनो नाम नृपो$र्कबन्धुः Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 a lotus (the sun-lotus). -भम् 1 an asterism influenced by the sun. -2 the sign Leo. -3 उत्तराफल्गुनीनक्षत्र. -भक्ता = ˚कान्ता q. v. -मण्डलम् disc of the sun. -मूलः, -ला = ˚पत्रा; विलिखति वसुधामर्कमूलस्य हेतोः Bh.2.1. -रेतोजः Revanta, the son of Sūrya. -लपणम् Saltpetre. -वर्षः a solar year. -वल्लभः 1 N. of a plant (बन्धूक; Mar. दुपारी). -2 a lotus. -विवाहः marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); चतुर्थादिविवाहार्थं तृतीयो$र्कं समुद्वहेत् Kāśyapa. -वेधः N. of a tree (तालीशपत्र). -व्रतः, -तम् 1 a vow performed on माघशुक्लसप्तमी. -2 the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow अर्कव्रत, अष्टौ मासान् यथादित्यस्तोयं हरति रश्मिभिः । तथा हरेत्करं राष्ट्रान्नित्यमर्कव्रतं हि तत् ॥ Ms.9.35; cf. R.1.18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt.1.221). -शोकः Ved. brilliancy of rays. -सातिः f. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical inspiration; finding out hymns; रपत् कविरिन्द्रार्कसातौ Rv.1. 174.7. -सोदरः 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata. -हिता = ˚कान्ता q. v.

ātman	आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.

ātmatā	आत्मता त्वम् Identity with self, spirituality.

ātmībhāvaḥ	आत्मीभावः Identification with the Supreme Spirit.

ādhānam	आधानम् 1 Placing, putting upon; समिदाधानं, तुलाधानम् &c. -2 (a) Taking, having. (b) Receiving, recovering. (c) Containing or being in possession of anything or consecrating. -3 Keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान), a ceremony performed with the sacred fire; पुनर्दारक्रियां कुर्यात् पुनराधानमेव च Ms.5.168. -4 Doing, executing, performing; आज्ञापयामास नरेन्द्रसूनुः स्वर्गीयमाधानमदीनसत्त्वः Rām. 6.19.24. (स्वर्गीयमाधानम् = प्रेतकृत्यम्) -5 Infusing, putting in, inspiring, imparting; गुणो विशेषाधानहेतुः सिद्धो वस्तुधर्मः S. D.2; निश्चयाधानम् K.262; प्रजानां विनयाधानाद्रक्षणाद् भरणादपि R.1.24 imparting or providing moral instruction. -6 (a) Engendering, producing, कौतुकाधानहेतोः Me.3; गर्भाधान- क्षणपरिचयात् 9. (b) Assigning, attributing, employing. -7 Effort, exertion, application; Mv.3.13. -8 A pledge, deposit; Y.2.238,247. विक्रयाधानवर्ज्यम् Kau. A.2.1. -9 A place where anything is deposited, a receptacle, as in पक्वाधानम्, पुरुषाधानम्, अयं मध्यमः प्राणः तस्येद- मेवाधानम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -1 A surety. -11 Enclosure, circuit. -12 A ceremony performed previous to conception; see गर्भाधान. -13 cohabitation (मैथुन) तवापि मृत्युराधानादकृतप्रज्ञ दर्शितः Bhāg.9.9.36.

ādhyātmika	आध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) [आत्मानं अधिकृत्य भवः ठञ्] 1 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -2 Spiritual, holy; जपयज्ञप्रसिद्धर्थं्य विद्यां चाध्यात्मिकीं जपेत् Y.1.11; Ms.2.117 -3 Relating to self. -4 Caused by the mind (pain, sorrow &c.); see आधिदैविक.

ādhyāpakaḥ	आध्यापकः [अध्यापक एव स्वार्थे अण्] A teacher, a spiritual preceptor.

ānaḥ	आनः 1 Inhalation, breath inspired. -2 Mouth or nose (Sāy.); त्वमिन्द्र प्रत्यानं जघन्थ Rv.1.52.15. Breathing, blowing -नम् Living leings; अनितीत्यानं प्राणिजातम् Mahānār. Dīpikā.

ānandaḥ	आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.

ānandamaya	आनन्दमय a. Blissful, full of joy, made up or consisting of happiness; सुषुप्तिस्थान एकीभूतः प्रज्ञानघन एवानन्दमयो ह्यानन्दभुक् Māṇḍ. Up.5. -यः The Supreme Spirit; Br. Sū.1.1.12. -या A form of Durgā. ˚कोशः the innermost wrapper or vesture of the body, causal frame enshrining the soul; see कोश.

āyudhaḥ	आयुधः धम् [आयुध्-घञर्थे क] 1 A weapon, shield &c.; it is of 3 kinds (1) प्रहरण, e. g. a sword; (2) हस्तमुक्त, e. g. a disc; (3) यन्त्रमुक्त, e. g. an arrow; आयुधानामहं वज्रम् Bg.1.28. न मे त्वदन्येन विसोढमायुधम् R.3.63. An implement; वशाया यज्ञ आयुधम् Av.1.1.18. -2 A vessel (Ved.). -धम् 1 Gold used for ornaments. -2 (pl.) Water (Ved.). -Comp. (-अ) आगारम् an armoury, arsenal; अहमप्यायुधागारं प्रविश्यायुधसहायो भवामि Ve.1; Ms.9.28. -आगारिकः Governor of an arsenal. -जीविन् a. living by one's weapon. (m.) a warrior, soldier. -धर्मिणी the tree called जयन्ती (रोगनाशने तस्या आयुधधर्मत्वात्). -पालः the governor of an arsenal; Hariv. -पिशाचिका 'devil of arms', devilish warlike spirit; Mv.3; A. R.4; B. R.4. -शाला see आयुधागार.

āyus	आयुस् n. [इ-असि-णिच्च Uṇ.2.117] 1 Life, duration of life; दीर्घमायुः R.9.62,12.48; तक्षकेणापि दष्टस्य आयुर्मर्माणि रक्षति H.2.16; आयुर्वर्षशतं नृणां परिमितम् Bh.3.17, शतायुर्वै पुरुषः Ait. Br.; प्राणो हि भूतानामायुः । तस्मात्सर्वायुषमुच्यते सर्वमेव त आयुर्यान्ति Tait. Up.2.3.1 -2 Vital power. -3 Food. -4 N. of a ceremony called आयुष्टोम performed to secure long life, together with the गो and ज्योतिस् part of the अभिप्लव ceremony. (In comp. the final स् of this word is changed to ष् before hard consonants, and to र् before soft ones). -Comp. -कर a. (-री f.) promoting long life; K.351. -काम a. wishing for long life or health. -कृत् a. giving or producing life. -द्रव्यम् 1 a medicament. -2 ghee. -योगः N. of a योग in astronomy. -वृद्धिः f. long life, longevity. -वेदः [आयुरस्मिन् विद्यते$नेन वा आयुर्विंदतीत्यायुर्वेदः Suśr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvaveda; (it comprises 8 different departments; (1) शल्यम् surgery; (2) शालाक्यम् diagnosis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs; (3) कायचिकित्सा treatment of diseases of the whole body; (4) भूतविद्या treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits; (5) कौमारभृत्यम् treatment of children; (6) अगदतन्त्रम् doctrine of antidotes; (7) रसायनतन्त्रम् doctrine of elixirs; and (8) वाजीकरणतन्त्रम् treatment of remedies to increase generative power); Śukra.4.277. -वेददृश्, -वेदमय, -वेदिक, -वेदिन् a. 1 belonging to medicine. -2 acquainted with medical science, medical. m. a physician. -शेषः 1 remainder of life; ˚शेषतया Pt.1; ˚जीवित Pt.4 being destined to live longer. -2 end or decline of life. -स्तोमः (आयुष्ठोमः) a sacrifice performed to obtain long life.

ārya	आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.

āviṣṭa	आविष्ट p. p. 1 Entered. -2 Possessed (by an evil spirit); आविष्टासि गृहे शून्ये सा त्वं परवशंगता Rām.2.12.18; K.12,167,318. -3 Possessed of, seized or filled with, full of, overpowered or overcome; भय˚, क्रोध˚, निद्रा˚; कृपयाविष्टम् Bg.2.1; भोगिनः कञ्चुकाविष्टाः Pt.1.65 covered with, clad in. -4 Engrossed or occupied in, intent on (तत्पर, उद्युक्त). -Comp. -लिङ्ग a. (noun) which in every relationship preserves its own gender (नियतलिङ्ग), e. g. प्रधानम्, अर्धः, उपसर्जनम्.

āśavam	आशवम् [आशोर्भावः अण्] 1 Speed, quickness. -2 Distilled spirit; more usually written आसव q. v.

āśā	आशा [आसमन्तात् अश्नुते आ-अश्-अच्] 1 (a) Hope, expectation, prospect; तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् R.12.96; आशा हि परमं दुःखं नैराश्यं परमं सुखम् Subhāṣ.; त्वमाशे मोघाशे Bh.3.6; so ˚भग्न, ˚निराश &c. (b) Wish, desire (in Bh.3-45 आशा is compared to a river). -2 False hope or expectation. -3 Space, region, quarter of the compass, direction; अगस्त्याचरितामाशामनाशास्यजयो ययौ R.4.44; Ki.7.9; Mark also the pun on the word आशा (a direction, a desire) in आशापूरैककर्मप्रवणनिजकरप्राणिताशेषविश्वः (सूर्यः) Nāg.3.18. -Comp. -अन्वित, -जनन a. hopeful, inspiring hope; वचोभिराशाजननैः V.3.9. -कृत a. attended with the hope of success. -गजः a guardian elephant of a quarter or point of the compass; see अष्टदिग्गज. -तन्तुः a thread of hope, slender hope; चिरादाशातन्तुस्त्रुटतु Māl.4.3,9.26. -पालः 1 a guardian or regent of the regions or quarters; see अष्टदिक्पाल. -2 A chief ruling over 1 villages. Śukra.1.191. -पिशाचिका deceptive or illusive hope, phantom of hope. -पुरगुग्गुलुः or -संभवः a kind of Bdellium. -प्राप्त a. successful (= प्राप्ताश). -बन्धः 1 the tie or bond of hope, confidence, trust, expectation; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखमाशाबन्धः साहयति Ś.4.16; Ve.6.25; V.3; U.3; Me.1. -2 consolation. -3 a spider's web. -भङ्गः disappointment. -वह a. inspiring hope. (-हः) N. of a son of heaven. -वासस् a. Naked; Bh. -विभिन्न a. disappointed in expectation. -हीन a. despairing, despondent.

āśvāsaḥ	आश्वासः 1 Taking or recovering breath, breathing freely, recovery. revival. -2 Consolation, cheering up, inspiring confidence; आश्वासस्नेहभक्तीनामेकमालम्बनं महत् U.6.1. -3 An assurance of safety or protection. -4 Cessation, completion, stop. -5 A chapter or section of a book. -6 A probable story.

āśvāsanam	आश्वासनम् Consoling, encouraging, cheering up, consolation; तदिदं द्वितीयं हृदयाश्वासनम् Ś.7; देवस्याश्वासनं भवति Pt.1 cheering up of spirits, recovery.

āsavaḥ	आसवः [आ सु-अण्] 1 Distillation. -2 Decoction. -3 Any spirituous liquor (distilled from sugar, molasses &c.); अनासवाख्यं करणं मदस्य Ku.1.13; कुमारी˚, द्राक्षा˚ &c; यच्च पक्वैषधाम्बुभ्यां सिद्धं मद्यं स आसवः Bhāva. P. Mādhava, however, seems to differ and says, शीधुरिक्षुरसैः पक्वैरपक्वै- रासवो भवेत् । मैरेयं धातकीपुष्पैर्गुडधानाम्लसंहितम् ॥; आसवरागताम्रम् Ki.16.46. -5 A vessel for liquor. -6 Exciting. -Comp. -द्रुः [आसवस्य कारणं द्रुः शाक˚ त˚] N. of the Palmyra tree (the juice of which, on fermenting, forms a spirituous liquor).

āsura	आसुर a. (-री f.) [असुरस्येदं अण् opp. दैव] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; आसुरी माया, आसुरी रात्रिः &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; आसुरं भावमाश्रितः Bg.7.15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes आसुर conduct, see Bg.16.7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. -5 Divine, spiritual. -रः 1 A demon [स्वार्थे अण्]. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see उद्वाह); आसुरो द्रविणादानात् Y.1.61; Ms.3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. -री 1 Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments. -2 A female demon, demoness; संभ्रमादासुरीभिः Ve.1.3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. मोहरी; राई) -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Black salt.

āhara	आहर a. (at the end of comp.) Bringing, fetching taking, seizing समित्कुशफलाहरैः R.1.49. -रः 1 Taking, seizing. -2 Accomplishing, performing. -3 Offering a sacrifice. -4 Drawing in breath, inhaling. -5 The air so inhaled. -6 Inspiration, breath inspired. -Comp. -करटा, चेला, निवपा, निष्किरा, वसना, वितना, सेना, compounds of the class called; मयूरव्यंसकादि.

itara	इतर pron. a. (-रा f., -रत् n.) 1 Another, the other (of two), the remaining one of the two; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणाम् R.8.2 v. l. -2 The rest or other (pl.). what is left. इतरदधिकार्थे˚ । MS.7.1.16 (on which शबर writes इतरदधिकार्थे समानमितरत् समानमधिकमित्यर्थः ।). -3 Other than, different fr om (with abl.); इतरताप- शतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb.; इतरो रावणादेष राघवानुचरो यदि Bk.8.16. -4 Opposite of, either used by itself as an adj. or at the end of comp.; जङ्गमानीत- राणि च Rām.; विजयायेतराय वा Mb.; सुलभेतरसंप्रयोगाम् M.5.3 opposite of, other than easy, difficult; so दक्षिण˚ left; वाम˚ right &c. -5 Low, mean, vulgar, ordinary; इतर इव परिभूय ज्ञानं मन्मथेन जडीकृतः K.154,16,23,273. इतर-इतर the one-the other, this-that. -Comp. -इतर pron. a. respective, reciprocal, one with another (chiefly in oblique cases or in comp.); वियुक्तावितरेतरम् Ms.9.12; ˚काम्यया 3.35; R.7.54. ˚आश्रयः mutual dependence, inter-connection. ˚योगः 1 mutual connection or union, मोदितालिरितरेतरयोगात् Śi.1.24. -2 a variety of the Dvandva compound (opp. समाहारद्वन्द्व) where each member of the compound is viewed separately; as प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ छिनत्ति. -जनाः (pl.) 1 other men. -2 euphemistically said of certain beings considered as spirits of darkness of which Kubera is one. -जातीय a. Ordinary, common-place.

iyasā	इयसा Ved. Low spirits, dejection.

irā	इरा [इ-रन् Uṇ.2.28; इं कामं राति रा-क वा Tv.] ('इरा तु मदिरावारिभारत्यशनभूमिषु' इति विश्वलोचनः) 1 The earth. -2 Speech. -3 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī, -4 Water. -5 food; इरावतीं धारिणीं भूधराणाम् Mb.13. 26.95. -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 Any drinkable fluid; a draught (especially of milk). -8 Refreshment, comfort (Ved. in the last three senses). -9 N. of one of the wives of Kaśyapa. -Comp. -ईशः 1 N. of Varuṇa, of Viṣṇu, of Gaṇeśa and of Brahman; इतीरेशे$तर्क्ये निजमहिमनि स्वप्रमितिके Bhāg.1.13.57. -2 a king, sovereign. -क्षीर a. Ved. whose milk is a refreshment or enjoyment; यज्ञपदीराक्षीरा स्वधाप्राणा महीलुका Av.1.1.6. (-रः) the milk ocean. -चर a. earth-born, terrestrial. -2 aquatic. (-रम्) hail; so इरावरम्. -जः N. of Kāma or Cupid. -वेल्लिका pimples on the head or, pimples on the face produced at the time of puberty (Mar. मुरुमाची पुटकुळी).

iṣvaḥ	इष्वः A spiritual teacher.

īś	ईश् m. A master, lord, the Supreme Spirit. ईशा- बास्यमिदं सर्वम् Īśop.1.

īṣat	ईषत् ind. [ईष्-अति] 1 Slightly, to some extent, a little; ईषत् चुम्बितानि Ś.1.4; ईषच्च कुरुते सेवाम् Pt.1.141. Easily done, with very little exertion; ईषत्कार्यमिदं कार्यं कृतमासीन्न संशयः Rām.5.55.1. -Comp. -उष्ण a. tepid, slightly warm. -ऊन a. not quite complete, a little less than; ईषदूनार्धे कल्पप्. -कर a. 1 doing little. -2 easy to be accomplished; Mv.4. (-रम्) very little. -कार्य a. very easy, connected with slight effort; ईषत्कार्यो वधस्तस्य Mb.5.74.26. -गुण a. of little merit. -जलम् shallow water, a little water. -दर्शनम् a glance, sight, view, glimpse. -दीर्घः An almond. -नाद a. slightly sounding (a term applied to unaspirated soft consonants). -निमय a. exchanged for a little. -पाण्डु a. a little white or pale, whitish. (-ण्डुः) a pale or light-brown colour. -पान a. that of which a little is drunk. ईषत्पानः सोमो भवता Sk. आनोयुच् P.III.3.128. (-नम्) a small draught. -पुरुषः a mean or contemptible person. -बीजा Quince-seed, Dyrus Cydonia (Mar. वेदाणा). -रक्त a. pale red. (-क्तः) 1 pale-red colour. -2 undistinguishable colour. -लभ, -प्रलम्भ a. to be got for little. -विवृत a. slightly open. -वीर्यः Almond tree. -श्वास a. slightly resounding. -स्पृष्ट a. slightly touched (applied to the semivowels) ईषत्स्पृष्टमन्तस्थानम् Sk. -हासः slight laughter, a smile.

ucchvasita	उच्छ्वसित p. p. (Used actively). 1 Heaving, breathing; U.3. -2 Emitting or sending out vapour (refreshed); V.4. -3 Full blown, opened, expanded; Māl.4; ˚मूर्तिः K.92 raised up, Ch. P.13. -4 (a) Enlivened, gladdened, refreshed; त्वन्निष्यन्दोच्छ्वसित- वसुधागन्धसंपर्करम्यः Me.44. (b) Inspired or animated with hope; कामस्योच्छ्वसितं मनः Ku.6.14. -5 Breathing a sigh of relief; हृदयमुच्छ्वसितं मम विक्लवम् M.3.6; R.1.73; K.181. -6 Consoled; उत्कण्ठोच्छ्वसितहृदया Me.12. -7 Waving, dishevelled; ˚अलकम् R.8.55. -8 Effaced; (सम्˚) किंचित्समुच्छ्वासितपत्रलेखनम् Ku.3.38. -तम् 1 Breath, the (very) life; सा कुलपतेरुच्छ्वसितमिव Ś.3; Ku.7.4. -2 Blooming, blowing. -3 Exhalation; विशदोच्छ्वसितेन मेदिनी कथयामास कृतार्थतामिव R.8.3. -4 Heaving upheaval, throbbing; केयूरबन्धोच्छ्वसितैर्नुनोद R.6.68; V.1. -5 Becoming loose or relaxed. -6 Sighing. -7 The vital airs of the body.

ucchvāsaḥ	उच्छ्वासः 1 Breath, exhalation, breathing out; मुखोच्छ्वासगन्धम् V.4.22; Ṛs.1.3; Me.14. -2 Support of life, being alive; तदद्याप्युच्छ्वासो भवति U.3.3; R.158. -3 A sigh. -4 Consolation, encouragement; Amaru.13. -5 Expiring, dying. -6 An air-hole. -7 A division or chapter of a book, as of the Harṣa-charita; cf. अध्याय. -8 Froth, foam; सिन्धोरुच्छ्वासे पतयन्तमुक्षणम् Rv.9.86.43. -9 Swelling up, rising, increasing.

ucchvāsin	उच्छ्वासिन् a. Breathing, inhaling air. -2 Heaving, throbbing; स्तनमध्योच्छ्वासिना कथितः V.1.8; Me.14. -3 Sighing. -4 Expiring, dying. -5 Vanishing, fading away; उच्छ्वासिकालाञ्जनरागमक्ष्णोः Ku.7.82. -6 Pausing, stopping. -7 Rising, coming forward. -8 Disjointed, divided.

utkaṇṭhate	उत्कण्ठते Den. Ā. 1 To be anxious, pine or be sorry for; Ś.4; Śi.9.54. -2 To yearn, be eagerly desirous of (with gen. or dat.); स्वर्गाय नोत्कण्ठते V.3,4; Mv.6; उत्कण्ठते च युष्मत्सन्निकर्षस्य U.6; 6.21; Māl.4; Bk.5.75. -Caus. (उत्कण्ठयति) To create anxiety or longing, inspire with tender emotions; Bh.1.35; Ghaṭ.5.

uttāna	उत्तान a. 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; उत्तानतारकस्य लोचनयुगलस्य K.143; U.3.23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl.3; उत्तानोच्छूनमण्डूकपाटितोदरसंनिभे K. P.7; पितृपात्रं तदुत्तानं कृत्वा विप्रान्विसर्जयेत् Y.1.248. (b) Upright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; उत्तान आस्येन हविर्जुहोति Mb.12.245.27. उत्तानपाणिद्वयसंनिवेशात् Ku.3.45; ˚रश्मिषु Pt.3.151. -4 Open, unreserved, frank, candid; स्वभावोत्तानहृदयम् Ś5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Māl.7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. -7 Shallow -Comp. -अर्थ a. Superficial, shallow. -कूर्मकम् a particular posture in sitting. -पट्टम् A pavement; व्यूढं चोत्तान- पट्टं सकलकनखले ... यश्चकार ... (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhūmadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). -पत्रकः a. species of Ricinus (रक्तैरण्ड). -पद् f. 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Sāy.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). -पाद a. with extended legs (children). (-दः) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. -2 the Supreme Spirit. ˚जः N. of Dhruva, the polar star. -शय a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; कदा उत्तानशयः पुत्रकः जनयिष्यति मे हृदयाह्लादम् K.62. (-यः, -या) a little child, suckling, infant. -शीवन् a. lying extended; stagnant. आप उत्तानशीवरीः Av.3.21.1. -हस्त a, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-स्तौ) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. -हृदय Open-hearted.

uttama	उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment.

udgamaḥ	उद्गमः 1 Going up, rising (of stars); ascent; आज्य- धूमोद्गमेन Ś.1.15. -2 Standing erect (of hair); रोमोद्गमः प्रादुरभूदुमायाः Ku.7.77; व्यक्तरोमोद्गमत्वात् M.4.1; Amaru. 4. -3 Going out, departure, expiry; as in प्राण˚. -4 Birth, production, creation; पारिजातस्योद्गमः Mā,.2; हरिततृणोद्गमशङ्कया मृगीभिः Ki. appearance; फलेन सहकारस्य पुष्पोद्गम इव प्रजाः R.4.9; V.4.38; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Bh.2.7; कतिपयकुसुमोद्गमः कदम्बः U.3.2; so मांस˚, पक्ष˚, ग्रन्थि˚ &c.; Amaru.81; origin, parentage; Māl.2. -5 Action, vision (of eyes); वारंवारं तिरयति दृशोरुद्गमं बाष्पपूरः Māl.1.35. -6 Projection, elevation; पयोधरोद्गमाम् Māl.7. -7 A shoot (of a plant); हरिततृणो- द्गमशङ्कया मृगीभिः Ki.5.38. -8 Vomiting, casting up.

unnata	उन्नत p. p. 1 Raised, elevated, uplifted (fig. also); त्रिरुन्नतं स्थाप्य समं शरीरम् Śvet. Up.2.8; उपासितगुरुप्रज्ञा- भिमानोन्नताः Bh.3.24; Śi.9.79; नतोन्नतभूमिभागे Ś.4.15. -2 High (fig. also), tall, lofty; great, eminent; स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; V.5.22; Ki.5. 15,14.23; Pt.1.29; ˚इच्छः R.6.71; Śi.7.27; ˚चेतस् a. noble-minded; Pt.1.122. -3 Projecting, plump, full (as breasts); निबिडोन्नतस्तनम् M.2.3; Ṛs.1.7. -4 Pleased, in high spirit; समाधाय समृद्धार्थाः कर्मसिद्धिभिरुन्नताः Rām.5.61.5. -तः A boa (अजगर). -तम् 1 Elevation. -2 Ascension, altitude. -Comp. -आनत a. elevated and depressed, uneven, high and low; बन्धुरं तून्नतानतम् Ak. -कालः A method of determining the time from the shadow. -कोकिला A kind of musical instrument. -चरण a. with uplifted paws, rampant. -नाभि a. having a projecting navel; i. e. corpulent, fat. -शिरस् a. carrying the head high, holding up the head, proud.

unmatta	उन्मत्त p. p. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 Insane, frantic, mad; द्वावत्रोन्मत्तौ V.2; अहो उन्मत्तास्मि संवृत्ता U. 3,5.3; Ś.6; Ms.9.79. -3 (a) Puffed, elevated. (b) Furious, wild; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः Pt.1. 161; U.2; Śi.6.31. -4 Possessed by a ghost or an evil-spirit; Y.2.32; Ms.3.161 (वातपित्तश्लेष्मसंनिपातग्रह- संभवेनोपसृष्टः Mitā.). -5 Very great, abnormal. उन्मत्तवेगाः प्लवगा मधुमत्ताश्च हृष्टवत् Rām.5.62.12. -त्तः 1 the thorn apple (धत्तूर); N. of another tree (मुचकुन्द). -2 N. of one of the eight forms of Bhairava. -Comp. -कीर्तिः, -वेशः N. of Śiva. -गङ्गम् N. of a country (where the Gaṅgā roars furiously along). -दर्शन, -रूप a. maniac-like, mad in appearance. -प्रलपित a. spoken in drunkenness or madness. (-तम्) the words of a madman. -भैरवः A form of Bhairava. ˚वी A form of Durgā. -लिङ्गिन् a. pretending to be mad.

upagrahaḥ	उपग्रहः 1 Confinement, seizure. -2 Defeat, frustration; अपि च विहिते मत्कृत्यानां निकाममुपग्रहे Mu.4.2. -3 A prisoner. -4 Joining, addition. -5 (a) Favour, encouragement, assistance, conciliation; सोपग्रहम् K.156. परविषये कृत्याकृत्यपक्षोपग्रहः । Kau. A.1. अमित्रोपग्रहं चास्य ते कुर्युः क्षिप्रमापदि Mb.12.96.14. (b) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; सोपग्रहं K.264. -6 Use. -7 A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf. क्रियते प्राणरक्षार्थं सर्वदानादुपग्रहः H.4.121. -8 The voice or pada of a verb; सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां Mbh. III.1.85;1.4; and 2.127. -9 A pile or heap of kuśa grass. -1 The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion. -11 A minor planet राहु, केतु &c.), a secondary heavenly body, such as a comet, meteor.

upajap	उपजप् 1 P. 1 To whisper into the ears of (another), win over to one's party by secretly suggesting anything in the ear; अङ्गारवर्षं राजवधायोपजप्य Dk.14; क्षत्तारं कुरुराजस्तु शनैः कर्णमुपाजपत् Mb. -2 (Hence) to instigate to rebellion or treachery, conspire with; उपजप्यानुपजपेत् Ms.7.197. -3 To commit mischief.

upadeṣṭṛ	उपदेष्टृ a. Giving instruction or advice. m. (ष्टा) A teacher, preceptor; especially a spiritual preceptor; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः स भगवान्कर्मोपदेष्टा हरिः Ve.1.25.

upadhmānīyaḥ	उपध्मानीयः The aspirate Visarga before the letters प् and फ्; उपूपध्मानीयानामोष्ठौ Sk.

upaniṣad	उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2.

upanayaḥ	उपनयः 1 Bringing near, fetching. -2 Gaining, attaining, procuring. नान्यं तवाङ्घ्रयुपनयादपवर्गमूर्तेः क्षेमं जनस्य परितो भिय ईश विद्मः Bhāg.12.8.43. -3 Employing -4 Investiture with the sacred thread, initiation into sacred study, handing a youth of the first three castes to a teacher; गृह्योक्तकर्मणा येन समीपं नीयते गुरोः । बालो वेदाय तद्योगात् बालस्योपनयं विदुः ॥ (By this ceremony spiritual birth is conferred upon the youth, and he becomes a द्विजन्मन्; the ages at which the ceremony may be performed by the three castes are respectively 8-16, 11-22 and 12-24; (see Ms.2.36-38; of what materials &c. the cords should be, is mentioned in 2.41-46). -5 The fourth member of the five-membered Indian syllogism (in logic), the application to the special case in question; व्याप्तिविशिष्टस्य हेतोः पक्षधर्मताप्रतिपादकं वचनमुपनयः Tarka K. -6 Introduction, initiation (into any science); see next.

upapad	उपपद् 4 Ā. 1 To reach, come to, approach, go near; यमुनातटमुपपेदे Pt.1; उपपद्यख स्वकर्मोचितां गतिम् Dk.93. -2 To be got or obtained, fall to one's share; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.39;13.18. -3 To take place, occur, happen, be produced; देवि एवमुपपद्यते M.1 even as you say, just so; अर्थास्तस्योपपत्स्यन्ते Mb.; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5.26. -4 To be possible; कर्तव्यं वो न पश्यामि स्याच्चेत्किं नोपपद्यते Ku.6.61; Ms.9.121,4; 1.12; नेश्वरो जगतः कारणमुपपद्यते Ś. B. -5 To be suitable, be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.); क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ नैतत्त्वरय्युपपद्यते Bg.2.3;18.7; उपपद्यते it is fit; ते गुणाः परस्मिन् ब्रह्मण्युपपद्यन्ते Ś. B. -6 To go against, attack. -7 To put in a word or statement; इति ह विश्वामित्र उपपपाद Ait. Br. -Caus. 1 To bring into any state, cause to arrive or be obtained; विश्वासमुपपादिता Rām. inspired with confidence; get ready; रथमुपपादय Ve.2. -2 To offer, present any one with (acc.), bring to; दिष्टया त्वमसि मे धात्रा भीतेनेवोपपादितः R.15.18,14.8;16.32; Ms.9.72,73;3.96; sometimes with dat.; सर्वस्वं वेद- विदुषे ब्राह्मणायोपपादयेत् Ms.11.76;9.244; or with loc.; अक्षयो$यं निधी राज्ञां यद्विप्रेषूपपादितम् Y.1.315. -3 (a) To cause to happen or occur, bring about; मरणमुपपादयेत K.36. (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform; यावत्तु मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुम् K.62,113,12,134; देव- कार्यम् R.11.91;17.55; Me.29. -4 (a) To make a statement, adduce, put forward. (b) To justify. -5 To make good, establish, prove; कथमीश्वरं विनाशधर्मिणमुप- पादयसि Prab. -6 To pronounce, declare. -7 To make fit or adequate for; कालोपपादिते क्षेत्रे Ms.9.36. -8 To furnish with, endow with; Kām.11.57; K.2; आत्मानं प्रथमं राजा विनयेनोपपादयेत् Subhāṣ. -9 To find out, ascertain; दक्षिणाप्रवणं चैव प्रयत्नेनोपपादयेत् Ms.3.26. -1 To examine.

upaviśrambhayya	उपविश्रम्भय्य ind. Having inspired with confidence; वैश्रम्भकैरुपसृतानुपविश्रम्भय्य Bhāg.5.26.32.

upasargaḥ	उपसर्गः 1 Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a disease; also a disease superinduced on another; क्षीणं हन्युश्चोपसर्गाः प्रभूताः Suśr. -2 Misfortune, trouble, calamity, injury, harm; प्रशमिताशेषोपसर्गाः प्रजाः Ratn.1.1; सोपसर्गं वो नक्षत्रम् M.4. sorrow; आपेदे उपसर्गस्तं तमः सूर्यमिवासुरम् Rām.2.63.2. -3 Portent, natural phenomenon foreboding evil. -4 An eclipse. -5 An indication or symptom of death. -6 Addition. -7 Possession by an evil spirit. -8 A preposition prefixed to roots; निपाताश्चादयो ज्ञेयाः प्रादयस्तूपसर्गकाः । द्योतकत्वात् क्रियायोगे लोकादवगता इमे ॥ उपसर्गास्तु विज्ञेयाः क्रियायोगेन विंशतिः । विवेचयन्ति ते ह्यर्थं नामाख्यातविभक्तिषु ॥ बृहद्देवता; आख्यातमुपगृह्यार्थविशेषमिमे तस्यैव सृजन्तीत्युपसर्गाः । Durga under Nirukta 1.3. उपेत्य नामाख्यातयोरर्थस्य विशेषं सृजन्त्युत्पादयन्ती- त्युपसर्गाः । Skanda. The नाट्यशास्त्र defines उपसर्ग thus: प्रातिपदिकार्थयुक्तं धात्वर्थमुपसृजन्ति ये स्वार्थैः । उपसर्गा उपदिष्टास्तस्मात् संस्कारशास्त्रे$स्मिन् ॥ A poetaster has framed the following समस्यापूरण stanza with the rule उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे (Pāṇini I.4.59); उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे पाणिनेरपि संमयम् । निष्क्रियो$पि तवारातिः सोपसर्गः सदा कथम् ॥ Upasargas are 2 in number:- प्र, परा, अप, सम्, अनु, अव, निस् or निर्, दुस् or दुर्, वि, आ (ङ्), नि, अधि, अपि, अति, सु, उत्, अभि, प्रति, परि, उप; or 22 if निस्-निर् and दुस्-दुर् be taken as separate words. There are two theories as to the character of these prepositions. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (अनेकार्था हि धातवः); when prepositions are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those meanings already existent but hidden in them, but they do not express them, being meaningless themselves; cf. Śi.1.15:- सन्तमेव चिरमप्रकृतत्वादप्रकाशितमदिद्युतदङ्गे । विभ्रमं मधुमदः प्रमदानां धातुलीनमुपसर्ग इवार्थम् ॥ According to the other theory prepositions express their own independent meanings; they modify, intensify, and sometimes entirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. Sk.:- उपसर्गेण धात्वर्थो बलादन्यत्र नीयते । प्रहाराहारसंहारविहारपरिहारवत् ॥ cf. also धात्वर्थं बाधते कश्चित्कश्चित्तमनुवर्तते । तमेव विशिनष्टयन्य उपसर्गगतिस्त्रिधा ॥ (The latter theory appears to be more correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta). -9 An obstacle; ते समाधावुपसर्गा व्युत्थाने सिद्धयः । योगसूत्रs 3.39.

upasṛṣṭa	उपसृष्ट p. p. 1 Joined, connected with, accompanied by; किं क्षत्रबन्धून्कलिलोपसृष्टान् Bhāg.1.16.23. -2 Seized or possessed by (a demon or evil spirit); उपसृष्टा इव क्षुद्राधिष्ठितभवनाः K.17. -3 Troubled, affected, injured; (उपसृष्टः परेणेति मूर्च्छितो गदया हतः Bhāg.1.76.33, रोगो- पसृष्टतनुर्दुर्वसतिं मुमुक्षुः R.8.94; K.289. -4 Eclipsed; Mb.13.14.18; Ms.4.37. -5 Furnished with an उपसर्ग (as a root); क्रुधद्रुहोरुपसृष्टयोः कर्म P.I.4.38. -6 Let loose, thrown off; अश्वत्थाम्नोपसृष्टेन ब्रह्मशीर्ष्णोरुतेजसा । उत्तराया हतो गर्भ ईशेनाजीवितः पुनः Bhāg.1.12.1. -8 Ruined; कालोपसृष्टनिगमावन आत्तयोगमायाकृतिं परमहंसगतिं नताः स्म Bhāg. 1.83.4. -ष्टः The sun or moon when eclipsed. -ष्टम् Sexual union.

upādhyāyaḥ	उपाध्यायः [उपेत्याधीयते अस्मात्, उप-अधि-इ-घञ्] 1 A teacher or preceptor in general. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; य उदात्ते कर्तव्ये$ नुदात्तं करोति खण्डिकोपाध्यायस्तमै चपेटां ददाति Mbh.I.1.1. (by Y.1.35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an आचार्य; एकदेशमुपाध्यायः); cf. Ms.2.141; एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति वृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥ see अध्यापक, and under आचार्य also. -या A female preceptor. -यी 1 A female preceptor. उपेत्य अधीयते तस्या उपाध्यायी, उपाध्याया and Vārt. या तु स्वयमेवाध्यापिका तत्र वा ङीष् वाच्यः on P.IV.1.49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a grammar frequently referred to by the commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.

uru	उरु a. [उर्णु-कु नुलोपो ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.31] (-रु-र्वी f.; compar. वरीयस्; super. वरिष्ठ) 1 Wide, spacious. -2 Great, large; जातःकुले तस्य किलोरुकीर्तिः R.6.74. -3 Excessive, much, abundant; धनान्युरूणि Śi.3.76. -4 Excellent, precious, valuable. n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. ind. Far, far off (Ved.). -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a mountain. -2 the ocean. -कालः, -कालकः the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis (इन्द्रवारुणी). -कीर्ति a. renowned, wellknown; तवोरुकीर्तिः श्वशुरः सखा मे R.14.74. -कृत् a. making room, granting space; increasing; उरुकृदुरु णस्कृधि Rv. 8.75.11. -क्रम a. Ved. 1 taking wide strides. शं नो विष्णु- रुरुक्रमः Tait. Up.1.1.1. -2 of high rank. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation; उरुक्रमस्याखिलबन्धमुक्तये समाधिनानुस्मर तद्विचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.5.13. -क्षय a. having spacious dwellings. (-यः) a spacious dwelling. उरुक्षयेषु दीद्यत् Rv.1.118.8. -क्षितिः f. Ved. a spacious dwelling; उरुक्षितिं सुजनिमा चकार Rv.7.1.4. -गाय a. 1 sung or praised by the great; Asvad.16. एष पन्था उरुगायः सुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13, उरुगायोरुगीतो वा पश्यन्तीनां कुतः पुनः Bhāg.1.9.26. -2 offering wide scope for movement. (-यः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the Āśvins, Soma and Indra. -2 wide space or space; (-यम् also). -3 praise. -ग्राहः Great restraint; उरुग्राहगृहीतानां गदां बिभ्रद् वृकोदरः Mb.5. 51.7. -चक्रि a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; अहोश्चिदस्मा उरुचक्रिरद्भुतः Rv.2.26. 4. -चक्षस् a. Ved. far-seeing; समख्ये देव्या धिया संदक्षिणयो- रुचक्षसा Vāj.4.23. -जन्मन् a. nobly born; वह्नेरपां दग्धुरिवोरुजन्मा M.5.17. -ज्मन् a. having a wide path or range; न उरुष्या ण उरुज्मन्नप्रयुच्छन् Av.6.4.3. -ज्रयस्, -ज्रि a. of great speed, of mighty impetus. -तापः great heat. -धार a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow). -प्रथस् a. wide-spreading, far-spread. -माणः N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. वायवरणा). -मार्गः a long road. -लोक a. widely illuminating; or widely extended; ममान्तिरिक्षमुरुलोकमस्तु Rv.128.2. (-कः) the best world. (-कम्) the intermediate region between earth and heaven. -विक्रम a. valiant, mighty. -व्यचस् a. P.VI.1.17 Vārt.4. widely extended, extensive. उरुव्यचाः कण्टकः Mbh. on P.VI.1.17. -m. a malignant spirit, an imp. -व्यञ्च् a. Ved. 1 farreaching, capacious. -2 perceived in a distant place (as a sound); तुविक्षत्रामजरन्तीमुरूचीम् Vāj.21.5. -शंस a. 1 to be praised by many. -2 reigning over a wide region. -3 praising aloud. -शर्मन् a. Ved. widely pervading; Vāj.1.9. -षा a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope; महीमस्मभ्यमुरुषामुरु ज्रयो Rv.5. 44.6. -सत्त्व a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; सिंहोरुसत्त्वं निजगाद सिंहः R.2.33; magnanimous, of a noble nature. -स्वन a. having a loud voice, stentorian. -हारः a valuable necklace.

urvaśī	उर्वशी [उरून् महतो$पि अश्नुते वशीकरोति, उरु-अश्-क गौरा˚ ङीष् Tv.] 1 N. of a famous Apsaras or nymph of Indra's heaven who became the wife of Purūravas. [Urvaśī is frequently mentioned in the Ṛigveda; at her sight the seed of Mitra and Varuṇa fell down, from which arose Agastya and Va&siṣṭa; (see Agastya). Being cursed by Mitra and Varuṇa she came down to the world of mortals, and became the wife of Purūravas, whom she chanced to see while descending, and who made a very favourable impression upon her mind. She lived with him for some time, and went up to heaven at the expiration of her curse. Purūravas was sorely grieved at her loss, but succeeded in securing her company once more. She bore him a son named Āyus, and then left him forever. The account given in the Vikramorvaśīyam differs in many respects, where Indra is represented to have favoured Purūra-vas with her lifelong company though he had himself cursed her. Mythologically she is said to have sprung from the thigh of the sage Nārāyaṇa, q. v.] उर्वशी वै रुपिण्यप्सरसाम् Mbh.5.2.95; मर्त्तासश्चिदुर्वशीरकृप्रन् Av. 18.3.23; स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममोर्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.47. -2 Wish, ardent desire. -Comp. -तीर्थम् N. of a sacred place referred to in Bhārata. -नाममाला N. of a lexicon. -रमणः, -सहायः, -वल्लभः N. of Purūravas.

ūrjita	ऊर्जित a. 1 (a) Powerful, strong, mighty; श्रीमदू- र्जितमेव वा Bg.1.41; मातृकं च धनुरूर्जितं दधत् R.11.64; cf. also बाणाक्षरैरेव परस्परस्य नामोर्जितं चापभृतः शशंसुः vigorous, strong (speech); Si.16.38; ऊर्जितं क्षात्रं तेजः Ve.1.13. (b) Great, large, exceeding, much; धनुर्विस्फारयामास तडिदूर्जितनिःस्वनम् Rām.5.48.25; Mv.2.13. -2 Distinguished, glorious, superior; excellent, beautiful; ˚श्रीः Śi.16.85; मकरोर्जितकेतनम् R.9.39;1,93; Māl.7.4. -3 High, noble, spirited; ऊर्जितः खलु ते कामः Rām.2. 85.2. ˚आश्रयं वचः Ki.2.1 spirited or noble. -4 Increased; deep, grave; अलङ्घ्यत्वाज्जनैरन्यैः क्षुभितोदन्वदूर्जितम् Ki.11.4. -तम् 1 Strength, might. -2 Energy.

ūrdhva	ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).

uṣmāyate	उष्मायते Den. Ā. To emit heat or steam; perspire.

ṛta	ऋत a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Proper, right. -2 Honest, true; सर्वमेतदृतं मन्ये यन्मां वदसि केशव Bg.1.14; Ms.8.82. -3 Worshipped, respected. -4 Bright, luminous (दीप्त) -5 Gone, risen, moved, affected by; सुखेन ऋतः = सुखार्तः ऋते च तृतीयासमासे Vārt. on P.VI.1.89; so दुःखः˚, काम˚. -तम् ind. Rightly, properly. -तः 1 A sacrifice. -2 The sun (n. also). -तम् (Not usually found in classical literature) 1 A fixed or settled rule, law (religious). -2 Sacred custom, pious action. यस्तनोति सतां सेतुमृतेनामृतयोनिना Mb.12.47.49. -3 Divine law, divine truth. -4 Absolution. मर्त्यानामृतमिच्छताम् Bhāg.1.16.7. -5 Water; सत्यं त्वा ऋतेन परिषिञ्चामि. -6 Truth (in general), right; ऋतं वदिष्यामि T. Up.1.1.1. ऋतानृते Ms.1.29, 2.52,8.61,14. -7 Truth (personified as an object of worship; in later Sanskrit regarded as a child of Dharma). -8 Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); ऋतमुञ्च्छशिलं वृत्तम् Ms.4.4. -9 The fruit of an action; एकं चक्रं वर्तते द्वादशारं षण्णाभिमेकाक्षमृतस्य धारणम् Mb.1.3. 62. -1 Agreeable speech; ऋतं च सूनृता वाणी कविभिः परिकीर्तिता Bhāg.11.19.38. -11 N. of an Āditya. -12 The Supreme Spirit. (In the Vedas ऋत is usually interpreted by Sāyaṇa to mean 'water', 'sun' or 'sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the sense of 'divine truth', 'faith' &c.). -Comp. -जा, -जात a. Ved. 1 of a true nature, sprung from sacred truth; अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.4.5. -2 Well-made, excellent; Rv.3.58.8. -जातसत्य a. (Sāy.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true result. -जित् a. Ved. gaining the right; Vāj.17.83. -ज्ञा a. (Sāy.) knowing the sacrifice, familiar with the sacred law. -द्युम्न a. shining with truth; Rv.9. 113.4. -धामन् a. 1 of a true or pure nature. -2 having an imperishable place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -धीति a. Ved. of true disposition; or receiving true praise. -ध्वजः N. of Śiva. -नी a. leading in the right way; Rv.2.27.12. -पर्णः = ऋतुपर्णः q. v. -पेयः a sacrifice lasting one day. -पेशस् a. Ved. having a perfect shape; Rv.5.66.1. -m. one whose form consits of water; i. e. Varuṇa. -प्सुः 1 a god who consumes sacrificial food; Rv.1.18.3. -2 one whose form is truth. -युक्तिः f. true application of a hymn; Rv.1.61.1. -युज् a. going to sacrifice. -वाकः Ved. true speech; Rv.9.113.2. -सद् a. dwelling in the sacrifice or truth; Rv.4.4.5. -m. fire, -सदनम् -नी the right or usual alter. -साप् a. pervading truth; steady in religious belief. -सामन् n. N. of a Sāman; Ārṣeya Br. -स्था a. standing right; स हि दिवः स पृथिव्या ऋतस्था. Av.4.1.4.

ṛṣiḥ	ऋषिः [cf. Uṇ.4.119] 1 An inspired poet or sage, a singer of sacred hymns, (e. g कुत्स, वसिष्ठ, अत्रि, अगस्त्य &c.). (These Ṛiṣis form a class of beings distinct from gods, men, Asuras &c. (Av.1.1.26). They are the authors or seers of the Vedic hymns; ऋषयो मन्त्रद्रष्टारो वसिष्ठादयः; or, according to Yāska, यस्य वाक्यं स ऋषिः, i. e. they are the persons to whom the Vedic hymns were revealed. In every Sūkta the ऋषि is mentioned along with the देवता, छन्दस् and विनियोग. The later works mention seven Ṛiṣis or saptarṣis whose names, according to Śat. Br., are गौतम, भरद्वाज, विश्वामित्र, जमदग्नि, वसिष्ठ, कश्यप and अत्रि; according to Mahābhārata, मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलह, क्रतु, पुलस्त्य and वसिष्ठ; Manu calls these sages Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind, and gives ten names, three more being added to the latter list, i. e. दक्ष or प्रचेतस्, भृगु and नारद. In astronomy the seven Ṛiṣis form the constellation of "the Great Bear"); यत्रा सप्त ऋषीन् पर एकमाहुः Rv.1.82.2. -2 A sanctified sage, saint, an ascetic, anchorite; (there are usually three classes of these saints; देवर्षि, ब्रह्मर्षि and राजर्षि; sometimes four more are added; महर्षि, परमर्षि, श्रुतर्षि and काण्डर्षि. -3 A ray of light. -4 An imaginary circle. -5 A hymn (मन्त्र) composed by a Ṛiṣi; एतद्वो$स्तु तपोयुक्तं ददामीत्यृषि- चोदितम् Mb.12.11.18; -6 The Veda; P.III.2.186. -7 A symbolical expression for number seven. -8 Life; Bhāg.1.87.5. -9 The moon. -Comp. -ऋणम् A debt due to Ṛiṣis. -कुल्या 1 a sacred river. -2 N. of महानदी, N. of सरस्वती; अथ तस्योशतीं देवीमृषिकुल्यां सरस्वतीम् Bhāg. 3.16.13. -कृत् a. making one's appearance; Rv.1.31. 16. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -चान्द्रायणम् N. of a particular observance. -च्छन्दस् n. the metre of a Ṛiṣi, -जाङ्गलः, -जाङ्गलिका the plant ऋक्षगन्धा, (Mar. म्हैसवेल). -तर्पणम् libation offered to the Ṛiṣis. -धान्यम् The grain Coix barbata (Mar. वरी). -पञ्चमी N. of a festival or ceremony on the fifth day in the first half of Bhādrapada (observed by women). -पुत्रकः Southern wood, Artemisia abrotanum (Mar. दवणा). -प्रोक्ता the plant माषपर्णी (Mar. रानउडीद). -बन्धु a. connected or related to the Ṛiṣi; Rv.8.1.6. -मनस् a. inspired; far-seeing, enlightened; Rv.9.96.18. -मुखम् the beginning of a Maṇḍala composed by a Ṛiṣi. -यज्ञः a sacrifice offered to a Ṛiṣi (consisting of a prayer in low voice). Ms.4.21. -लोकः the world of the Ṛiṣis. -श्राद्धम् Funeral oblations for the Ṛiṣis. a figurative expression for insignificant acts which are preceded by great preparation. -श्रेष्ठः (ष्ठम्) The pod of Helicteres isora : also the shrub of tree (Mar. मुरुड- शेंग). -स्तोमः 1 praise of the Ṛiṣis. -2 a particular sacrifice completed in one day.

lṝ	लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.

aikṣava	ऐक्षव a. (-वी f.) [इक्षु-अण्] Made of, or produced from, sugarcane, sugary. -वम् 1 Sugar. -2 A kind of spirituous liquor.

aireyam	ऐरेयम् [इरायाम् अन्ने भवं ढक्] Spirituous liquor (prepared from food).

om	ओम् ind. 1 The sacred syllable om, uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or sacred work. -2 As a particle it implies (a) solemn affirmation and respectful assent (so be it, amen !); (b) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); ओमित्युच्यताममात्यः Māl.6; ओमित्युक्तवतो$थ शार्ङ्गिण इति Śi. 1.75; द्वितीयश्चेदोमिति ब्रूमः S. D.1; (c) command; (d) auspiciousness; (e) removal or warding off. -3 Brahman. [This word first appears in the Upaniṣads as a mystic monosyllable, and is regarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Maṇḍūkya Upaniṣad it is said that this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be; that all is om, only om. Literally analysed, om is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaiśvānara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; u is Taijasa, the spirit of dreaming souls in the world of dreams; and m is Prajñā, the spirit of sleeping and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upaniṣads pp.69-73). In later times om came to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Viṣṇu), u (Śiva), and m (Brahmā). It is usually called Praṇava or Ekakṣaram; cf. अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा प्रणवेन त्रयो मताः ॥ -Comp. -कारः 1 the sacred syllable ओम्; त्रिमात्रमोकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति Mbh.VIII.2.89. -2 the exclamation ओम्, or pronunciation of the same; प्राणायामैस्त्रिभिः पूतस्तत ओंकारमर्हति Ms.2.75. -3 (fig.) commencement; एष तावदोंकारः Mv.1; B. R.3.78. -रा N. of a Buddhist śakti (personification of divine energy).

kakubha	ककुभ a. Ved. Distinguished, superior. -भः 1 A crooked piece of wood at the end of the lute. -2 The tree Arjuna; ककुभसुरभिः शैलः U.1.33. -3 A kind of goblin or evil spirit. -4 One of the Rāgas or personified musical modes. -भा 1 Space; quarter. -2 One of the Rāgiṇīs. -भम् A flower of the Kuṭaja tree; कालक्षेपं ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) -Comp. -अदनी 'food of the sky, a kind of fragrance or perfume.

kacchaḥ	कच्छः च्छम् 1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); यमुनाकच्छमवतीर्णः Pt.1; गन्धमादनकच्छो$ध्यासितः V.5; Śi.3.8; Māl.9.16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात्पुंसि कच्छस्तथाविधः' Nm. -3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see कक्षा. -4 A part of boat. -5 A particular part of a tortoise (in कच्छप). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (तुन्न, Mar. नांदुरकी); Mb.1.7.21. -7 A populous region. -च्छा 1 A cricket. -2 The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (वाराही). -Comp. -अन्तः the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki.7.39; कच्छान्ते सुरसरितो निधाय सेनाम् 12.54. -देशः N. of a place in the South. -पः (-पी f.) 1 a turtle, tortoise; केशव धृतकच्छपरूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; Ms.1.44,12.42 (thus explained by Durga; कच्छं आत्मनो मुखसंपुटं पाति स हि किंचित् दृष्ट्वा शरीर एव मुखसंपुटं प्रवेशयति). -2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. -5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. नांदुरकी) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (-पी) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī. -भूः f. marshy ground, morass. -रुहा a kind of grass (दूर्वा). कच्छ kaccha (च्छा cchā) टिका ṭikā कच्छाटी kacchāṭī कच्छ (च्छा) टिका कच्छाटी The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band.

kaṭaḥ	कटः 1 A straw mat; Ms.2.24. -2 The hip; Mb.13.53.42. -3 Hip and loins; the hollow above the hips. -4 The temples of an elephant; कण्डूयमानेन कटं कदाचित् R.2.37,3.37,4.47. -5 A particular throw of the dice in hazard; नर्दितदर्शितमार्गः कटेन विनिपातितो यामि Mk.2.8. -6 A kind of grass; दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377. -7 Excess (as in उत्कट). -8 A corpse; कट- धूमस्य सौरभ्यमवघ्राय व्रजौकसः Bhāg.1.6.41. -9 A hearse, bier. -1 An arrow. -11 A custom. -12 A cemetery, burial ground. -13 A time or season. -14 The plant Saccharum Sara (शर). -15 An annual plant. -16 Grass (in general). -17 A thin piece of wood, plank. -18 See कटाक्ष; घ्नन्तीवैक्षत्कटाक्षेपौः Bhāg.1.32.6. -टी Long pepper. -टम् Dust of flowers. -Comp. -अक्षः a glance, a side-long look, leer; गाढं निखात इव मे हृदये कटाक्षः Māl.1.29; also 25, 28; Me. 37. ˚मुष्ट a. caught by a glance. ˚विशिखः an arrow-like look of love. -अग्निः a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the straw placed round a criminal to be burnt. दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377; Y.2.282. -अन्तः the extremity of the temples; आताम्राभा रोषभाजः कटान्तात् Śi.18.42. -उदकम् 1 water for a funeral libation; कृत्वा कटोदकादीनि भ्रातुःपुत्रानसान्त्वयत् Bhāg.7.2.17, -2 rut, ichor (issuing from an elephant's temples). -कारः a mixed tribe (of low social position); (शूद्रायां वैश्यतश्चौर्यात् कटकार इति स्मृतः Uśanas). -कुटिः m. A straw hut; स्वलंकृताः कटकुटिकम्बलाम्बराद्युपस्करा ययुरधियुज्य सवतः Bhāg. 1.71.16. -कृत् m. A plaiter of straw mats; ददार करजैर्वक्षस्येरकां कटकृद्यथा Bhāg.1.3.18. -कोलः a spittingpot. -खादक a. eating much, voracious. (-कः) 1 a jackal. -2 a crow. -3 a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl. -घोपः a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen. -पूतनः, -ना a kind of departed spirits; अमेध्यकुणपाशी च क्षत्रियः कटपूतनः Ms.12.71; उत्तालाः कटपूतनाप्रभृतयः सांराविणं कुर्वते Māl.5.11. (पूतन v. l.); also 23. -पूर्णः Designation of an elephant in the first stage of must; Mātaṅga. L. -प्रभेदः opening of the temples, appearance of rut; बभूव तेनातितरा सुदुःसहः कटप्रभेदेन करीव पार्थिवः R.3.37. -प्रू a. acting by will. (-प्रूः) 1 Śiva. -2 an imp or goblin. -3 one who gambles or plays with dice. -4 a worm. -5 a kind of demi-god, (of the class of Vidyādharas). -प्रोथः, -थम् the buttocks. -भङ्गः 1 gleaning corn with the hands. -2 any royal calamity or misfortune. -3 To break through a close rank of the army; 'कटभङ्गस्तु सस्यानां हस्तच्छेदे नृपात्यये' इति मेदिनी. -भीः N. of several plants ज्योतिष्मती, अपराजिता &c. -भू f. The cheek of an elephant; कण्डूयतः कटभुवं करिणो मदेन Śi.5.46. -मालिनी wine or any vinous liquor. -व्रणः N. of Bhīmasena. -शर्करा 1 a fragment of a mat broken off or of straw. -2 N. of a plant, (गाङ्गेष्टी). -स्थलम् 1 the hips and loins. -2 an elephant's temples. -स्थालम् A corpse.

kaḍaṅgaḥ	कडङ्गः A spirituous liquor, a kind of rum. कडङ्ग (-क) रः 1 Straw, the stalks of various sorts of pulse &c. -2 A kind of weapon (club); Mb.7.25.58. कडङ्ग (-का) रीय a. To be fed with straw. -यः An animal fed with straw, such as a cow or buffalo; नीवारपाकादि कडङ्गरीयैरामृश्यते जानपदैर्न कच्चित् R.5.9.

kaṇva	कण्व a. [कण् क्वन्] Ved. 1 Talented, intelligent. -2 Praising; प्र सक्षणो दिव्यः कण्वहोता Rv.5.41.4. -3 Fit to be praised or honoured; Rv.1.115.5. -4 Deaf. -ण्वः 1 N. of a renowned sage, foster-father of Śakuntalā and progenitor of the line of काण्व Brāhmaṇas. He was the author of several hymns of the Ṛig-veda. -2 (Ved.) A peculiar class of evil spirits against whom charms or hymns (Av.2.25) are used; गर्भादं कण्वं नाशय Av.2.25.3. -3 A praiser. -4 The founder of Vedic schools. -ण्वम् Sin, evil. -Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of an upaniṣad. -जम्भन a. consuming or destroying the evil spirits called Kaṇvas (?). -दुहितृ, -सुता Śakuntalā, Kaṇva's daughter. -सखिन् a. Ved. a friend of the Kaṇvas, friendly disposed to them; स इदग्निः कण्वतमः कण्वसखा Rv.1.115.5. -होतृ a. one whose priest is a Kaṇva; प्र सक्षणो दिव्यः कण्वहोता Rv.5.41.4.

kapiśa	कपिश a. [कपि-मत्वर्थे श] 1 Brown, reddish brown. -2 Reddish; (छायाः) संध्यापयोदकपिशाः पिशिताशनानाम् Ś.3.26; तोये काञ्चनपद्मरेणुकपिशे 7.12; V.2.7; Me.21; R.12.28. -शः 1 The brown colour. -2 A compound of red and black colour. -3 Storax or coarse benzoin. -4 A kind of arrow. न सूचीकपिशो नैव न गवास्थिर्गजास्थिजः (इषुः] Mb.3.189.12. -शा 1 The Mādhavī creeper. -2 N. of a river, -शा, -शी, -शम् A spirit, a kind of rum. -Comp. -अञ्जनः N. of Śiva. -अयनः 1 spirit, a kind of rum. -2 a deity.

kartṛ	कर्तृ a. or s. [कृ-तृच्] कर्ताहमिति मन्यते Bg.3.27. 1 A doer, one who does, makes, performs &c., an agent; वंशस्य˚ R.2.64; व्याकरणस्य कर्ता author of Grammar ऋणस्य कर्ता one who incurs debt; हितकर्ता a benefactor; सुवर्णकर्ता a goldsmith &c. -2 (In gram.) An agent (the meaning of the instrumental case). -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 An epithet of Brahmā. -5 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva also. -6 A priest. -Comp. -अभिप्राय a. (P.I.3.72) accruing to the agent. -वाच्यः the active voice.

karbu	कर्बु a. Variegated, spotted; कर्बुरूपाः (नीलाः) Y.3.166. कर्बु (-र्वु) र a. 1 Variegated, or spotted; क्वचिल्लसद्- घननिकुरम्बकबुरः Śi.17.56. -2 Of the colour of pigeons, whitish, grey; पवनैर्भस्म कपोतकर्बुरम् Ku.4.27. -रः 1 The variegated colour. -2 Sin. -3 An evil spirit, demon. -4 The Dhattūra plant. -5 Rice growing amidst inundation. -रा N. of a plant (वर्वरी). -री An epithet of Durgā. -रम् 1 Gold. -2 Water. -3 The Dhattūra plant. कर्बु (-र्वु) रित a. 1 Variegated, अवदग्धकर्बुरितकेतुचामरैः U.6.4; Śi.5.68.

kalpa	कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.

kalya	कल्य a. [कलयति चेष्टामत्र, कल्-यक्; कल् कर्मणि यत्, कलासु साधु कला-यत् वा Tv.] 1 Sound, free from sickness, healthy; सर्वः कल्ये वयसि यतते लब्धुमर्थान्कुटुम्बी V.3.1; Y.1.28; यावदेव भवेत्कल्यस्तावच्छ्रेयः समाचरेत् Mb. -2 Ready, prepared; कथयस्व कथामेतां कल्याः स्मः श्रवणे तव Mb.1.5.3. -3 Clever. -4 Agreeable, auspicious (as a discourse); स स्नुषामब्रवीत्काले कल्यवादी महातपाः Mb.11.14.6. -5 Deaf and dumb. -6 Instructive. -7 Perfect in arts; कल्यो निरामये सज्जे दक्षे साधौ कलासु च Nm. -ल्यम् 1 Dawn, daybreak; य इदं कल्य उत्थाय महापुरुषलक्षणम् Bhāg.12.11.26. -2 To-morrow. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Congratulation, good wishes. -5 Good news. -ल्यः 1 means; सामदानादिभिः कल्यैः (आनय) Rām.4.37.9. -2 Hurling, casting (of missiles); Mb.7.195.3. -Comp. -आशः, -जग्धिः f. the morning meal, breakfast. -पालः, -पालकः a distiller. -वर्तः morning meal, breakfast. भोः सुखं न आमयपरिभूतमकल्यवर्तं च Ś.3. (-तम्) (hence) anything light, trivial, or unimportant; a trifle; ननु कल्यवर्तमेतत् Mk.2 but a trifle; स्त्रीकल्यवर्तस्य कारणेन 4; स इदानीमर्थ- कल्यवर्तस्य कारणादिदमकार्यं करोति 9.

kalyā	कल्या 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a plant (हरीतकी). -3 Congratulation. -Comp. -पालः, -पालकः a distiller.

kaśya	कश्य a. [कशामर्हति, कशा-यत्] Fit to be whipped or flogged. -श्यम् 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 A horse's flank.

kaśmala	कश्मल a. [Uṇ 1.16.] Foul, dirty, disgraceful, ignominious; मत्सबंधात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती स्याच्चेदस्मिन्हन्त धिङ् मामधन्यम् U.1.42. -लम् 1 Dejection of mind, lowness or depression of spirits; delusion (मोह); यदाश्रौषं कश्मलेना- भितन्ने Mb.1.1.181. कश्मलं महदाविशत Mb; कुतस्त्वा कश्मल- मिदं विषमे समुपस्थितम् Bg.2.2. -2 Sin. -3 A swoon. शोचन्विमुह्यन्नुपयाति कश्मलम् Bhāg.5.13.7. -4 Consternation, alarm.

kādambaram	कादम्बरम् 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Kadamba tree; निषेध्य मधु माधवाः सरसमत्र कादम्बरम् Śi.4.66. -री 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the कदम्ब tree. -2 Spirituous liquor or wine in general; कादम्बरीसाक्षिकं प्रथमसौहृदमिष्यते Ś.6; or कादम्बरीमदविघूर्णितलोचनस्य युक्तं हि लाङ्गलभृतः पतनं पृथिव्याम् Udb.; ˚रसभरेण K.24. -3 The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant. -4 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -5 A female cuckoo. -6 The rain-water collected into clefts or hollow places. -7 A female bird (सारिका). -8 N. of a celebrated story by Bāṇa; the heroine is of the same name being a daughter of Chitraratha Gandharva. -Comp. -बीजम् a ferment, yeast.

kāpiśam	कापिशम् A spirituous liquor.

kāmalikā	कामलिका Spirituous liquor.

kāmin	कामिन् a. (-नी f.) [कम्-णिनि] 1 Lustful. -2 Desirous. -3 Loving, fond. -m. 1 A lover, a lustful person (paying particular attention to ladies); त्वया चन्द्रमसा चातिसन्धीयते कामिजनसार्थः Ś.3; त्वां कामिनो मदनदूतिमुदाहरन्ति V.4.11; Amaru.2; M.3.14. -2 A luxurious husband. -3 The ruddy goose or चक्रवाक bird. -4 A sparrow. -5 An epithet of Śiva. -6 The moon. -7 A pigeon. -8 The Supreme Being. -नी 1 A loving, affectionate, or fond woman; Ms.8.112. -2 A lovely or beautiful woman; उदयति हि शशाङ्कः कामिनीगण्डपाण्डुः Mk.1.57; केषां नैषा कथय कविताकामिनी कौतुकाय P. R.1.22. -3 A woman (in general); मृगया जहार चतुरेव कामिनी R.9.69; Me.65; Ṛs.1.28. -4 A timid woman. -5 Spirituous liquor.

kāmālikā	कामालिका Spirituous liquor.

kārpaṇyam	कार्पण्यम् 1 Poverty, indigence, wretchedness; व्यक्तकार्पण्या Dk. -2 Compassion; pity; कार्पण्यात्स्कन्धेनोद्वहति Bhāg.5.8.13. -3 Niggardliness, imbecility; कार्पण्य- दोषोपहतस्वभावः Bg.2. -4 Levity, lightness of spirit.

kāla	काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.

kālika	कालिक a. (-की f.) [काल-ठन्-ठक् वा] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; विशेषः कालिको$वस्था Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. -कः 1 A crane. -2 A heron. -का 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; कुतस्त्रपा नश्यति न त्वदाननक्षपाकरादर्शनकारिकालिका Rām. Ch.2.55; कालिकेव निबिडा बलाकिनी R.11.15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -1 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durgā; व्यभाव्यत प्रलयजकालिकाकृतिः Śi.17.44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. -16 A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. -17 N. of a Yoginī. -18 A kind of vegetable. -19 A kind of cucumber. -2 The Indian spikenard. -21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. -कम् 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility.

kāvya	काव्य a. [कवि-यण्] 1 Possessed of the qualities of a sage or a poet. -2 Praiseworthy, fit to be described -3 Prophetic, inspired, poetical; अशंसीत् काव्यः कविः Rv.8.8.11. -व्यः N. of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras; Mb.1.76.6; दानवेन्द्रैर्हतं दूरात् काव्यः कचमजीवयत् Bm.1.289. -व्या 1 Intelligence. -2 A female fiend; -व्याः m. (pl.) A class of manes; Ms.3.199. -व्यम् 1 A poem; महाकाव्यम्; मेघदूतं नाम काव्यम् &c. -2 Poetics, poetry, a poetical composition. (काव्य is defined by writers on Poetics in different ways; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ सगुणावनलङ्कृती पुनः क्वापि K. P.1; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.1; रमणीयार्थप्रतिपादकः शब्दः काव्यम् R. G.; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; निर्दोषा लक्षणवती सरीतिर्गुणभूषिता । सालङ्काररसा$नेकवृत्तिर्वाक् काव्यनामभाक् ॥ Chandr.1.7.) -3 Happiness, welfare. -4 Wisdom; काव्यानि वदतां तेषां संयच्छामि वहामि च Mb.12.124.34. -5 Inspiration. (The purposes of a Kāvya as mentioned by Mammaṭa are :-- काव्यं यशसे$र्थकृते व्यवहारविदे शिवेतरक्ष- तये । सद्यःपरनिर्वृतये कान्तासंमिततयोपदेशयुजे ॥ K. P.1.) -Comp. -अर्थः a poetical thought or idea. ˚आपत्तिः Necessary conclusion; a figure of speech; Kuval.59. ˚चौरः a robber of the ideas of another poet, a plagiarist; यदस्य दैत्या इव लुण्ठनाय काव्यार्थचौराः प्रगुणीभवन्ति Vikr.1.11. -अलङ्कारः N. of a work on poetics by Vāmana. -आदर्शः N. of a work on poetics by Daṇḍin. -चौरः a stealer of other men's poems. -प्रकाशः N. of a work on Rhetorics by Mammaṭa. -मीमांसकः a rhetorician, critic. -मीमांसा N. of a work on Rhetorics by Rāja-śekhara. -रसिक a. one who has a taste for and can appreciate the beauties of poetry. -लिङ्गम् Poetic Reason, a figure of speech; thus defined:- काव्यलिङ्गं हेतो- र्वाक्यपदार्थता K. P.1; e. g. जितो$सि मन्द कन्दर्प मच्चित्ते$स्ति त्रिलोचनः Chandr.5.119. -हास्यम् a farce.

kāśyam	काश्यम् Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -पम् flesh.

kiṇvam	किण्वम् Sin. -ण्वः, -ण्वम् A drug or seed used to cause fermentation in the manufacture of spirits; Ms.8.326.

ku	कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.

kukabham	कुकभम् A kind of spirituous liquor.

kuṭī	कुटी 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; प्रासादीयति कुट्याम् Sk.; Ms.11.73; पर्ण˚, अश्व˚ &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. -4 A nosegay -5 A kind of perfume (मुरा). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (लतागृह); कुटीषु गोपीरुचि- रासु यो$र्कभूतटीषु गोपाल इति श्रुतो$चरत् Viś. Guṇā.461. -Comp. -चकः a religious mendicant of a particular order; चतुर्विधाभिक्षवस्ते कुटीचकबहूदकौ । हंसः परमहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Mb.; Bhāg.3.12.42. -चरः a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities. कुटीरः kuṭīrḥ रम् ram कुटीरकः kuṭīrakḥ कुटीरः रम् कुटीरकः [कुटीशमीशुण्डाभ्यो रः P.V.3.88] A hut, cottage; U.2.29; Amaru.56 (प्रक्षिप्तश्लोक in the note). -रम् 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness.

kuṇḍalin	कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.)

kusumam	कुसुमम् 1 A flower; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3. -2 Menstrual discharge. -3 A fruit. -4 A disease of the eyes. -मः A form of fire. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् the calx of brass used as a collyrium. -अञ्जलिः a handful of flowers. -अधिपः, -अधिराजः m. the Champaka tree (bearing yellow fragrant flowers). -अवचायः gathering flowers; अन्यत्र यूयं कुसुमावचायं कुरुध्वमत्रास्मि करोमि सख्यः K. P.3. -अवतंसकम् a chaplet. -अस्त्रः, -आयुधः, -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः 1 a flowery arrow. -2 N. of the god of love; अभिनवः कुसुमेषुव्यापारः Māl. 1 (where the word may also be read as कुसुमेषु व्यापारः); तस्मै नमो भगवते कुसुमायुधाय Bh.1.1; तव प्रसादात् कुसुमायुधो$पि Ku.; Ṛs.6.34; Ch. P.19.24; R.7.61; Śi.8.7, so कुसुमशरबाणभावेन Gīt.1. -आकरः 1 a garden. -2 a nosegay. -3 vernal season; ऋतूनां कुसुमाकरः Bg.1.35; so Bv.1.48. -आत्मकम् saffron. -आपीडः 1 a garland or chaplet of flowers. -2 the god of love; कुसुमापीडव्याजेन Māl.1 (where it has both senses). -आसवम् 1 honey. -2 a kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from flowers). -उज्ज्वल a. brilliant with blossoms. -कार्मुकः, -चापः, -धन्वन् m. epithets of the god of love; कुसुमचापमतेजयदंशुभिः R.9.39; Ṛs.6.27. कुसुमकार्मुककार्मुकसंहितद्रुतशिलीमुखखण्डितविग्रहः । Śi.6.16. -चित a. heaped with flowers. पीडाभाजः कुसुमचिताः साशंसम् Ki. -द्रुमः a tree full of blossom; आधूय शाखाः कुसुमद्रुमाणाम् R.16.36. -पुरम् N. of the town of Pāṭaliputra; कुसुमपुराभियोगं प्रत्यनुदासीनो राक्षसः Mu.2; पितृवधपरित्रासादप- क्रान्ते कुसुमपुरात्कुमारे मलयकेतौ ibid. -प्रवृत्तिः, -प्रसूतिः f. appearance of flowers; आद्ये वः कुसुमप्रसूतिसमये यस्या भवत्यु- त्सवः Ś.4.8. -लता a creeper in blossom. -शयनम् a bed of flowers; V.3.1. -स्तबकः a nosegay, boquet; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.33.

kūṣmāṇḍaḥ	कूष्माण्डः 1 A kind of pumpkin gourd. -2 A kind of spell or magical formula; cf. Vāj.2.14-16. -3 A kind of spirit, or imp; Bhāg.2.6.44. -डी N. of Durgā.

kṛta	कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

kṛṣṇa	कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).

kevala	केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.

kevalatā	केवलता The absolute unity of spirit and matter; सांख्याः केवलतां गताः Mb.12.315.19.

kevalin	केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)

kaivalyam	कैवल्यम् [केवलस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Perfect isolation, soleness, exclusiveness. -2 Individuality; Bhāg.5.3.17. -3 Detachment of the soul from matter, identification with the supreme spirit. -4 Final emancipation or beatitude; Bhāg.1.8.27. -5 Everlasting disappearance of the three pains; कैवल्यं माध्यस्थ्यम् Sā&ndot. K.19.; कैवल्यार्थं प्रवृत्तेश्च ibid. 17.

kohala	कोहल a. [कौ हलति स्पर्धते अच् पृषो˚ Tv.] Speaking in distinctly. -लः 1 A kind of musical instrument. -2 A sort of spirituous liquor. -3 The inventor or first teacher of the drama. -4 N. of a Prākṛit grammarian (v. l. कोहर).

kratuḥ	क्रतुः [कृ-कतु Uṇ.1.77] 1 A sacrifice; क्रतोरशेषेण फलेन युज्यताम् R.3.65; शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः 3.38; M.1.4; Ms.7.79. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 One of the ten Prajāpatis; क्रतुं प्रजापतिमब्रुवन् Maitrī. Up.2.3; Ms. 1.35. -4 Intelligence, talent. -5 Power, ability. -6 Plan, design, purpose; क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर Iśop.17; Bṛi. Up.5.15.1. -7 Resolution, determination; यत्क्रतुर्भवति तत्कर्म कुरुते Bṛi. Up.4.4.5. -8 Desire, will. -9 Fitness, adequacy, efficiency. -1 Deliberation, consultation. -11 Inspiration. -12 Enlightenment. -13 Offering, worship; कामस्याप्तिं जगतः प्रतिष्ठां क्रतोरानन्त्यम- भयस्य पारम् Kaṭh.1.2.11; Personified, as married to क्रिया and father of 6 वालखिल्यs; क्रतोरपि क्रिया भार्या वालखिल्यानसूयत Bhāg.4.1.39. -14 An Aśvamedha sacrifice (these senses are mostly Vedic). -15 The month Āṣāḍha. -16 Excess of fondness or liking. -17 An organ [cf. Gr. kratos; Zend khratu]. -Comp. -अर्थः Something that is meant to subserve the purpose of the sacrifice (opp. पुरुषार्थ q. v.); पुरुषार्थे लक्षिते तद्विपरीतः क्रत्वर्थः इति क्रत्वर्थस्य लक्षणं सिद्धम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -उत्तमः the राजसूय sacrifice. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया a sacrificial ceremony. -द्रुह्, -द्विष् m. 1 a demon, goblin, -2 The epithet of Ravaṇa; ऋणाद् बद्ध इवोन्मुक्तो वियोगेन क्रतुद्विषः Bk.8.12. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva (who destroyed Dakṣa's sacrifice.) -पतिः the performer of a sacrifice. -पशुः a sacrificial horse. -पुरुषः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -फलम् The reward of a sacrifice, its object. -भुज् m. a god, deity. -राज् m. 1 the lord of sacrifices; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् Ms.9.26. -2 the राजसूय sacrifice; -राजः the राजसूय sacrifice; क्रतु- राजेन गोविन्द राजसूयेन पावनीः (यक्ष्ये) Bhāg.1.72.3.

kriyā	क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.

klānta	क्लान्त p. p. [क्लम्-क्त] 1 Fatigued, tired out; तमातप- क्लान्तम् R.2.13, Me.37; V.2.23. -2 Withered, faded : क्लान्तो मम्यथलेख एष नलिनीपत्रे नखैरर्पितः Ś.3.25; R.1.48. -3 Lean, thin, emaciated. -4 Depressed in spirits, exhausted. -Comp. -मनस् a. languid, low spirited.

kvathita	क्वथित a. [क्वथ्-क्त] 1 Boiled, decocted; पक्षान्तयोर्वा$प्य- श्नीयाद्यवागूं क्वथितां सकृत् Ms.6.2. -2 Hot; अश्रुधाराः प्रमु- ञ्चन्ती संतापक्वथिताङ्गका Ks.9.61. -तम् Spirituous liquor (prepared with honey).

kṣaraṇam	क्षरणम् [क्षर्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 The act of flowing, trickling, dropping, oozing. -2 The act of perspiring; अङ्गुली- क्षरणसन्नवर्तिकः R.19.19.

kṣetram	क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place.

kṣaitrajñam	क्षैत्रज्ञम् Spirituality, knowledge of the soul.

kha	खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.

khedaḥ	खेदः [खिद् -भावे घञ्] 1 Depression, lassitude, dejection (of spirits). -2 Fatigue, exhaustion; अलसलुलितमुग्धान्य- ध्वसंजातखेदात् U.1.24; अध्वखेदं नयेथाः Me.34; R.18.45. -3 Pain, torment; Amaru.34. -4 Distress, sorrow; गुरुः खेदं खिन्ने मयि भजति नाद्यापि कुरुषु Ve.1.11; Amaru. 57. -5 Poverty. -6 A disease. -दा Ved. A hammer, mallet; सत्रा खेदामरुशहा वृषस्व Rv.1.116.4.

ga	ग a. (Used only at the end of comp.) Who or what goes, going, moving, being, staying, remaining, having sexual intercourse with &c.; cf. Ms.4.12; Y.3.29; R.3.13. -गः 1 A Gandharva. -2 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 A long syllable (used as an abbreviation of गुरु, in prosody). -4 Śiva. -5 Viṣṇu; cf. गः प्रीतो भवः श्रीपतिरुत्तमः Enm. -गा, -गम् A song; गं वादित्रं शरणं वरम् । ibid. गगनम् (-णम्) (Some suppose गगण to be an incorrect form, as is observed by a writer :-- फाल्गुने गगने फेने णत्वमिच्छन्ति बर्बराः) 1 The sky, atmosphere; अवोचदेनं गगन- स्पृशा रघुः स्वरेण R.3.43; गगनमिव नष्टतारम् Pt.5.6; सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनात् Ś.4. (v. l.); Śi.9.27. -2 (In math.) A cypher. -3 Firmament. -4 Heaven. -Comp. -अग्रम् the highest heavens. -अङ्गना a heavenly nymph, an Apsaras. -अध्वगः 1 the sun. -2 a planet. -3 a celestial being. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower'; i. e. any unreal thing, an impossibility; see खपुष्प. -गतिः 1 a deity. -2 a celestial being; Me.48. -3 a planet. -चर (also गगनेचर) a. moving in the air. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 a planet. -3 a heavenly spirit. -4 a lunar mansion. -5 the zodiac (राशिचक्र). -ध्वजः 1 the sun. -2 a cloud. -रोमन्थः nonsense, absurdity. -लिह् a. reaching upto heaven; ततस्ततो गगनलिहश्च केतवः Śi.17.39. -विहारिन् a. moving or ranging in the sky; H.1.19; स हि गगनविहारी कल्मषध्वंसकारी Udb. (-m.) 1 a luminary. -2 the sun. -3 a celestial being. -सद् a. dwelling in the air. (-m.) a celestial being; विस्मेरान्गगनसदः करोत्यमुष्मिन् Śi.4.53. 12.36; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा Pt.1.371. -2 A name, title, appellation. -3 Narration. -4 Praise. -5 (In phil.) Knowledge, the faculty of discriminating objects by appropriate designation; ख्यातिं च सत्त्वपुरुषान्य- तयाधिगम्य Śi.4.55. -6 Praise. -7 Opinion, view, assertion; आन्वीक्षिकी कौशलानां विकल्पः ख्यातिवादिनाम् Bhāg.11. 16.24. -Comp. -कर, -जनक a. glorious. -बोधः sense of honour. -विरुद्धता the state of being contradictory to general opinion.

gaṇaḥ	गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.

gandhaḥ	गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.

gata	गत p. p. [गम्-क्त] 1 Gone, departed, gone for ever; Mu.1.25; किं गते सलिले सेतुबन्धेन, किं गते विवाहे नक्षत्रपरीक्षया Vb.4. 'what is the use of locking the stable-door when the steed is stolen ?' -2 Passed away, elapsed, past; गदायां रात्रौ. -3 Dead, deceased, departed to the next world; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3. -4 Gone to, arrived at, reaching to. -5 Being in, situated in, resting on, contained in; usually in comp.; प्रासादप्रान्तगतः Pt.1 seated on &c.; सदोगतः R.3.66 seated in the assembly; भर्तारं गता Ś.4.13 united to a husband; so आद्य˚; सर्वगत existing everywhere. -6 Fallen into, reduced to; e. g. आपद्गतः -7 Referring or relating to, with regard to, about, concerning, connected with (usually in comp.); राजा शकुन्तलागतमेव चिन्तयति Ś.5; भर्तृगतया चिन्तया Ś4; वयमपि भवत्यौ सखीगतं किमपि पृच्छामः Ś1; so पुत्रगतः स्नेहः &c. -8 Frequented, resorted to; सुहृद्˚ Ku.4.24. -9 Known, celebrated. -1 Directed towards, belonging to. -11 Known, understood. -तम् 1 Motion, going; गतमुपरि घनानां वारिगर्भोदराणाम् Ś.7.7; Śi.1.2, 7.4. -2 Gait, manner of going; Ku.1.34; हंस प्रयच्छ मे कान्ता गतिरस्यास्त्वया हृता V.4.16. -3 An event. -4 The place where one has gone. -5 Celebration, being known, diffusion; यावन्नाम्नो गतम् Ch. Up.7.1.5. -6 Manner. (As first member of comp. translated by 'free from', 'bereft of', 'deprived of', 'without'.) -Comp. -अक्ष a. sightless, blind. -अध्वन् a. 1 one who has accomplished or finished a journey; बलैरध्युषि- तास्तस्य विजिगीषोर्गताध्वनः R.4.46,11.33. -2 conversant, familiar (with anything); त्रिविधे मोक्षधर्मे$स्मिन्गताध्वा छिन्नसंशयः Mb.12.32.25. (-f.) the time immediately preceding new moon when a small streak of the moon is still visible; (चतुर्दशीयुक्ता$मावास्या). -अनुगतम् following custom or precedent. -अनुगतिक a. doing as others do, a blind follower; गतानुगतिको लोको न लोकः पार- मार्थिकः Pt.1.342 'people are blind followers or servile imitators'; Mu.6.5. -अन्त a. one whose end has arrived. -अर्थ a. 1 poor. -2 meaningless (the meaning being already expressed). -असु, -जीवित, -प्राण a. expired, dead; गतासूनगतासूंश्च नानुशोचन्ति पण़्डिताः Bg.2.11. -आगतम् 1 going and coming, frequent visits; आदित्यस्य गतागतैरहरहः संक्षीयते जीवितम् Bh.3.7; Bg.9.21; Mu.2.3; 4.1. -2 interchange of place; कष्टं स्मरामि तव तानि गता- गतानि Māl.9.47. -3 the flight of a bird backward and forward. -4 irregular course of the stars (in astronomy). -5 Narration of past and future; स सर्वमखिलं राज्ञो वंशस्याह गतागतम् Rām.7.51.23. -आधि a. free from anxiety, happy. -आयुस् a. decrepit, infirm, very old. -आर्तवा 1 a woman past her child-bearing. -2 a barren woman. -उत्साह a. disspirited, dejected. -ओजस् a. bereft of strength or energy. -कल्मष a. freed from crime or sin, purified. -क्लम a. refreshed; संविशेत्तु यथाकालमुत्तिष्ठेच्च गतक्लमः Ms.7.225. -चेतन a. deprived of sense or consciousness, insensible, senseless. -त्रप a. bold, without fear or shame; Bhāg.8.8.29. -दिनम्, -दिवसः the past day, yesterday. -दिनम् ind.. yesterday. -प्रत्यागत a. returned after having gone away; Ms.7.186. -प्रभ a. bereft of splendour, dim, obscured, faded. -प्राण a. lifeless, dead. -प्राय a. almost gone, nearly passed away; गतप्राया रजनी. -भर्तृका 1 a widow. -2 (rarely) a woman whose husband has gone abroad (= प्रोषितभर्तृका); किमु मुहुर्मुहुर्गतमर्तृकाः Śi. -मनस्क a. thinking of (loc.); सपदि गतमनस्कः (प्रियायाः केशपाशे) R. 9.67. -लक्ष्मीक a. 1 bereft of lustre or splendour, faded. -2 deprived of wealth, impoverished, suffering losses. -वयस्, -वयस्क a. advanced in years, aged, old; गतवयसामपि पुंसां येषामर्था भवन्ति ते तरुणाः Pt.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम् the past year. -वैर a. at peace (with), reconciled. -व्यथ a. free from pain; प्रत्तां दुहितरं सम्राट् सदृक्षाय गत- व्यथः Bhāg.3.22.24. -शैशव a. past child-hood. -श्रम a. unmindful of troubles; आदित्यपथमाश्रित्य जगाम स गतश्रमः Rām.6.74.5. -सङ्ग a. 1 free from attachment; गतसङ्गस्य युक्तस्य Bg.4.23. -2 adverse or indifferent to. -सत्त्व a. 1 dead, annihilated, lifeless. -2 base. -सन्नकः an elephant out of rut. -स्पृह a. indifferent to worldly attachments; गतस्पृहो धैर्यधरः कृपालुः Vaidyajīvanam.

garbhetṛpta	गर्भेतृप्त a. 1 'Contented in the womb', as a child. -2 Contented as to food or issue. -3 Indolent. गर्भेदृप्त garbhēdṛpta गर्भेशूर garbhēśūra गर्भेदृप्त गर्भेशूर a. Spiritless, coward, dull.

gallarkaḥ	गल्लर्कः A vessel for drinking spirituous liquor; एवं बृहत्तरे गल्लर्कप्रमाणे कुले जातः Mk.8; गल्लर्कशतपरिवृतः &c.

galvarkaḥ	गल्वर्कः 1 Crystal. -2 Lapis lazuli; see गुलः; Mb. 7.16.54. -3 a goblet, a vessel for drinking spirituous liquor; मसारगल्वर्कमुखः Rām.3.43.29.

guḍalam	गुडलम् Spirituous liquor distilled from molasses.

guṇaḥ	गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).

guru	गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.

gauḍaḥ	गौडः 1 N. of a country; the स्कन्दपुराण thus describes its position :-- वङ्गदेशं समारभ्य भुवनेशान्तगः शिवे । गौडदेशः समाख्यातः सर्वविद्याविशारदः ॥ -2 A particular subdivision of Brāhmaṇas. -3 see गोण्डः above. L. D. B. -डाः (pl.) The inhabitants of Gauḍa. -डी 1 Spirit distilled from molasses; गौडी पैष्ठी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms. 11.95. -2 One of the Rāgiṇis. -3 (In rhet.) One of the Ritis or Vrittis or styles of poetic composition; S. D. mentions four Ritis, while K. P. only three, गौडी being another name for पुरुषा वृत्ति; ओजःप्रकाशकैस्तैः (वर्णैः) तु परुषा (i. e. गौडी) M. P.7; ओजःप्रकाशकैर्वर्णैर्बन्ध आडम्बरः पुनः समासबहुला गौडी S. D.627. Here is an illustration : उन्मीलन्मधुगन्धलुब्धमधुपव्याधूतचूताङ्कुरः क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकंलीकलकलैरु- द्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः । नीयन्ते पथिकैः कथं कथमपि ध्यानावधानक्षणप्राप्त- प्राणसमासमागमरसोल्लासैरमी वासराः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 6. -डम् Sweet- meats; भोजनानि सुपूर्णानि गौडानि च सहस्रशः Rām.1.53.4. -a. Relating to or prepared from molasses; विविधानि च गौडानि खाण्डवानि तथैव च Rām.7.92.12. -Comp. -पादः N. of a commentator. -मालवः N. of a Rāga.

gaulyam	गौल्यम् 1 Syrup. -2 Spirituous liquor.

grah	ग्रह् 9 U. (In Vedic literature ग्रभ्; गृह्णति, जग्राह, अग्र- हीत्, ग्रहीतुम्, गृहीत caus. ग्राहयति; desid. जिवृक्षति) 1 To seize, take, take or catch hold of, lay hold of, catch, grasp; तयोर्जग्रहतुः पादान् राजा राज्ञी च मागधी R.1.57; आलाने गृह्यते हस्ती वाजी वल्गासु गृह्यते Mk.1.5; तं कण्ठे जग्राह K.363. पाणिं गृहीत्वा, चरणं गृहीत्वा &c. -2 To receive, take, accept, exact; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.124; 9.162. -3 To apprehend, capture, take prisoner. बन्दिग्राहं गृहीत्वा V.1; यांस्तत्र चोरान् गृह्णीयात् Ms.8.34. -4 To arrest, stop, catch; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35. -5 To captivate, attract; महाराजगृहीत- हृदयया मया V.4; हृदये गृह्यते नारी Mk.1.5; माधुर्यमीष्टे हरिणान् ग्रहीतुम् R.18.13. -6 To win over, persuade, induce to one's side; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् Chāṇ.33; Pt.1.69,184. -7 (Hence) To please, gratify, satisfy, propitiate; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानुभावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17,33. -8 To affect; seize or possess (as a demon, spirit &c.); as in पिशाचगृहीत, वेतालगृहीत. -9 To assume, take; द्युतिमग्रहीद् ग्रहगणः Śi.9.23; Bk.19.29. -1 To learn, know, recognize, understand; युवतीजनैर्जग्रहे मुनि- प्रभावः Ki.1.8; Pt.1.43. -11 To regard, consider, believe, take for; मयापि मृत्पिण्डबुद्धिना तथैव गृहीतम् Ś.6; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; Mu.3. -12 To catch or perceive (as by an organ of sense); ज्यानिनादमथ गृह्णती तयोः R.11.15. -13 To master, grasp, comprehend; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमि- कायां कार्त्स्न्येन गृह्णाति लिपिं न यावत् R.18.46. -14 To guess, conjecture, infer; नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Ms.8.26. -15 To utter, mention (as a name); यदि मयान्यस्य नामापि न गृहितम् K.35; न तु नामापि गृह्णीयात् पत्यौ प्रेते परस्य तु Ms.5.157. -16 To buy, purchase; कियता मूल्येनैतत्पुस्तकं गृहीतम् Pt.2; Y.2.169; Ms.8.21. -17 To deprive (one) of, take away from, rob or seize away; यथा रणे प्राणान् बहूनामग्रहीद् द्विषाम् Bk.9.9;15.63. -18 To wear, put on (as clothes &c.); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. -19 To conceive. -2 To observe (as a fast). -21 To eclipse. -22 To undertake, undergo, begin. -23 To take up, draw (water.); अपस्फुरं गृभायत सोममिन्द्राय पातवे Rv.8.69.1. -24 To stop, intercept. -25 To withdraw, draw back; यथोर्ण- नाभिः सृजते गृह्णते Muṇḍa.1.7. -26 To include. -27 To receive hospitably (as a guest). [The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is joined]. -Caus. 1 To cause to take, catch, seize or accept. -2 To give away in marriage; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 To teach, make one acquainted with. -4 To make one take, deliver over to. -5 To become familiar with; -With अनुसम् to salute humbly. -अप to take away, tear off. -अभि to seize forcibly. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (ग्रहति, ग्राहयति-ते) To take, receive, &c.

grāhiḥ	ग्राहिः 1 A female evil spirit; ग्राहिर्जग्राह यदि वैतदेनम् Rv. 1.161.1. -2 A swoon.

glai	ग्लै 1 P. (ग्लायति, ग्लान) 1 To feel aversion or dislike, be unwilling or disinclined to do anything (with inf.). -2 To be fatigued or wearied, feel tired or exhausted. -3 To despond, sink in spirit, be dejected; ना$वकल्प्यमिदं ग्लायेद् यत् कृच्छ्रेषु भवानपि Bk.19.17,6.12. -4 To wane, fade, faint away. -Caus. (ग्ल-ग्लपयति, but प्रग्लापयति) 1 To cause to fade away, wither up; ग्लपयति यथा शशाङ्कं न तथा हि कुमुद्वतीं दिवसः Ś.3.16; Ku.3.49. -2 To tire out, exhaust. -3 To injure, trouble, hurt. -4 To emaciate, waste; व्रतैः स्वमङ्गं ग्लपयन्त्यहर्निशम् Ku. 5.29; U.3.5.

gharma	घर्म a. [घरति अङ्गात्; घृ-सेके कर्तरि मक् नि˚ गुणः Uṇ.1.146] Hot. -र्मः 1 Heat, warmth; घर्मार्तं न तथा सुशीतलजलैः स्नानम् H.1.93; U.3.5. -2 The hot season, summer; निःश्वासहार्यांशुकमाजगाम घर्मः प्रियावेशमिवोपदेष्टुम् R.16.49; U.2.9. -3 Sweat, perspiration; अघर्मघर्मोदक- बिन्दुमौक्तिकैरलंचकारास्य वधूरहस्करः Śi.1.58. -4 A cauldron, boiler. -5 Sunshine; -6 A cavity in the earth shaped like a boiler. -7 A hot day. -8 Ved. A sacrifice. -9 Juice. -1 Milk (of cows). -11 The प्रवर्ग्य ceremony. -12 A kind of deity; घर्मः स्यादातपे ग्रीष्मे प्रवर्ग्ये देवतान्तरे । -Comp. -अंशुः the sun; तमस्तपति घर्मांशौ कथमाविर्भविष्यति Ś.5.14. -अन्तः the rainy season; घर्मान्तक्षुभितजलेव जह्नु- कन्या Ki.7.25. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n., -उदकम्, -जलम् sweat, perspiration; वदने घर्माम्भसां जालकम् Ś.1.29; Māl.9.17,1.37. -चर्चिका eruptions caused by heat and suppressed perspiration. -जातिः sweat-produced being; अहं भवो यूयमथो$सुरादयो मनुष्यतिर्यग्द्रुमघर्मजातयः Bhāg.8.5.21 -छेदः cessation of heat. -दीधितिः the sun; यः ससोम इव घर्मदीधितिः R.11.64. -दुधा, -दुह् f. a cow giving warm milk for offerings; घर्मदुघे इव धेनू Av.4.22.4. -द्युतिः the sun; Ki.5.41. -पयस् n. 1 sweat, perspiration; प्रतिकामिनीति ददृशुश्चकिताः स्मरजन्म- घर्मपयसोपचिताम् Śi.9.35. -2 warm water. -श्मिः 1 the sun. -2 heat, radiance. -स्वेद a. Ved. coming with splendour, or showering down water, or coming to the oblation (Sāy.); perspiring with heat; घर्मस्वेदेभिर्द्रविणं व्यानट् Rv.1.67.7.

ghṛta	घृत a. [घृ-क्त] 1 Sprinkled. -2 Illumined. -तम् 1 Ghee, clarified butter; (सर्पिर्विलीनमाज्यं स्याद् घनीभूतं घृतं भवेत् Sāy.). -2 Butter. -3 Water. -4 Spirit, energy (तेजस्); मधुच्युतो घृतपृक्ता विशोकास्ते नान्तवन्तः प्रतिपालयन्ति Mb.1.92.15. -Comp. -अक्त a. annointed with ghee. विधवायां नियुक्तस्तु घृताक्तो वाग्यतो निशि । एकमुत्पादयेत्पुत्रं... ॥ Ms.9.6. -अन्नः, -अर्चिस् m. blazing fire; शुचिश्रवा हृषीकेशो घृतार्चिर्हंस उच्यते Mb.12.43.7. -अवनिः the spot on the sacrificial post which is smeared with ghee. -आहवनः fire. -आहुतिः f. an oblation of ghee. -आह्वः 1 the Sarala tree. -2 turpentine. -उदः 'ocean of ghee' one of the seven oceans. -ओदनः boiled rice mixed with ghee. -कुमारिका, -कुमारी Aloe Indica (Mar. कोरफड); Bhāvapr.5.3.282. -कुल्या a stream of ghee. -केशः 1 fire. -2 one whose locks are unctuous; ऊर्जो नपातं घृतकेशमीमहे Rv.8.6.2. -गन्धः a horse having the smell of ghee; घृतगन्धो भवेद्वैश्यो ... । Śālihotra Appendix II,17. -दीधितिः fire. -धारा a continuous stream of ghee. -धेनुः ghee in the shape of milch-cow. -निर्णिज् a. shining. (-m.) fire. -पदी an epithet of the goddess Ilā; (whose foot drops with ghee); इळा देवी घृतपदी जुषन्त Rv.1.7.8. -पशुः a sacrificial victim represented by ghee; कुर्याद् घृतपशुं संगे Ms.5.37. -पूरः, -वरः a kind of sweetmeat; also ˚पूर्वकः, -पृच् a. accompanied with ghee; घृतेन द्यावापृथिवी अभीवृते घृतश्रिया घृतपृचा घृतावृधा Rv.6.7.4. -पृष्ठ a. having a shining body. -प्रतीकः, -प्रय m., -प्रसत्त fire; घृतप्रतीको घृतपृष्ठो अग्ने Av. 2.13.1; घृतप्रया सधमादे मधूनाम् Rv.3.43.3; घृतप्रसत्तो असुरः सुशेवः 5.15.1. -प्राशः, -प्राशनम् swallowing ghee; Ms.11.143;5.144. -प्लुत a. sprinkled with ghee; अग्नौकरिष्यन्नादाय पृच्छत्यन्नं घृतप्लुतम् Y.1.236; Bhāg.3.16.8. -मण्डः the scum of melted butter. -योनिः fire; तनूनपाद् घृतयोनिं विधन्तम् Rv.3.4.2. -लेखनी a ladle for ghee. -हेतुः butter.

cakram	चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

cakṣas	चक्षस् m. [चक्ष् असि न ख्यादेशः] 1 A teacher, an instructor in sacred science, a spiritual teacher. -2 An epithet of Bṛihaspati. -n. 1 Radiance, clearness. -2 The act of seeing, being seen. -3 Look, sight, the eye.

capalā	चपला 1 Lightning; कुरबककुसुमं चपलासुषमं रतिपतिमृग- कानने Gīt.7. -2 An unchaste or disloyal wife. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -5 The tongue. -6 Long pepper. -Comp. -जनः 1 a fickle or unsteady woman; Śi.9.16. -2 the goddess of wealth.

caraṇaḥ	चरणः णम् [चर्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 A foot; शिरसि चरण एष न्यस्यते वारयैनम् Ve.3.38; जात्या काममवध्यो$सि चरणं त्विदमुद्धृतम् 39. -2 A support, pillar, prop. -3 The root of a tree. -4 The single line of a stanza. -5 A quarter. -6 A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. चरणगुरवः Mv.1; Māl.1; Pt.4.3. -7 A race. -8 (In prosody) A dactyl. -णः A foot-soldier. -2 A ray of light. -णम् 1 Moving, roaming, wandering. -2 Performance, practising; Ms.6.75. -3 Conduct of life, behaviour (moral). -4 Accomplishment. -5 Eating, consuming. -6 Course. -7 Acting, dealing, managing, conduct. -8 Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c.); -9 studying under strict rules of ब्रह्मचर्य; विशुद्धवीर्याश्चरणोपपन्नाः Mb.5.3.7. -Comp. -अचलः The setting mountain; यातो$स्तमेष चरमाचलचूड- चुम्बी Murāri. -अमृतम्, -उदकम् water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a lotuslike foot. -आयुधः a cock; आकर्ण्य संप्रति रुतं चरणायुधानाम् S. D. -आस्कन्दनम् trampling, treading under foot. -उपधानम् A foot-rest; कृष्णा च तेषां चरणोपधाने Mb. 1.193.1. -गत a. fallen at the feet, prostrate. -ग्रन्थिः m., -पर्वन् n. the ankle. -न्यासः a footstep. -पः a tree. -पतनम् falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru.17. -पतित a. prostrate at the feet; Me.15. -पातः 1 tread, trampling. -2 footfall. -3 prostration. -योधिन् m. (= -आयुधः) विहिता वृक्षमूले तु वृत्तिश्चरणयोधिनाम् Rām.4.58.31. -व्यूहः A book dealing with the śākhās of the vedas. -शुश्रूषा, -सेवा 1 prostration. -2 service, devotion.

caṣakaḥ	चषकः कम् [चष्-करणे क्वुन्] A vessel used for drinking spirits, a goblet, a wine-glass; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्त- रेव R.7.49; मुखं लालाक्लिन्नं पिबति चषकं सासवमिव Śānti.1.29; Ki.9.56,57; Māl.5.18. -कम् 1 A kind of spirituous liquor. -2 Honey.

cit	चित् f. [चित्-संपदा˚ भावे क्विप्] 1 Thought, preception. -2 Intelligence, intellect, understanding; Bh.2.1;3.1. -3 The heart, mind; मुक्ताफलैश्चिदुल्लासैः Bhāg.9.11.33. -4 The soul, spirit, the animating principle of life. -5 Brahman. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the thinking principle or faculty. -2 pure intelligence, the Supreme Spirit. -आत्मकम् consciousness. -आभासः the individual soul (जीव) (which still sticks to worldly defilements). -उल्लासः gladdening the heart or spirit. -घनः the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -प्रवृत्तिः f. reflection, thinking. -रूप a. 1 consisting of intelligence. -2 wise, intelligent, of a liberal mind. -3 amiable, good-hearted. (-पम्) pure intelligence, the Supreme Being. -शक्तिः f. mental power, intellectual capacity. -स्वरूपम् the Supreme Spirit. -ind. 1 A particle added to किम् and its derivatives (such as कद्, कथम्, क्व, कदा, कुत्र, कुतः &c.) to impart to them an indefinite sense; कुत्रचित् somewhere; केचित् some &c. -2 The sound चित्.

cinmaya	चिन्मय a. Consisting of pure intelligence, spiritual (as the Supreme spirit). -यम् 1 Pure intelligence. -2 The Supreme Spirit.

cud	चुद् I. 1 U. (चोदयति-ते, चोदित) 1 To send, direct, throw forward, urge or drive on, push on; चोदयाश्वान Ś.1. -2 To prompt, inspire, impel, animate, excite; R.4.24. -3 To hasten, accelerate. -4 To question, ask. -5 To press with a request. -6 To put forward, adduce, as an argument or objection. -7 To enjoin, lay down; Ms.2.165. -8 To request, solicit. -9 To help on. -1 To bring or offer quickly. -11 To fix, settle, direct. -12 To be quick. -II. 1 U. Ved. (चोदति- ते) 1 To impel, incite. -2 To offer quickly (Soma). -3 To hasten, be quick.

coda	चोद a. [चोदयतीति चुद्-अच्] Animating, inspiring, promoting &c. -दः A whip or goad.

codanā	चोदना 1 Sending, directing, throwing. -2 Urging or driving onward; ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg. -3 Prompting, inciting, encouraging, inspiration. -4 A precept, sacred commandment, scriptural injunction. -5 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); चोदनेत्यपूर्वं बूमः ŚB. on MS.7.1.7. -Comp. -गुडः a ball for playing with.

codita	चोदित p. p. 1 Sent, directed. -2 Urged on, driven. -3 Incited, prompted, inspired. -4 Put forward as an argument. -5 Thrown, cast. -6 Appointed. -7 Ordered, directed.

caitanyam	चैतन्यम् [चेतनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Spirit, life, intelligence, vitality, sensation. -2 Soul, spirit, mind; U.1.36. -3 Consciousness, feeling, sensation, sense; U.1.48. -4 (In Vedānta phil.) The Supreme Spirit considered as the essence of all being and source of all sensation. -Comp. -भैरवी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -न्यः N. of a modern reformer of the Vaiṣṇava faith.

jagat	जगत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Moving, movable; सूर्य आत्मा जगत- स्तस्थुषश्च Rv.1.115.1; इदं विश्वं जगत्सर्वमजगच्चापि यद्भवेत् Mb. -m. Wind, air. -n. The world, the universe; जगतः पितरौ वन्दे पार्वतीपरमेश्वरो R.1.1. -2 'The world of the soul', body; Māl.5.2. -3 A multitude of animals. ...... स्याज्जगद्विष्टपे पुमान् । इङ्गे वायौ ना जङ्गमे मृगषण्डे$ प्ययं त्रिषु । Nm. -ती (dual) Heaven and the lower world. -Comp. -अम्बा, -अम्बिका N. of Durgā. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिः, -आदिजः the Supreme deity. -आदिजः an epithet of Śiva. -आधारः1 time. -2 air, wind. -आयुः, -आयुस् m. wind. -ईशः, -पतिः 'the lord of the universe', the Supreme deity; an epithet of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -उद्धारः salvation of the world. -कर्तृ, -धातृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -कारणम् the cause of the universe. -गुरुः छोटिन् chōṭin छोटिन् m. [छुट्-णिनि] A fisherman.

chyu	छ्यु 1 Ā. (छयवते) To go, move, approach. 1 the Supreme deity. -2 Śiva. -3 Nārada. -4 Brahmās -5 Viṣṇu. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चन्द्रिका Bhaṭṭotpala'. commentary on Bṛihatsaṁhitā (also called चिन्तामणि). -चित्रम् a wonder of the universe; पश्येदानीं जगच्चित्रम् Rām.7.34.9. -जीवः a living being; एक एको जगज्जीवैरियेष स्वात्मपोषणम् Rāj. T.2.25. -त्रयम् the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world. -दीपः the sun. -धात्री 1 Durgā. -2 Sarasvatī. -नाथः 1 the lord of the universe. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Dattātreya. -4 N. of a country. -5 N. of an idol at Jagannātha. -6 N. of a poet. (-थौ) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (-था) N. of Durgā. -निवासः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; जगन्निवासो वसुदेवसद्मानि Śi.1.1. -3 wordly existence. -पतिः God, Lord of the universe; यदा च तस्याधिगमे जगत्पतेः Ku. -प्रभुः 1 an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -2 an Arhat of the Jainas. -प्राणः, -बलः wind. -बीजम् N. of Śiva. -मातृ f. 1 Durgā. -2 Lākṣmī. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Brahmā. (-निः f.) the earth. -वन्द्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. विनाशः the expiration of Yugas. -वहा the earth. -साक्षिन् m. 1 the Supreme spirit. -2. the sun. -सेतुः the Supreme Being. -स्रष्टृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -3 Śiva. -स्वामित्वम् the sovereignty of the world; जगत्स्वामित्वलाभः प्रभोः Ratn. 4.19.

janaḥ	जनः [जन्-अच्] 1 A creature, living being, man. -2 An individual or person (whether male or female); क्व वयं क्व परोक्षमन्मथो मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.18; तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19; so सखीजनः a female friend; दासजनः a slave, अबलाजनः &c. (In this sense जनः or अयं जनः is often used by the speakerwhether male or female, in the sing. or pl. --instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4 (male); भगवन् परवानयं जनः प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81 (female); पश्यानङ्गशरातुरं जनमिमं त्रातापि नो रक्षसि Nag.1.1. (female and pl.). -3 Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; सतीमपि ज्ञातिकुलैक- संश्रयां जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17. -4 Race, nation, tribe. -5 The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. -6 A low man, the mob; L. D. B. -ना Birth, production. -Comp. -अतिग a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman. -अधिपः, -अधिनाथः 1 a king -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अन्तः 1 a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. -2 a region. -3 an epithet of Yama. -4 personal proximity. -अन्तिकम् secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside to another (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:-- त्रिपताककरेणान्यानप- वार्यान्तरा कथाम् । अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत् स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् ॥ 425. -अर्णवः a large concourse of people, caravan. -अर्थशब्दः a family appellation. -अर्दनः an epithet of Visnu or Krisna. -अशनः a. wolf. -आकीर्ण a. thronged or crowded with people; Ś.5.1. -आचारः 1 a popular usage or custom. -2 propriety, decorum. -आश्रमः an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary. -आश्रयः a pavilion. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a king. -इष्ट a. desired or liked by the people. (-ष्टः) a kind of jasmine. (-ष्टा) turmeric. -उदाहरणम् glory, fame. -ओघः a concourse of people, crowd, mob. -कारिन् m. lac. -चक्षुस् n. 'the people's eye', the sun. -जन्मादिः the the Supreme Being. -जल्पः A rumour. -त्रा an umbrella, a parasol. -देवः a king. -पदः 1 a community, race, nation; Y.1.361 v. l. -2 A kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; जनपदे न गदः पदभादधौ R.9.4; दाक्षि- णात्ये जनपदे Pt.1; Me.48. -3 the country (opp. the town पुर, नगर); जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -4 the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); जनपदहितकर्ता त्यज्यते पार्थिवेन Pt.1.131. -5 mankind. -6 a. considering his subjects as authority; आपौरप्रकृतिजनपदो राजा Bhāg.5.4.5. -पदिन् m. the ruler of a country or community. -प्रवादः 1 rumour, report. -2 scandal, calumny. -प्रिय a. 1 philanthropic. -2 liked by the people, popular. (-यः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 coriander-seed. -मरकः an epidemic disease. -मर्यादा established custom or usage, popular custom. -मारः an epidemic; Av. Pariś.72.84. -योपन a. perplexing or vexing men; कमगञ्जनयोपनः Rv.1.86.22. -रञ्जनम् gratifying the people, courting popular favour. -रवः 1 rumour. -2 calumny, scandal. -लोकः one (i. e. the fifth) of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka; यो ब्रह्मवादः पूर्वेषां जनलोकनिवासिनाम् Bhāg.1.87.8. -वादः (also जनेवादः) 1 news, rumour. -2 a scandal; द्यूतं च जनवादं च Ms.2.179. -व्यवहारः popular usage. -श्चुत a. well-known among people, famous -श्रुतिः f. a rumour, report; अभिचारं चकारास्येत्य- विगाना जनश्रुतिः Rāj. T.7.133. (-नं) सह a. subduing men; सत्रासाहो जनभक्षो जनंसहः Rv.2.21.3. -संबाध a. densely crowded with people. -स्थानम् N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R.12.42;13.22; U.1.28;2.17.

jāta	जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber.

jātiḥ	जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.

jigīṣā	जिगीषा [जि-सन् भावे अ] 1 Desire of conquering, subduing or overcoming; यानं सस्मार कौबेरं वैवस्वत जिगीषया R.15.45. -2 Emulation, rivalry. -3 Eminence. -4 Exertion, profession, habit of life. -5 Eminence. -6 Military ardour, warlike spirit.

jīvat	जीवत् a. (-न्ती f.) Living, alive. -Comp. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -पतिः f., -पत्नी f. a woman whose husband is living. -पितृकः one whose father is alive. -मुक्त a. 'liberated while living', a man who, being purified by a true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit, is freed from the future birth and all ceremonial rites while yet living. -मुक्तिः f. final liberation in the present state of life. -मृत a. 'dead while alive', one who, though alive, is as good as dead and useless to the world (said of a mad man or one whose character is lost).

jīvala	जीवल a. 1 Full of life. -2 Animating, inspiring.

jū	जू 1 U., 9 P. (जवति-ते, जुनाति) 1 To press or hurry on, move on quickly. -2 To impel quickly, urge or drive on. -3 To excite, animate, inspire.

jentākaḥ	जेन्ताकः A heated chamber for inducing perspiration, a dry hot bath.

jñānam	ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.

jñānamaya	ज्ञानमय a. 1 Consisting of knowledge, spiritual; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणां ववृते ज्ञानमयेन वह्निना R.8.2. -2 Containing knowledge. -यः 1 The Supreme spirit. -2 An epithet of Śiva.

jñānin	ज्ञानिन् a. (-नी f.) [ज्ञानमस्त्यस्य इनि] Intelligent, wise. -m. 1 An astrologer, fortune-teller; यदुवाचाग्निदाहादि स ज्ञानी भावि पृच्छताम् Ks.19.77. -2 A sage, one possessed of spiritual knowledge; आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी ज्ञानी च भसतर्षभ Bg.7.16. -3 Planet mercury; ज्ञानी सर्वज्ञसौम्ययोः । Nm.

jyotis	ज्योतिस् n. [द्युत्-इसुन् आदेर्दस्य जः. ज्युत्-इसुन् वा] 1 Light, lustre, brightness, flash; ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3; R.2. 75; Me.5. -2 Light of Brahman, light regarded as the Supreme spirit; Bg.5.24;13.17; अथ यदतः परो दिवो ज्योतिर्दीप्यते Ch. Up.3.13.7; U.4.18. -3 Lightning. -4 A heavenly body. -5 A heavenly body, a luminary (planet, star &c.); ज्योतिर्भिरुद्यद्भिरिव त्रियामा Ku.7.21; Bg.1.21; H.1.21; Ku.2.19; Ś.7.6. -6 Brightness of the sky, day-light (opp. तमस्). -7 The sun and moon (dual). -8 Light as the divine principle of life, intelligence. -9 The science of the course of heavenly bodies; astronomy. See ज्योतिष. -1 The faculty of seeing. -11 The celestial world. -12 A Cow; ŚB. on MS.1.3.49. -m. 1 The sun. -2 Fire; ज्योति- ष्कल्पोरुकेशरः (मारुतिः) Bk.9.6. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -इङ्गः, -इङ्गणः the fire-fly. -कणः a spark of fire. -गणः the heavenly bodies collectively; -चक्रम् the zodiac. -ज्ञः an astronomer of astrologer. -मण्डलम् the stellar sphere. -मिलिन् m. -वी(बी)जम् a fire-fly. -रथः (ज्योतीरथः) the polar star. -लोकः the supreme spirit. -विद् m. an astronomer or astrologer. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् (ज्योतिःशास्त्रम्) astronomy or astrology. -स्तोमः (ज्योतिष्टोमः) a Soma sacrifice considered as the type of a whole class of sacrificial ceremonies. -ज्योतिष्टोमः A kind of soma sacrifice requiring sixteen priests for its performance. -हस्ता N. of Durgā.

ṭāṅkam	टाङ्कम् A kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from the fruit of the wood-apple tree).

tattvam	तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1.

tad	तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.

tanu	तनु a. (-नु, -न्वी f.) [तन्-उन्] 1 Thin, lean, emaciated; वीतप्रभावतनुरप्यतनुप्रभावः Ki.16.64. -2 Delicate, slender, slim (as a limb, as a mark of beauty); तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; cf. तन्वङ्गी -3 Fine, delicate (as cloth); स्तनेषु तन्वंशुकमुन्नतस्तना Ṛs.1.7. -4 Small, little, tiny, scanty, few, limited; तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9;3.2; तनुत्यागो बहुग्रहः H.2.89. 'giving little' &c. -5 Trifling, unimportant, little; Amaru.28. -6 Shallow (as a river) -f. 1 The body, the person. -2 Outward form, manifestation; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś.1.1; M.1.1. -3 Nature, the form or character of anythig; तीक्ष्णां तनुं यः प्रथमं जहाति सो$नन्त्यमाप्नोत्यभयं प्रजाभ्यः Mb.12.245. 26. -4 Skin. [cf. L. tenuis, Eng. thin.] -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having slender limbs, delicate. (-ङ्गी) a delicate woman. -ऊनः the wind. -कूपः a pore of the skin. -गृहम्, -स्थानम् The first lunar mansion. -छद् (-द) a. protecting, clothing. -छदः an armour; ततस्तु द्रुपदानीकं शरैश्छिन्नतनुच्छदम् Mb.7.168.26; तरुपलाशसवर्णतनुच्छदः R.9.51;12.86. -ज a. born from the body; वाञ्छैव सूचयति पूर्वतरं भविष्यं पुंसां यदन्यतनुजं त्वशुभं शुभं वा Pt.2.8. (-जः) 1 a son; Bhāg.5.9.6. -2 the hair on the body; स्निग्धहर्यक्षतनुजश्मश्रुप्रवरमूर्द्धजम् Rām.1.16.12. -जा a daughter. -त्यज् a. risking one's life. -2 giving up one's person, dying; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -3 rash, desperate, fool-hardy. -त्याग a. spending little, sparing, niggardly. -त्रम्, -त्राणम्, an armour; रक्षन् विप्रांस्तनुत्रवान् Bk; Bhāg.8.1.37. -दानम् 1 offering the body (for sexual intercourse). -2 a. scanty gift. -धी a. littleminded. -प्रकाश a. of dim lustre; तनुप्रकाशेन विचेयतारका; R.3.2. -बीजः the jujube. -भवः a son. (-वा) a daughter. -भस्त्रा the nose. -भृत् m. any being furnished with a body, a living being; particularly a human being; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनुभिस्ततः किम् Bh.3.73. -मध्य a. having a slender waist. (-ध्यम्) the waist. (-ध्या) a metre. -रसः perspiration. -रुह् n., -रुहम् 1 the hair of the body. -2 a feather; तनुरुहाणि पुरो विजितध्वनेः Śi.6.45; Mv.6.33. -लता a. slender body; एणीदृशस्तनुलता तनुते मुदं नः P. R.2.19. -वातः a kind of hell; Jain. -वारम् an armour; तनुवारभसो भास्वानधीरो$विनतोरसा Ki.15.23. -व्रणः a pimple. -संचारिणी a young woman, a girl ten years old. -सरः perspiration. -ह्रदः the anus.

tapas	तपस् n. [तप्-असुन्] 1 Warmth, heat, fire, light; एकः सूर्यस्तपसो योनिरेका Mb.12.351.1. -2 Pain, suffering; न तपः कुतश्चन Rv.7.82.7. -3 Penance, religious austerity, mortification; तपः किलेदं तदवाप्तिसाधनम् Ku.5.64. -4 Meditation connected with the practice of personal self-denial or bodily mortification; गीरा वा$$शंसामि तपसा ह्यनन्तौ Mb.1.3.57.; Bhāg.12.11.24. -5 Moral virtue, merit. -6 Special duty or observance (of any particular caste); यत्सप्तान्नानि मेधया तपसाजनयत्पिता Bṛi. Up. 1.5.1. -7 One of the seven worlds; i. e. the region above the world called जनस्. -8 The month of religious austerities. -9 A long period of time, Kalpa. -1 (In astrol.) The ninth lunar mansion. -11 Chastisement (दण्ड); आयुः शक्तिं च कालं च निर्दिश्य तप आदिशेत् Mb. 12.267.35. -m. 1 The month of Māgha; तपसि मन्द- गभस्तिरभीषुमान् Śi.6.63. -2 An epithet of Agni. -m., -n. 1 The cold season (शिशिर). -2 The winter (हेमन्त). -3 The hot season (ग्रीष्म). -Comp. -अनुभावः the influence of religious penance. -अर्थीय a. destined for austerities; तपोर्थीयं ब्राह्मणी धत्त गर्भम् Mb.11.26.5. -अवटः the Brahmāvarta country. -कर a. undergoing penance; also तपस्कर> -करः the mango-fish (Polynemus Risua). -कृश a. emaciated by austerities. -क्लेशः the pain of religious austerity. -गच्छः (also तपागच्छः) the 6th गच्छ of the Śvetāmbara Jainas. -चरणम्, -चर्या the practice of penance. -तक्षः, -तङ्कः an epithet of Indra. -धन a. 1 rich in religious penance. -2 pious, ascetic. -3 consisting in penance, (-नः) 'rich in penance', an ascetic, devotee; रम्यास्तपोधनानां क्रियाः Ś.1.13; शमप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु 2.7;4.1; Śi.1.23; R.14.19; Ms.11.242. -निधिः an eminently pious man, an ascetic; R.1.56. -निष्ठ a. performing penance; Ms.3.134; Y.1.221. -पतिः N. of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.4.24.14. -प्रभावः, -बलम् the power acquired by religious austerities; efficacy or potency of devotion. -भृत् a. ascetic, pious. -मूर्तिः 1 an ascetic. -2 the Supreme spirit. -मूल a. founded on religious austerity; तपोमूलमिदं सर्वं दैवमानुषकं सुखम् Ms.11.234. -यज्ञः sacrificing by austerites; Bg.4.28. -राजः the moon. -राशिः 1 an ascetic. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (पुरुषोत्तम). -लोकः the region above the world called जनस्; Bhāg.2.5.4. -वनम् a penance-grove, a sacred grove in which ascetics practise penance; कृतं त्वयोपवनं तपोवनमिति प्रेक्षे Ś1; R.1.9;2.18. -वासः a place of penance or religious austerities. -विशेषः excellence of devotion, pre-eminent religious austerities. -वृद्ध a. very ascetic or devout. -शील a. inclined to practise penance. -समाधिः the practice of penance or religious austerities; तपःसमाधेः प्रतिकूलवर्ती Ku.3.24;5.6,18. -सुतः N. of Yudhiṣṭhira; Mb.3.313.19. -स्थली 1 a seat of religious austerity. -2 N. of Benares.

tarala	तरल a. [तॄ-अलच्] 1 Trembling, waving, shaking, tremulous; तारापतिस्तरलविद्युदिवाभ्रवृन्दम् R.13.76; घन इव तरलबलाके Gīt.5; Śi.1.4; U.5.11; Ś.1.25. -2 Fickle, unsteady, transient; वैरायितारस्तरलाः स्वयं मत्सरिणः परम् Śi.2.115; Amaru.3. -3 Splendid, sparkling, glittering; तारावितानतरला इव यामवत्यः Ki.8.56. -4 Liquid. -5 Libidinous, wanton. -6 Hollow. -7 Extensive, wide. -लः 1 The central gem of a necklace; मुक्तामयो$प्यतरलमध्यः Vās.35; or हारांस्तारांस्तरलगुटिकान् (Malli. considers this as an interpolation in Meghadūta). -2 A necklace. -3 A level surface. -4 Bottom, depth. -5 A diamond. -6 Iron. -7 Thorn-apple. -ला 1 Rice-gruel. -2 Spirituous liquor. -3 A bee. -Comp. -नयना, -लोचना a woman with rolling or tremulous eyes. -प्रतिबन्धम् a. variety of necklace with a brilliant pearl in the centre; Kau. A.2.11.

tejaḥ	तेजः 1 Pungency. -2 Sharpness (of a weapon). -3 Brilliancy. -4 Spirit.

tīkṣṇa	तीक्ष्ण a. [तिज्-क्स्न Uṇ.3.18.] 1 Sharp (in all senses), pungent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi. 2.19. -2 Hot, warm (as rays); विवस्वता तीक्ष्णतरांशुमालिनी Ṛs.1.18. -3 Fiery, passionate. -4 Hard, forcible, strong (as उपाय); आश्रयो धार्तराष्ट्राणां मानी तीक्ष्णपराक्रमः Mb.12.1.2. -5 Rude, cross. -6 Severe, harsh, rough, strict; तीक्ष्ण- श्चैव मृदुश्च स्यात्कार्यं वीक्ष्य महीपतिः Ms.7.14. -7 Injurious, inauspicious. -8 Keen. -9 Intelligent, clever. -1 Zealous, vehement, energetic. -11 Devoted, self-abandoning. -12 Unfriendly, unfavourable. -13 Devout, ascetic, pious. -क्ष्णः 1 Nitre. -2 Long pepper. -3 Black pepper. -3 Black mustard. -क्ष्णम् 1 Iron. -2 Steel. -3 Heat, pungency. -4 War, battle. -5 Poison. -6 Death. -7 A weapon. -8 Sea-salt. -9 Haste. -1 Anything sharp (as words &c.). -11 Plague, pestilence. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the sun; श्वेताभ्र इव तीक्ष्णांशु ददृशुः कुरुपाण्डवाः Mb.6.16.23. -2 fire. -अग्निः dyspepsia, heartburn. -आयसम् steel. -उपायः a forcible means, strong measure. -कण्टकः N. of several plants; (such as Cuparis Aphylla, Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ, नेवती, धोत्रा इ.) -कन्दः the onion. -कर्मन् a. active, zealous, energetic. (-n.) a clever work. (-m.) a sword. -कल्कः coriander. -तण्डुला long pepper. -तैलम् 1 spirituous liquor. -2 the resin of the Sāla tree. -दंष्ट्रः a tiger. -दंष्ट्रकः a leopard. -धारः a sword. -पुष्पम् cloves. -पुष्पा 1 the clove tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -फलम् 1 coriander. -2 black mustard, -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, clever, shrewd. -मञ्जरी the betel-plant. -मार्गः a sword; सासृग्राजिस्तीक्ष्णमार्गस्य मार्गः Śi.18.2. -रश्मिः the sun. -रसः 1 salt-petre. -2 any poisonous liquid, a poison; शत्रु- प्रयुक्तानां तीक्ष्णरसदायिनाम् Mu.1,2. -लौहम् steel. -शूकः barley. -सारः iron.

turīya	तुरीय a. 1 The fourth. 2 Consisting of four parts. 3 Mighty. -यम् 1 A quarter, a fourth part, fourth. -2 (In Vedānta. phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -Comp. -वर्णः, -जातिः a man of the fourth caste, a Śūdra; तुरीयजातिं तिलकयन् कुलोत्तुङ्ग इति यथार्थनामा बभूव शूद्रः । चोलचम्पू p.6.

tejas	तेजस् n. [तिज्-भावे करुणादै असुन्] 1 Sharpness. -2 The sharp edge (of a knife &c.). -3 The point or top of a flame. -4 Heat, glow. glare. -5 Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः R.4.1; तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ Bg.7.9,1. -6 Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being पृथिवी, अप्, वायु and आकाश). -7 The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा सुजन्मनस्तस्य निजेन तेजसा R.3.15. -8 Fire of energy; शतप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु गूढं हि दाहात्मकमस्ति तेजः Ś. 2.7; U.6.14. -9 Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour; martial or heroic lustre; तेजस्तेजसि शाम्यतु U. 5.7; Ś.7.15. -1 One possessed of heroic lustre; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1; Pt.1.328;3.33. -11 Spirit, energy. -12 Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity. -13 Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; तेजोविशेषानुमितां (राजलक्ष्मीं) दधानः R.2.7. -14 Semen, seed, semen virile; स्याद्रक्षणीयं यदि मे न तेजः R.14.65; 2.75; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजो दधानां भूतये भुवः Ś.4.3. -15 The essential nature of anything. -16 Essence, quintessence. -17 Spiritual, moral, or magical power. -18 Fire; यज्ञसेनस्य दुहिता तेज एव तु केवलम् Mb.3.239.9. -19 Marrow. -2 Bile. -21 The speed of a horse. -22 Fresh butter. -23 Gold. -24 Clearness of the eyes. -25 A shining or luminous body, light; ऋते कृशानोर्न हि मन्त्रपूतमर्हन्ति तेजांस्यपराणि हव्यम् Ku.1.51; Ś.4.2. -26 The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (पित्त). -27 The brain. -28 Violence, fierceness. -29 Impatience. -3 Anger; मित्रैः सह विरोधं च प्राप्नुते तेजसा वृतः Md.3.28.18. -31 The sun; उपप्लवांस्तथा घोरान् शशिनस्तेजसस्तथा Mb.12. 31.36. -Comp. -कर a. 1 illuminating. -2 granting vital power or strength. -पदम् a mark of dignity; तेजःपदं मणिमयं च हृतं शिरोभ्यः Bhāg.1.15.14. -बीजम् marrow. -भङ्गः 1 disgrace, destruction of dignity. -2 depression, discouragement. -भीरः f. shadow. -मण्डलम् a halo of light; सर्वा एतस्मिंस्तेजोमण्डल एकीभवन्ति Praśna. Up.4.2. -मात्रा sense-organ; स एतास्तेजोमात्राः समभ्याददानो हृदयमेवान्ववक्रामति Bṛi. Up.4.4.1. -मूर्तिः the sun; Ms.3.93. -रूपम् 1 the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. -2 the nature of light. -वृत्तम् 1 noble behaviour; Ms.9.33. -2 superior power or lustre. तेजस्वत् tējasvat तेजोवत् tējōvat तेजस्वत् तेजोवत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant, splendid. -2 Sharp, pungent. -3 Brave, heroic. -4 Energetic.

tejomaya	तेजोमय a. 1 Glorious. -2 Bright, brilliant, luminous; तेजोमयं विश्वमनन्तमाद्यं यन्मे त्वदन्येन न दृष्टपूर्वम् (रूपम्) Bg.11. 47. -3 Full of energy, spirited.

tri	त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.

dāsaḥ	दासः 1 Slave, servant in general; गृहकर्मदासाः Bh. 1.1; गृह˚, कर्म˚ &c. -2 A fisherman; निषादो मार्गवं सूते दासं नौकर्मजीविनम् Ms.1.34. -3 A Śūdra, a man of the fourth caste. -4 A knowing man, one who knows the universal spirit. -5 N. of Vṛitrāsura. -6 A demon. -7 A savage, barbarian (opp. आर्य). -8 A worthy recipient (दानपात्र). -9 A word added to the name of Śūdra; cf. गुप्त. -Comp. -अनुदासः 'a slave of a slave', the humblest of the servants; (sometimes used by the speaker as a mark of humility). -जनः a servant or slave; कमपराधलवं मयि पश्यसि त्यजसि मानिनि दासजनं यतः V. 4.29; (दासस्यकुलम् is used as a compound in the sense of 'the mob or the common people'). -भावः servitude.

didhiṣāyya	दिधिषाय्य a. Supporting. -य्यम् 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 A false friend.

dīkṣakaḥ	दीक्षकः A spiritual guide, priest.

dīkṣitṛ	दीक्षितृ m. A consecrator, spiritual father; P.III. 2.153.

dīdhitiḥ	दीधितिः f. 1 A ray of light; तैरेव प्रतियुवतेरकारि दूरात् कालुष्यं शशधरदीधितिच्छटाच्छैः Śi.8.38; R.3.22;17.48; N.2.69; U.6.18. -2 Splendour, brightness. -3 Bodily lustre, energy; विपन्नदीधितिरपि Bh.2.29. -4 A finger. -5 Ved. A religious prayer or devotion; इयं सा वो अस्मे दीधितिर्यजत्रा Rv.1.186. 11. -6 A son-in-law. -7 Divine inspiration.

dur	दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.

dṛśānaḥ	दृशानः [दृश्-आनच् किच्च] 1 A spiritual teacher. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 A guardian of the world (लोकपाल). -नम् Light, brightness.

deva	देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.

deśika	देशिक a. [देशे प्रसितः ठन्] Local, pertaining to a particular place, native, अदेशिका महारण्ये ग्रीष्मे शत्रुवशं गताः Mb.4.47.23. -कः 1 A spiritual teacher (गुरुः) धर्माणां देशिकः साक्षात् स भविष्यति धर्मभाक् Mb. -2 A traveller. -3 A guide. -4 One familiar with places.

dehin	देहिन् a. (-नी f.) [देह-इनि] Incarnate, embodied. -m. 1 A living being, especially a man; त्वदधीनं खलु देहिनां सुखम् Ku.4.1; Śi.2.46; Bg.2.13;17.2; Ms. 1.3;5.49. -2 The soul, spirit (enshrined in the body); तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही Bg.2.22; 5.13;14.5. -नी The earth.

dehalā	देहला Spirituous liquor.

daityā	दैत्या 1 A drug. -2 Spirituous liquor.

dainam	दैनम् न्यम् [दीनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Poverty, poor and pitiable condition, miserable state; दरिद्राणां दैन्यम् G. L.2; फणिनो दैन्यमाश्रितः Ku.2.21; इन्दोर्दैन्यं त्वदनुसरण- क्लिष्टकान्तेर्बिभर्ति Me.86. -2 Affliction, sorrow, dejection, grief, low-spiritedness. -3 Feebleness. -4 Meanness.

daivalaḥ	दैवलः लकः The servant of an evil spirit.

dyumnam	द्युम्नम् 1 Splendour, glory, lustre. -2 Energy, strength, power. -3 Wealth, property; धृष्टत्वादत्यमर्षित्वाद् द्युम्नाद्युत्संभवादपि । धृष्टद्युम्नः कुमारो$यं द्रुपदस्य भवत्विति ॥ Mb.1.167. 53. -4 Inspiration. -5 Sacrificial offering or oblation.

dyumnin	द्युम्निन् a. Having wealth or oblations. -2 Majestic. -3 Inspired. -4 Powerful.

dravyam	द्रव्यम् 1 A thing, substance, object, matter; the whole creation (अधिभूत); द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -2 The ingredient or material of anything. -3 A material to work upon. -4 A fit or suitable object (to receive instruction &c.); द्रव्यं जिगीषुमधि- गम्य जडात्मनो$पि Mu.7.14; see अद्रव्य also. -5 An elementary substance, the substratum of properties; one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; (the dravyas are nine:-- पृथिव्यप्तेजोवाय्वाकाशकालदिगात्ममनांसि); one of the six of the Jainas (जीव, धर्म, अधर्म, पुद्गल, काल and आकाश). -6 Any possession, wealth, goods, property, money : षड् द्रव्याणि-- 'मणयः पशवः पृथिवी वासो दास्यादि काञ्चनम्'; उपार्जनं च द्रव्याणां परिमर्दश्च तानि षट् Mb.12.59.64; तत् तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19. -7 A medicinal substance or drug. -8 Modesty. -9 Bell-metal, brass or gold; Rām.7. -1 Spirituous liquor. -11 A wager, stake. 12 Anointing, plastering. -13 An ointment. -14 The animal-dye, lac. -15 Extract, gum. -16 A cow; L. D. B. -17 A verse from the Ṛigveda. द्रव्यशब्द- श्छन्दोगैर्ऋक्षु आचरितः । ŚB. on MS.7.2.14. -Comp. -अर्जनम्, -वृद्धिः, -सिद्धिः f. acquisition of wealth. -ओघः f. affluence, abundance of wealth. -कल्कम् Viscous sediment given out by oily substances when ground; द्रव्यकल्कः पञ्चधा स्यात् कल्कं चूर्णं रसस्तथा । तैलं मष्टिः क्रमाज्ज्ञेयं यथोत्तरगुणं प्रिये ॥ Āyurveda. -गणः a class of 37 similar substances (in medicine). -परिग्रहः the possession of property or wealth. -प्रकृतिः f. the nature of matter. -वाचकम् a substantive. -शुद्धिः Cleansing of soiled articles. -संस्कारः the consecration of articles for sacrifice &c. -हस्तः a. holding anything in the hand; Ms.5.143.

drākṣā	द्राक्षा Vine, grape (the creeper or the fruit); द्राक्षे द्रक्ष्यन्ति के त्वाम् G&imarc;t.12; R.4.65; Bv.1.14;4.39. मधुक्षीरद्राक्षामधुमधुरिमा कैरपि पदेर्विशिष्यावाख्येयो भवति रसनामात्र- विषयः Ānandalaharī -Comp. -आसवः, उत्थम् a spiritious liquor drawn from vine. -घृतम् N. of a particular medicinal ghee. -रसः grape-juice, wine. -रिष्टः a particular beverage (in medicine).

dvaitam	द्वैतम् [द्विधा इतं द्वितं तस्य भावः स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Duality. -2 Dualism in philosophy, the assertion of two distinct principles, such as the maintenance of the doctrine that, spirit and matter, Brahman and the Universe, or the Individual and the Supreme Soul, are different from each other; cf. अद्वैत; किं शास्त्रं श्रवणेन यस्य गलति द्वैतान्ध- कारोत्करः Bv.1.86. -3 N. of a forest. -Comp. -अद्वैतमार्गः the path of dualism and non-dualism. -वनम् N. of a forest; भीमं प्रशस्याथ गुणैरनेकैर्हृष्टास्ततो द्वैतवनाय जग्मुः Mb.3. 11.68. Ki.1.1. -वादः the doctrine of dualism; see above. -वादिन् m. a philosopher who maintains the dvaita doctrine.

dharmaḥ	धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.

dhātuḥ	धातुः [धा-आधारे तुन्] 1 A constituent or essential part, an ingredient. -2 An element, primary or elementary substance, i. e. पृथिवी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; Bhāg.7.15.6. -3 A secretion, primary fluid or juice, essential ingredients of the body (which are considered to be 7:-- रसासृङ्मांसमेदो$स्थिमज्जाशुक्राणि धातवः, or sometimes ten if केश, त्वच् and स्नायु be added); Mb.3.213.1. -4 A humour or affection of the body, (i.e. वात, पित्त and कफ); यस्यात्मबुद्धिः कुणपे त्रिधातुके Bhāg.1.84.13. -5 A mineral, metal, metallic ore; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17; R.4.71; Ku.6.51. -6 A verbal root; भूवादयो धातवः P.I.3.1; पश्चादध्ययनार्थस्य धातोरधिरिवाभवत् R.15.9. -7 The soul. -8 The Supreme Spirit; धातुप्रसादान्महिमानमात्मनः Kaṭha. -9 An organ of sense. -1 Any one of the properties of the five elements, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द; तत्र तत्र हि दृश्यन्ते धातवः पाञ्चभौतिकाः । तेषां मनुष्यास्तर्केण प्रमाणानि प्रचक्षते Mb.6.5.11. -11 A bone. -12 A part, portion. -13 A fluid mineral of a red colour. -14 Ved. A supporter. -15 Anything to be drunk, as milk &c. -f. A milch cow. -Comp. -उपलः chalk. -काशीशम्, -कासीसम् red sulphate of iron. -कुशल a. skilful in working in metals, metallurgist. -क्रिया metallurgy, mineralogy -क्षयः waste of the bodily humours, a wasting disease, a kind of consumption. -गर्भः, -स्तपः a receptacle for ashes, Dagoba; Buddh. ˚कुम्भः a relic urn. -ग्राहिन् m. calamine. -घ्नम्, -नाशनम् sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water). -चूर्णम् mineral powder. -जम् bitumen -द्रावकः borax. -पः the alimentary juice, the chief of the seven essential ingredients of the body. -पाठः a list of roots arranged according to Pāṇini's grammatical system (the most important of these lists called धातुपाठ being supposed to be the work of Pāṇini himself, as supplementary to his Sūtras). -पुष्टिः f. nutrition of the bodily humours. -प्रसक्त a. devoted to alchemy; -भृत् m. a mountain. -मलम् 1 impure excretion of the essential fluids of the body; कफपित्तमलाः केशः प्रस्वेदो नखरोम च । नेत्रविट् चक्षुषः स्नेहो धातूनां क्रमशो मलाः ॥ Suśruta. -2 lead. -माक्षिकम् 1 sulphuret of iron. -2 a mineral substance. -मारिणी borax. -मारिन् m. sulphur. -रसः a mineral or metalic fluid; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र (भूर्जत्वचः) Ku.1.7. -राजकः, -कम् semen. -वल्लभम् borax. -वादः 1 mineralogy, metallurgy. -2 alchemy. -वादिन् m. a mineralogist. -विष् f. lead. -वैरिन् m. sulphur. -शेखरन् green sulphate of iron, green vitriol. -शोधनम्, -संभवम् lead. -साम्यम् good health, (equilibrium of the three humours). -हन् m. sulphur.

dhṛ	धृ I. 6 Ā. (Supposed by some to be a passive form of धृ); (ध्रियते, धृत) 1 To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; आर्यपुत्र ध्रिये एषा ध्रिये U.3; ध्रियते यावदेको$पि रिपु- स्तावत्कुतः सुखम् Śi.2.35;15.89; नष्टा शरीरैः क्रतुभिर्धरन्ते Pt.1. -2 To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; सुरतश्रमसंभृतो मुखे ध्रियते स्वेदलवोद्गमो$पि ते R.8.51; Ku.4.18. -3 To resolve upon. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धरति, usually धारयति-ते, धृत, धारित) 1 To hold, bear, carry; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36; Bk.17.54; V.4.36. -2 To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; अभिनवजलधरसुन्दर धृतमन्दर...... Gīt.1.2.7; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311; Pt.1.126; प्रातःकुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितं धारयेथाः Me.115; चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35; U.3.29. -3 To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -4 To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); केशव धृतसूकररूप Gīt.1.1.4; धारयति कोकनदरूपम् 1.4. -5 To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); श्रितकमलाकुचमण्डल धृत- कुण्डल ए Gīt.1.2.1. -6 To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain; त्वया हि धर्मो विधृतः कृत्स्नं धारयते जगत् Mb.1. 63.5; दधार द्रोणमायान्तं वेलेव सरितां पतिम् Mb.7.16.21. -7 To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.) ब्राह्मण्ये धृतमानसः, मनो दध्रे राजसूयाय &c. -8 To suffer, undergo. -9 To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. -1 To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 1 only in this sense); वृक्षसेचने द्वे धारयसि मे Ś.1; तस्मै तस्य वा धनं धारयति &c. -11 To hold, contain. -12 To observe, practise. -13 To cite, quote. -14 To keep, retain (in one's service). -15 To preserve, maintain. -16 To seize, lay hold of. -17 To hold out or on, endure. -18 To fix, place, deposit. -19 To intend in mind; स यद्यदेवासृजत तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत Bṛi. Up.1.2.5. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. मनसा धृ to bear in mind, remember; शिरसा, मूर्ध्नि धृ to bear on the head, respect highly; अन्तरे धृ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; समये धृ to bring to terms or agreement; दण्डं धृ to punish, chastise, use force; जीवितम्, प्राणान्, गात्रम्, शरीरम्, देहम् &c. धृ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c.; preserve the vital spirits; व्रतं धृ to observe a vow; इत्थं व्रतं धारयतः प्रजार्थम् R.2.25; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, weigh &c.; मनः, मतिम्, चित्तम्, बुद्धिम् धृ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; गर्भं धृ to become pregnant, conceive; धारणां धृ to practise concentration or selfcontrol &c.)

dhyānin	ध्यानिन् a. contemplative, engaged in religious meditation. -बुद्धः, -बोधिसत्त्वः a spiritual Buddha.

dhvajavat	ध्वजवत् a. 1 Adorned with flags. -2 Having a mark. -3 Having the mark of a criminal, branded; शिरःकपाली ध्वजवान्भिक्षाशी कर्म वेदयन् Y.3.243. -m 1 A standard-bearer. -2 A vendor of spirituous liquors, distiller; Ms.4.84. -3 A Brāhmaṇa who carries with him the skull of the man murdered by him to places of pilgrimage by way of penance; cf. com. on Y.3.243.

dhvajin	ध्वजिन् a. (-नी f.) [ध्वजो$स्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Bearing or carrying a flag. -2 Having as a mark. -3 Having the mark of a liquor-vessel (सुराभाजनचिह्न); सुरापानापनुत्यर्थं वालवासा जटी ध्वजी Ms.11.93. -m. 1 A standard-bearer. -2 A distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors; Y.1.141. -3 A car, carriage, chariot. -4 A mountain. -5 A snake. -6 A peacock. -7 A horse. -8 A Brāhmaṇa. -9 A hypocrite; धर्मवैतंसिकाः क्षुद्रा मुष्णन्ति ध्वजिनो जगत् M.12.158.18. -नी An army; R.7.4; Śi.12.66; पृथुभिर्ध्वजिनीरवैरकार्षीच्चकितोद्भ्रान्तमृगानि काननानि Ki.13.9.

nakta	नक्त a. [नज्-क्त] Ashamed. -क्तम् 1 Night. -2 Eating only at night, as a sort of religious vow or penance -Comp. -अन्ध a. blind at night. -चर्या wandering at night. -चारिन् m. 1 an owl. -2 a cat. -3 a thief. -4 a demon, goblin, evil spirit. -भोजनम् supper. -मालः N. of a tree; स नर्मदारोधसि सीकरार्द्रैर्मरुद्भिरानर्तितनक्तमाले R.5.42. -मुखा evening. -व्रतम् 1 fasting by day and eating at night. -2 any penance or religious rite observed at night.

nagnahu	नग्नहु n. (-हूः f.) Ferment for the production of spirits.

namas	नमस् ind. 1 A bow, salutation, obeisance, adoration; (this word is, by itself, invariably used with dat.; तस्मै वदान्यगुरवे तरवे नमो$स्तु Bv.1.94; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यम् Ku.2.4; but with कृ, generally with acc.; मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य Sk.; but sometimes with dat. also; नमस्कुर्मो नृसिंहाय ibid. The word has the sense of a noun, but is treated as an indeclinable.) -2 Ved. Food. -3 A thunderbolt. -4 A gift, present. -5 A sacrifice. -Comp. -कारः, -कृतिः f. -करणम् bowing, respectful or reverential salutation, respectful obeisance (made by uttering the word नमस्). -कारी a kind of plant (Mar. लाजाळू). -कृत a. 1 bowed down to, saluted. -2 revered, adored, worshipped. -गुरुः 1 a spiritual teacher. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -चमसः 1 a kind of cake. -2 the moon. -3 magic. -वाकम् ind. uttering the word नमस् i. e. making a low obeisance; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1; -m. नाथायाभिरुपासिताय च नमोवाकानधीयीमहि Viś. Gunā.123. -वृध् m. a sacrifice.

naraḥ	नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.

narakaḥ	नरकः कम् 1 Hell, infernal regions (corresponding to the realm of Pluto; there are said to be 21 different parts of these regions where different kinds of tortures are inflicted upon sinners तामिस्र, अन्धतामिस्र, महारौरव, रौरव, नरक, कालसूत्र, महानरक, संजीवन, माहवीचि, तपन, संप्रतापन, संहात, काकोल, कुड्मल, प्रतिमूर्तिक, लोहशङ्कु, ऋजीष, पन्था, शाल्मली, असितपत्रवन, लोहदारक are the 21 Narakas; cf. Ms.4. 88-9). -2 A liquor-vessel; नरकं मद्यभाजने Nm. -कः N. of a demon, king of Prāgjyotiṣa. [According to one account he carried off Aditi's ear-rings and Kṛiṣna at the request of the gods killed him in a single combat and recovered the jewels. According to another account, Naraka assumed the form of an elephant and carried off the daughter of Viśvakarman and outraged her. He also seized the daughters of Gandharvas, gods, men and the nymphs themselves, and collected more than 16 damsels in his harem. These, it is related, were transferred by Kṛiṣṇa to his own harem after he had slain Naraka. The demon was born of earth, and hence called 'Bhauma'] -Comp. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -जित्, -रिपुः m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa; नरकरिपुणा सार्धं तेषां सभीमकिरीटिनाम् Ve.3.24. -आमयः 1 the soul after death. -2 a ghost, spirit. -आवासः an inhabitant of hell. -कुण्डम् a pit in hell where the wicked are tormented (86 such places are enumerated). -देवता 'the deity of hell', Nirṛiti (निर्ऋति). -रूपिन् a. hellish. -वासः the abode in hell. -स्या the Vaitariṇī river.

nānā	नाना ind. 1 In different places, in different ways, manifoldly, variously; मृत्योः स मृत्युमाप्नोति य इह नानेव पश्यति । -2 Distinctly, separately. -3 Without (= विना; with acc., instr. or abl.); नाना नारीं निष्फला लोकयात्रा Vop.; (विश्वं) न नाना शंभुना रामात् वर्षेणाधोक्षजोवर ibid. -4 (Used as an adjective at the beginning of comp.) Manifold, various, sundry, different, diverse; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; नानाशस्त्रप्रहरणाः सर्वे युद्धविशारदाः Bg.1.9; Ms.9.148. -Comp. -अत्ययः a. of different kinds, manifold, diverse. -अर्थ a. 1 having different aims or objects. -2 having different meanings, homonymous (as a word). -आत्मवादिन् a. maintaining the Sāṅkhya doctrine that each individual has a soul distinct from the universal spirit. -आश्रय a. of many abodes; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः Sāṅ. K.62. -कारम् ind. having done variously; P.III.4.62. Kāśi. -ग्रहः taking separately. -जातीय a. of diverse kinds or sorts. -धर्मन् a. having different customs. -ध्वनिः a musical instrument producing more than one sound. -भाव a. various, manifold. -रस a. of different or varying tastes; त्रैगुण्यो- द्भवमत्र लोकचरितं नानारसं दृश्यते M.1.4. -रूप a. of different forms, diverse, multiform, various. -वर्ण a. of different colours. -विध a. of various sorts, diverse, manifold. -विधम् ind. in various ways. -वीर्य a. having manifold energy.

nāra	नार a. (-री f.) [नरस्येदम्-अण्] 1 Human, mortal. -2 Spiritual; आपो नारा इति प्रोक्ताः Ms.1.1. -रः 1 A calf. -2 Water. -रा Water; cf. Ms.1.1. -रम् 1 A multitude or assemblage of men. -2 Dry ginger. -Comp. -कीटः a deceiver (disappointing expectations raised by himself). -जीवनम् gold.

nārika	नारिक a. (-की f.) 1 Watery, aqueous. -2 Spiritual.

nāṣṭrā	नाष्ट्रा Ved. 1 Danger, destruction. -2 An evil spirit, a goblin.

niḥśvasita	निःश्वसित p. p. 1 Breathed out, sighed. -2 Sighing. -तम् 1 Expiration. -2 A sigh; स्तनकम्पक्रियालक्ष्यैर्नस्तं निःश्वसितैरिव (हृदयम्) V.2.19. निःश्वासः niḥśvāsḥ निश्वासः niśvāsḥ निःश्वासः निश्वासः 1 Breathing out, expiration. -2 Sighing, a sigh, breath. -Comp. -परम a. melancholy.

niḥsaha	निःसह a. 1 Unable to bear, resist or suffer, impatient. -2 Powerless, unnerved, spiritless, languid, fatigued; अयि विरम निःसहासि जाता Māl.3;2,7; U.3. -3 Intolerable, unbearable, irresistible (in a passive sense).

nija	निज a. [नितरां जायते निजन्-ड] 1 Innate, indigenous, native, inborn, congenial. -2 Own, one's own, relating to one-self, of one's own party or country; निजं वपुः पुन- रनयन्निजां रुचिम् Śi.17.4; R.3.15;18.27; Ms.2.5. -3 Peculiar. -4 Continual, perpetual. -m. (pl.) One's own people. -Comp. -बोधः Self-knowledge, spiritual knowledge; भिक्षुर्न चाहं निजबोधरूपः Hastāmalaka Stotra.

nitya	नित्य a. [नियमेन नियतं वा भवं नि-त्य-प्; cf. P.IV.2.14. Vārt.] 1 (a.) Continual, perpetual, constant, everlasting, eternal, uninterrupted; यथा त्वमसि दुर्धर्षो धर्मनित्यः प्रजाहितः Rām.7.37.8; यदि नित्यमनित्येन लभ्यते H.1.48; नित्यज्योत्स्नाः प्रतिहततमोवृत्तिरम्याः प्रदोषाः Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms.2.26. (b) Imperishable, indestructible; पृथिवी द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च Tarka K. -2 Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. काम्य). -3 Necessary, obligatory, essential. -4 Ordinary, usual (opp. नौमित्तिक). -5 (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; जाह्नवीतीर˚, अरण्य˚, आदान˚, ध्यान˚ &c. -त्यः The ocean. -स्या 1 An epithet of the goddess Durgā. -2 A plough-share. -त्यम् An indispensable or inevitable act. -त्यम् ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, enternally. -Comp. -अनध्यायः invariable suspension of Vedic studies; नित्यानध्याय एव स्याद् ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Ms.4.17. -अनित्य a. eternal and perishable. -अनुबद्ध a. always approached or resorted to. -अनुवादः a bare statement of fact; स्याज्जुह्वप्रतिषेधान्नित्यानुवादः MS.4.1.45. -अभियुक्त a. One who is completely absorbed in yogic practices. -ऋतु a. regularly recurring at the seasons. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, क्रिया any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily Yajñas. -कालम् ind. always, at all times; ब्राह्मेण विप्रस्तीर्थेन नित्यकालमुपस्पृशेत् Ms.2.58,73. -गतिः air, wind. -जात a. constantly born; अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26. -दानम् daily alms-giving. -नियमः an invariable rule. -नैमित्तिकम् an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, e. g. (a पर्वश्राद्ध). -पुष्ट a. always well-supplied. -प्रलयः 1 the constant dissolution of living beings. -2 sleep. -बुद्धिः a. considering anything as constant or eternal. -भावः eternity. -मुक्तः the Supreme Spirit. -युक्त a. always busy or intent upon. -युज् a. having the mind always fixed upon one object; दृग्भिर्हृदीकृतमलं परिरभ्य सर्वास्तद्भावमापुरपि नित्ययुजां दुरापम् Bhāg.1.82.4. -यौवना (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī. -व्रतम् a perpetual observance (lasting for life). -शङ्कित a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious. -समः the assertion that all things remain the same; Sarva. S. -समासः 'a necessary compound', a compund the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. जमदग्नि, जयद्रथ &c.; इवेन नित्यसमासः &c.

nidāghaḥ	निदाघः [नि-दह् आधारे घञ् न्यङ्क्वादि कुत्वम्] 1 Heat, warmth; आर्द्राङ्गुलीदलमनङ्गनिदाघतप्तः -2 The hot season, summer (the months of ज्येष्ठ and आषाढ); निदाघमिहिर- ज्वालाशतैः Bv.1.16; निदाघकालः समुपागतः प्रिये Ṛs.1.1; Pt.1.14; Ku.7.84. -3 Sweat, perspiration. प्रस्नापया- मास मुखं निदाघः Ki.17.8. -4 The internal heat; स्त्रियो निदाघं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs.1.4. -5 The water of perspiration. -Comp. -करः the sun. -कालः summer. -धामन् the sun; निदाघधामानमिवाधिदीधितम् Śi.1.24. -वार्षिक a. (months) belonging to the hot and rainy season; निदाघवार्षिकौ मासौ लोकं घर्मांशुभिर्यथा Mb.7.3.1. -सिन्धुः a river in hot season (nearly dry).

nipākaḥ	निपाकः 1 Maturing, ripening. -2 Cooking. -3 Perspiration. -4 The result of a bad action; निपाकः पचने स्वेदे$प्यसत्कर्मफले$पि च Nm.

nir	निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.

nirvāṇa	निर्वाण p. p. 1 Blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire); निर्वाणवैरदहनाः प्रशमादरीणाम् Ve.1.7; Ku.2.23. -2 Lost, disappeared. -3 Dead, deceased. -4 Liberated from existence. -5 Set (as the sun). -6 Calmed, quieted. -7 Plunged. -णम् 1 Extinction; अपि निर्वाणमायाति नानलो याति शीतताम् H.1.131; शनैर्निर्वाणमाप्नोति निरिन्धन इवानलः Mb. -2 Vanishing from sight, disappearance. -3 Dissolution, death. -4 Final liberation or emancipation from matter and reunion with the Supreme Spirit, eternal bliss; निर्वाणं नाधिगच्छेयुर्जीवेयुः पशु- जीविकाम् Mb.3.31,26; निर्वाणमपि मन्ये$हमन्तरायं जयश्रियः Ki.11.69; R.12.1. -5 (With Buddhists) Absolute extinction or annihilation, complete extinction of individual or worldly existence. -6 Perfect and perpetual calm, repose; निर्वाणं समुपगमेन यच्छते ते (नमः) Ki.18.39. -7 Complete satisfaction or pleasure, supreme bliss, highest felicity; स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतो$धिगच्छति Bg.5.24; अये लब्धं नेत्रनिर्वाणम् Ś.3; M.3.1; Śi.4.23; V.3.21. -8 Cessation, desisting. -9 Vacuity. -1 Union, association, confluence. -11 The bathing of an elephant; as in अनिर्वाण R.1.71. -12 Instruction in sciences. -13 Finis, completion; प्राप्य संकल्पनिर्वाणं नातिप्रीतो$भ्यगात् पुरम् Bhāg.4.9.27. -Comp. -पुराणम् offering oblations to the dead (?); Rāj. T. -भूयिष्ट a. almost vanished or departed; see under निर्वा (3) above. -मस्तकः final emancipation or deliverance, final beatitude.

nirvedaḥ	निर्वेदः 1 Disgust, loathing. -2 Satiety, cloy. -3 Depression of spirits, despair, despondency; निर्वेदो नात्र कर्तव्यः Mb.3.32.5; परिभवान्निर्वेदमापद्यते Mk.1.14. -4 Humiliation. -5 Grief. -6 Complete indifference to wordly objects; तदा गन्तासि निर्वेदं श्रोतव्यस्य श्रुतस्य च Bg. 2.52 (regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the sentiment called शान्त (quietude); निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; (see R. G. under निर्वेद). -7 Self-disparagement or humiliation (regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings); cf. the definition in R. G. under निर्वेद; (the following is there given as an instance; यदि लक्ष्मण सा मृगेक्षणा न मदीक्षासरणिं समेष्यति । अमुना जडजीवितेन मे जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् ॥). -8 Shame.

niśā	निशा [नितरां श्यति तनूकरोति व्यापारान् शो-क Tv.] 1 Night या निशा सर्वभूतानां तस्यां जागर्ति संयमी Bg.2.69. -2 Turmeric. -3 A dream. -4 A collective name for the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius, and Capricorn. -5 A species of plant (Mar. कचरा or उपळसरी). -Comp. -अटः, -अटनः 1 an owl. -2 a demon, ghost, goblin; ईश्वरस्य निशाटानां विलोक्य निखिलां पुरीम् Bk. 8.115; Rām. Ch.1.34 -अटकः bdellium. -अतिक्रमः, -अत्ययः, -अन्तः, -अवसानम् 1 the passing away of night. -2 daybreak; ये मां स्तुवन्त्यनेनाङ्ग प्रतिबुध्य निशात्यये Bhāg.8.4.25. -अदः = Niṣāda q. v. -अन्ध a. blind at night. (-न्धा) the creeper called जतुका. -अधीशः, -ईशः, -नाथः, -पतिः, -मणिः, -रत्नम् 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -अर्धकालः the first part of the night. -आख्या -आह्वा turmeric. -आदिः the evening twilight. -उत्सर्गः end of night, day break. -उषित a. having remained overnight (Mar. शिळे). -एतः a crane. -करः 1 the moon; बहुले$पि गते निशाकरस्तनुतां दुःखमनङ्ग मोक्ष्यति Ku.4.13; द्विजावली बालनिशाकरांशुभिः. -2 a cock. -3 camphor. -4 N. of the numeral 1. -केतुः the moon -गुह a bed-chamber. -क्षयः close of night. -चर a. (-रा, री f.) moving about by night, night stalker. -(रः) 1 a fiend, goblin, an evil spirit; तस्मै निशाचरैश्वर्यं प्रतिशुश्राव राघवः R.12.69. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 a jackal. -4 an owl. -5 a snake. -6 the ruddy goose. -7 a thief. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of (1) Śiva; (2) of Rāvaṇa. (-री) 1 a female fiend. -2 a woman going to meet her lover at night by appointment; राममन्मथशरेण ताडिता दुःसहेन हृदये निशाचरी R.11.2 (where the word is used sense 1 also). -3 a harlot. -चर्मन् m. darkness. -जलम् dew, frost. -दर्शिन् m. an owl. -निशम् ind. every night, always; ऋषेस्तस्योटज- स्थस्य कालो$गच्छन्निशानिशम्. -पुष्पम् 1 the white water-lily (opening at night). -2 hoar-frost, dew. -बलम् see निशा (4). -मुखम् the beginning of night, cf. प्रदोषो रजनीमुखम्. -मृगः a jackal -रत्नम् 1 the moon -2 camphor. -वनः hemp (शण). -विहारः a demon. goblin, a Rākṣasa; प्रचक्रतू रामनिशाविहारौ Bk.2.36. -वेदिन् m. a cock. -हसः the white water-lily (opening at night).

niśvāsaḥ	निश्वासः Inspiration, inhaling, sighing; cf. निःश्वास. -Comp. संहिता N. of a Śaiva Pāśupataśāstra.

nis	निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid.

naiṣṭhika	नैष्ठिक a. (-की f.) 1 Final, last, concluding; विदधे विधिमस्य नैष्ठिकम् R.8.25. -2 Decided, definitive, conclusive (as a reply.); एषा नो नैष्ठिकी बुद्धिः Mb.1.37.29. -3 Fixed, firm, constant; शान्तिमाप्नोति नैष्ठिकीम् Bg.5.12; भक्तिर्भवति नैष्ठिकी Bhāg.1.2.18. -4 Highest, perfect; मोदेन वां कामसुखैर्मदाद् वा यो नैष्ठिकं श्रोष्यति नास्य धर्मम् Bu. Ch.1.82. -5 Completely familiar with or versed in. -6 Vowing perpetual abstinence and chastity. -7 Obligatory; न चैतन्नैष्ठिकं कर्म त्रयाणां भूरिदक्षिण Mb.12.63.23. -कः [निष्ठा मरणं तत्पर्यन्तं ब्रह्मचर्येण तिष्ठति तिष्ठति निष्ठा-ठक्] A perpetual religious student who continues with his spiritual precept or even after the prescribed period, and vows life-long abstinence and chastity; निवेदितो नैष्ठिकसुन्दरस्तया Ku.5.62; cf. नैष्ठिको ब्रह्मचारी तु वसेदाचार्यसंनिधौ Y.1.49 and उपकुर्वाण also.

pakva	पक्व a. [पच्-क्त तस्य वः] 1 Cooked, roasted, boiled; as in पक्वान्न. -2 Digested. -3 Baked, burned, annealed (opp. आम); पक्वेष्टकानामाकर्षणम्, आमेष्टकानां छेदनम् Mk.3. 12/13. -14 Mature, ripe; पक्वबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.82; यथा फलानां पक्वानां नान्यत्र पतनाद् भयम् Subhāṣ. -5 Fully developed, come to perfection, perfect, matured as in पक्वधी; अग्नि- पक्वाशनो वा स्यात् कालपक्वभुगेव वा Ms.6.17. -6 Experienced, shrewd. -7 Ripe (as a boil), ready to suppurate. -8 Grey (as hair). -9 Perished, decaying, on the eve of destruction, ripe to meet one's doom; 'पक्वं परिणते$पि स्याद्विनाशाभिमुखे त्रिषु' Medinī; पक्वापक्वेति सुभृशं वावाश्यन्ते वयांसि च Mb.6.3.44. -क्वम् 1 Cooked food. -2 Ripe corn. -3 The ashes of a burnt corpse. -Comp. -अतिसारः chronic dysentery. -अन्नम् cooked or dressed food. -आधानम्, आशयः the stomach, abdomen. -इष्टका a baked brick. -इष्टकाचितम् a building constructed with baked bricks. -कषाय a. whose passion has become extinguished. -कृत् a. 1 cooking; -2 maturing. (-m.) the Nimba tree. -कश a. grey-haired. -गात्र a. having a decrepit or infirm body. -रसः wine or any spirituous liquor. -वारि n. the water of boiled rice (काञ्जिक), sour rice-gruel.

payas	पयस् n. 1 Water; Bhāg.8.2.4; पयसा कमलं कमलेन पयः पयसा कमलेन विभाति सरः. -2 Milk; पयःपानं भुजङ्गानां केवलं विषवर्धनम् H.3.4; R.2.36,63;14,78 (where both senses are intended). -3 Semen virile. -4 Food. -5 Ved. Night. -6 Vital spirit, power, strength (Ved). (पयस् is changed to पयो before soft consonants). -Comp. -गलः, -डः 1 hail. -2 an island. -घनम् hail. -चयः (पयश्चयः) a reservoir or lake. -जम् a lotus; पातामेतौ पयोजोदरललिततलौ पङ्कजाक्षस्य पादौ । विष्णुपादादि स्तोत्रम् 12. ˚योनिः (same as पद्मयोनि = Brahmadeva); पयोजयोनिः प्रणिधाय मानसं व्यधत्त यस्यामरविन्दलोचनः Śāhendra 3.37. -जन्मन् m. a cloud. -दः a cloud; Me.7; मत्तः सदाचारशुचे कलङ्कः पयोदवातादिव दर्पणस्य R.14.37. ˚सुहृद् m. a peacock. -धरः 1 a cloud; पयोधरघनीभावस्तावदम्बरमध्यगः । आश्लेषोप- गमस्तत्र यावन्नेव प्रवर्तते ॥ Subh. Ratn. (this refers both to a cloud and a woman's breast). -2 a woman's breast; पद्मापयोधरतटी Gīt.1; विपाण्डुभिर्म्लानतया पयोधरैः Ki.4.24. (where the word means 'a cloud' also); R.14.22. -3 an udder; पयोधरीभूतचतुःसमुद्रां जुगोप गोरूप- धरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3. -4 the cocoa-nut tree. -5 the backbone or spine (कशेरुक). -धस् m. 1 the ocean. -2 a pond, lake, a piece of water. -3 a rain-cloud. -धारागृहम् a bath-room with flowing water. -धिः, -निधिः the ocean; प्रयान्ति नद्यस्त्वरितं पयोनिधिम् Ṛs.2.7; N.4.5. -पूरः a pool, lake. -भृत् m., -मुच् m. a cloud; यदि नासारभृतः पयोभृतः Śi.16.61; करीव सिक्तं पृषतैः पयोमुचाम् R.3.3;6.5. -मानुषी a water-nymph. -रयः the current of a river. -राशिः the ocean. -वाहः a cloud; प्रावृषेण्यं पयोवाहं विद्युदैरावताविव R.1.36. -व्रतः, -व्रतम् subsisting on mere milk (as a vow); दिनमेकं पयोव्रतः Ms.11.144. cf. अदितिपयोव्रतम् Bhāg.8.16.

para	पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

parama	परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya.

parameṣṭhin	परमेष्ठिन् a Standing at the head, highest, chief; परमेष्ठिनां प्रभुः Bhāg.1.89.58. -m. 1 An epithet of Brahman. -2 Of Śiva. -3 Of Viṣṇu. -4 Of Garuḍa. -5 Of Agni. -6 Any spiritual teacher. -7 (with Jainas) An Arhat.

parākramin	पराक्रमिन् a. Heroic, spirited, courageous, valiant.

parāsu	परासु a. 1 Lifeless, dead; प्राक् परासुर्द्विजात्मजः R.15.56; 9.78. -2 One whose vital spirit is departed. -परासुता, -परासुत्वम् 1 Exhaustion, death; व्रजति पुरा हि परासुतां त्वदर्थे Ki.1.5. -2 A dependent life (पराधीनप्राणत्व); लोभान्मोहश्च माया च मानस्तम्भः परासुता Mb.12.158.4.

paripluta	परिप्लुत p. p. 1 Flooded, inundated. -2 Overwhelmed; as in शोक˚. -3 Wetted, bathed. -तम् A spring, jump. -ता Spirituous liquor. -ति f. Overabundance पुरभिदा गमितस्त्वमदृश्यतां त्रिनयनत्वपरिप्लुतिशङ्कया N.4.76.

parimlai	परिम्लै 1 P. 1 To fade, wither; परिम्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku. 2.2; R.14.5. -2 To be dejected or dispirited. -3 To disappear.

pari	परि (री) वर्तः 1 Revolving, revolution (as of a planet); न यत्र भूयः परिवर्त उग्रः Bhāg.1.3.39. -2 A period, lapse or expiration of time; युगशतपरिवर्तान् Ś.7.34. -3 The expiration of a Yuga; जनैस्तदा युगपरि- वर्तवायुभिर्विवर्तिता Śi.17.12. -4 Repetition; recurrence. -5 Change, alteration; तदीदृशो जीवलोकस्य परिवर्तः U.3. 'changed condition of life', 'change in circumstances'; so जीवलोकपरिवर्तमनुभवामि Māl.7; स्वरपरिवर्तः Mk.1. -6 Retreat, flight, desertion -7 A year. -8 Repeated birth, transmigration. -9 Barter, exchange; अन्योन्य- वस्त्रपरिवर्तमिव व्यधत्ताम् Śi.5.39. -1 Requital, return. -11 An abode. -12 A chapter or section of a work. -13 N. of the Kūrma or second incarnation of Viṣṇu. -14 A turning round or derangement; अधन्यस्य मम कोकिलानामक्षिपरिवर्त इव कुक्षिपरिवर्तः संवृत्तः Svapna.4. -15 Moving to and fro, stirring; चरितमहामृताब्धिपरिवर्तपरि- श्रमणाः Bhāg.1.87.21.

pariśṛtaḥ	परिशृतः Ardent spirits. परिश्रम pariśrama परिश्रामः pariśrāmḥ परिश्रम परिश्रामः 1 Fatigue, exhaustion, trouble, pain; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1; R.1.58;11.12. -2 Exertion, labour; ब्रह्मञ्छ्रेयः परिश्रामः पुंसो मद्दर्शनावधिः Bhāg.2.9.2. -3 (Hence) Close application to or study of, being constantly occupied with; आर्ये कृतपरि- श्रमो$स्मि चतुःषष्ठ्यङ्गे ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1. -4 The result; अस्यैष नीतेः परिश्रमः Pratijñā.2.

parisaṃvatsara	परिसंवत्सर a. 1 A whole year old. -2 Inveterate, chronic (a disease). -रः A whole year; परिसंवत्सरात् 'after the expiration of one whole year'; राजर्त्विक्- स्नातकगुरून् प्रियश्वशुरमातुलान् । अर्हयेन्मधुपर्केण परिसंवत्सरात् पुनः ॥ Ms.3.119.

parīta	परीत p. p. 1 Surrounded, encompassed by. -2 Expired, elapsed. -3 Departed, gone forth. -4 Seized, taken possession of, filled with; प्रणाशान्नन्दानां प्रशममुपयातं त्वमधुना परीतः कालेन ज्वलयसि मम क्रोधदहनम् Mu.3.29. See परी. -5 = विपरीत inverted; स्वदोषकोपनाद्रोगं लभते मरणान्तिकम् । अपि वोद्बन्धनादीनि परीतानि व्यवस्यति ॥ Mb.14.17.13. -6 Moving round.

pareta	परेत p. p. Deceased, departed, dead. -तः A spirit, a ghost. -Comp. -कल्पः a. almost dead. -कालः The time of death; परेतकाले पुरुषो यत् कर्म प्रतिपद्यते Rām.3.51. 31. -भर्तृ, -राज m. the god of death, Yama; परेतभर्तु- र्महिषः Si.1.57. -भूमिः f., -वासः a cemetery; विकीर्णकेशासु परेतभूमिषु Ku.5.68.

paryayaḥ	पर्ययः 1 Revolution, lapse, expiration; कालपर्ययात् Mb.3.179.19; Y.3.217; Ms.1.3;11.27; युगसाहस्र- पर्ययः (कल्पः) Bhāg.8.13.36. -2 Waste or loss (of time); मा भूत् कालस्य पर्ययः Rām.1.22.12. -3 Change, alteration. -4 Inversion; confusion, irregularity. -5 Deviation from customary observances, neglect of duty. -6 Opposition. -7 Loss, destruction; पक्ष्मणो$पि निपातेन येषां स्यात् स्कन्धपर्ययः Mb.12.15.26.

paryāyaḥ	पर्यायः 1 Going or winding round, revolution. -2 Lapse, course, expiration (of time) कालपर्याययोगेन राजा मित्रसहो$भवत् Rām.7.65.17. -3 Regular recurrence or repetition. -4 Turn, succession, due or regular order; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36; Māl 9.32; Ms.4.87; Mu.3.27. -5 Method, arrangement. -6 Manner, way, method of proceeding. -7 A synonym, convertible term; पर्यायो निधनस्यायं निर्धनत्वं शरीरिणाम् Pt.2.99; पर्वतस्य पर्याया इमे &c. -8 An opportunity, occasion. -9 Creation, formation, preparation, manufacture; लोकपर्याय- वृत्तान्तं प्राज्ञो जानाति नेतरः Mb.12.174.3. -1 Comprehensiveness. -11 A strophe of a hymn. -12 Property, quality. -13 A means, stratagem (उपाय); न पर्यायो$स्ति यत् साम्यं त्वयि कुर्युर्विशांपते Mb.5.73.7. -14 End (अन्त); पर्यायकाले धर्मस्य प्राप्ते कलिरजायत Mb.5.74.12. -15 Contrariety, reverse; कालपर्यायमाज्ञाय मा स्म शोके मनः कृथाः Mb.6.2.5. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech; see K. P.1; Chandr.5.18,19; S. D.733. [Note. पर्यायेण is often used adverbially in the sense of : 1 in turn or succession, by regular gradation, (opp. तन्त्रेण); पर्यायेण क्रियायामेवं दोषः । तन्त्रेण तु क्रियायां भवति क्वचित् संभवः । ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -2 Occassionally, now and then; पर्यायेण हि दृश्यन्ते स्वप्नाः कामं शुभाशुभाः Ve.2.14]. -3 Alternately; मत्सदृशं किमपि पुरूपं मां च पर्यायेण निर्वर्ण- यन्ती Dk.5. -Comp. -अन्नम् food intended for another. -उक्तम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; it is a circumlocutory or periphrastic way of speaking, when the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis; e. g. see Chandr.5.66. or S. D.733. -क्रमः order of succession. -च्युत a. supplanted, superseded. -वचनम्, -शब्दः a synonym. -वाचकः a. expressing a corresponding notion. -शयनम् alternate sleeping and watching. -सेवा service by rotation; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36.

palalaḥ	पललः A demon, goblin, an evil spirit. -लम् 1 Flesh. -2 Mire, mud. -3 A sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar. -Comp. -आशयः swelled neck. -ज्वरः gall, bile. -प्रियः 1 a raven. -2 a demon.

paśuḥ	पशुः [सर्वमविशेषेण पश्यति, दृश्-कु पशादेशः] 1 Cattle (both singly and collectively); प्रजापतिर्हि वैश्याय सृष्ट्वा परिददे पशून् Ms.9.327,331. -2 An animal in general; a being; सर्वथा यत् पशून् पाति तैश्च यद् रमते पुनः तेषामधिपतिर्यच्च तस्मात् पशुपतिः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.7.22.123. -3 A sacrificial animal, such as a goat; an oblation, a victim. -4 A brute, beast; often added to words meaning 'man' to show contempt; a fool; भूतानि चात्मन्यपृथग्दिदृक्षतां प्रायेण रोषो$भिभवेद् यथा पशुम् Bhāg.4.6.46; पुरुषपशोश्च पशोश्च को विशेषः H.1; cf. नृपशु, नरपशु &c. -5 N. of a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers. -6 An uninitiated person. -7 The soul, the Supreme Spirit. -8 A sacrifice in which an animal is killed. -9 Fire. -Comp. -अवदानम् a sacrifice of animals. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule that the number is intended to be expressed and enjoined when the sense conveyed by the verb forms the principle matter of a sentence. Thus पशुमालभते means एकत्वपुंस्त्वविशिष्टं पशु- मालभते. This न्याय is established by जैमिनि in MS.4.1. 11-16 and 17 an explained by शबर in his भाष्य thereon discussing the text पशुमालभते. (This न्याय is to be contrasted with ग्रहैकत्वन्याय where the लिङ्ग and वचन are अविवक्षित q. v.). -कर्मन, क्रिया 1 the act of animalsacrifice. -2 copulation. -Comp. -गायत्री a Mantra whispered into the ear of an animal which is about to be sacrificed; it is a parody of the celebrated Gāyatrī q. v.; पशुपाशाय विद्महे शिरश्छेदाय (विश्वकर्मणे) धीमहि । तन्नो जीवः प्रचोदयात्. -घातः slaughter of animals for sacrifice. -घ्न a. slaughtering cattle; वृथापशुध्नः प्राप्नोति प्रेत्य जन्मनि जन्मनि Ms.5.38. -चर्या copulation. -देवता the deity to whom an animal is offered. -धर्मः 1 the nature or characteristics of cattle. -2 treatment of cattle. -3 promiscuous cohabitation; अयं (नियोगः) द्विजैर्हि विद्वद्भिः पशुधर्मो विगर्हितः Ms.9.66. -4 the marrying of widows. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -पः a herdsman. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; Me.38,58; पशुपतिरपि तान्यहानि कृच्छ्रादगमयदद्रिसुतासमा- गमोत्कः Ku.6.95. कस्त्वं ? शूली,.........पशुपतिर्नैव दृश्ये विषाणे Subhāṣ. -2 a herdsman, owner of cattle. -3 N. of a philosopher who taught the philosophical doctrine called पाशुपत; see Sarva. S. ad loc. -पालः, -पालकः a herdsman. पालनम्, -रक्षणम् the tending or rearing of cattle -पाशः 1 the cord with which the sacrificial animal is bound. -2 an animal sacrifice. -3 the bonds which enchain the individual soul, the world of sense. -पाश- कम् kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; स्त्रियमानतपूर्वाङ्गीं स्वपादान्तःपदद्वयम् । ऊर्ध्वांशेन रमेत् कामी बन्धो$यं पशुपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -प्रेरणम् the driving of cattle. -बन्धः an animal-sacrifice. -बन्धकः a rope for tethering cattle. -मतम् an erroneous or false doctrine. -मारम् ind. according to the manner of slaughtering animals; निष्पिष्यैनं बलाद्भूमौ पशुमारममारयत् Mb.1.154.3; Bhāg. 4.13.41; इष्टिपशुमारं मारितः Ś.6. -यज्ञः, -यागः, -द्रव्यम् an animal-sacrifice. -रज्जुः f. a cord for tethering cattle. -राजः a lion. -लोहितपः a fly. -ष a. Ved. giving cattle. -समाम्नायः a collection of names for animals. -संभवः a. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter, etc.); Ms.8.328. -हव्यम् an animal sacrifice; Ms.4.28.

pāṭhakaḥ	पाठकः [पठ्-ण्वुल्] 1 A teacher, lecturer, preceptor. पठकाः पाठकाश्चैव ये चान्ये शास्त्रचिन्तकाः । सर्वे व्यसनिनो मूर्खा यः क्रियावान् स पण्डितः Mb.3.313.11. -2 A public reader of the Purāṇas or other sacred books. -3 A spiritual teacher. -4 A pupil, student, scholar. -5 The text of a book.

pāṇiniḥ	पाणिनिः N. of a celebrated grammarian who is considered as an inspired muni, and is said to have derived the knowledge of his grammar from Śiva; येनाक्षरसमाम्नायमधिगम्य महेश्वरात् । कृत्स्नं व्याकरणं चक्रे तस्मै पाणिनये नमः ॥ Śekhara.

pānam	पानम् [पा-ल्युट्] 1 Drinking, quaffing, kissing (a lip); पयःपानम्; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -2 Drinking spirituous liquors; नहि धर्मार्थसिद्ध्यर्थं पानमेव प्रशस्यते Rām. 4.33.46. Ms.7.5;9.13; द्यूतपानप्रसक्ताश्च जघन्या राजसी गतिः 12.45. -3 A drink, beverage in general; Ms. 3.227; पयःपानं भुजङ्गानां केवलं विषवर्धनम् Pt.1.389. -4 A drinking vessel. -5 Sharpening; whetting. -6 Protection, defence. -7 A canal. -नः 1 A distiller. -2 Breath, expiration. -a. (in comp.) Drinking, one who drinks; विश्वं युगान्ते वटपत्र एकः शेते स्म मायाशिशुरङ्घ्रिपानः Bhāg.3.33.4. -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः, -रम् a tavern; Mb.12.88.14. -अत्ययः hard drinking. -गोष्ठिका, -गोष्ठी 1 a drinking party. -2 a dramshop, tavern. -पः a. drinking spirituous liquors; Mb.3.48.6. -पात्रम्, -भाजनम्, -भाण्डम् a drinking vessel, a goblet. -भूः, -भूमिः, -भूमी f. a drinking room; रणक्षितिः शोणितमद्य कुल्या रराज मृत्योरिव पानभूमिः R.7.49;19.11. -मण्डलम् a drinking party. -रत a. addicted to drinking. -वणिज् m. vendor of spirits. -विभ्रमः intoxication. -शौण्डः a hard drinker.

pānikaḥ	पानिकः A vendor of spirituous liquors, a distiller.

pāramārthika	पारमार्थिक a. (-की f.) [परमार्थाय हितं ठक्] 1 Relating to परमार्थ or the highest truth or spiritual knowledge. -2 Real, essential, truly or really existent; सत्ता त्रिविधा पारमार्थिकी, व्यावहारिकी, प्रातीतिकी च Vedānta. -3 Caring for truth, loving truth or right; न लोकः पारमार्थिकः Pt. 1.342. -4 Excellent, supremely good, best.

piṅga	पिङ्ग a. [पिञ्ज्-वर्णे अञ्च न्यङ्क्व ˚कुत्वम्] Reddish-brown, tawny, yellow-red; अन्तर्निविष्टामलपिङ्गतारम् (विलोचनम्) Ku. 7.33; Bhāg.4.5.13; Mv.5.44. -ङ्गः 1 The tawny colour. -2 A buffalo. -3 A rat. -ङ्गा 1 Turmeric. -2 Saffron. -3 A kind of yellow pigment. -4 An epithet of Durgā. -5 A bow-string. -6 A tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side. -ङ्गम् A young animal. -Comp. -अक्ष a. having reddish-brown eyes, red-eyed; विद्युद्विस्पष्टपिङ्गाक्षः Mb.1. 23.7. (-क्षः) 1 an ape. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ईक्षणः an epithet of Śiva. -ईशः an epithet of fire. -कपिशा a species of cockroach. -चक्षुस् m. a crab. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलः a carrot. -सारः yellow orpiment (Mar. हरताळ). -स्फटिकः 'yellow crystal', a kind of gem (गोमेद).

piśācaḥ	पिशाचः [पिशितमाचामति, आ + चम् बा˚ ड पृषो˚] A fiend, goblin, devil, spirit, malevolent being; नन्वाश्वासितः पिशाचो$पि भोजनेन V.2; Ms.1.37;12.44. -Comp. -आलयः phosphorescence. -चर्या the practice of पिशाचs -द्रुः a kind of tree. -बाधा, -संचारः demoniacal possession. -भाषा 'the language of devils', a gibberish or corruption of Sanskrit, one of the lowest Prākṛita dialects used in plays. -सभम् 1 an assemblage of fiends. -2 pandemonium, the hall of their assembly.

pṛthak	पृथक् ind. 1 Severally, separately, singly; शङ्खान् दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् Bg.1.18; Ms.3.26;7.57. -2 Different, separate, distinct; सांख्ययोगौ पृथग् बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः Bg.5.4;13.4; अवतीर्णो$सि भगवन् स्वेच्छोपात्तपृथग्वपुः Bhāg. 11.11.28; रचिता पृथगर्थता गिराम् Ki.2.27. -3 Apart, aside, alone; इति च भवतो जायास्नेहात् पृथक्स्थितिभीरुता V. 4.39. -4 Apart from, except, with the exception of, without; (with acc., instr., or abl.); पृथग् रामेण-रामात्- रामं वा Sk.; Bk.8.19. (पृथक् कृ 1 to separate, divide, sever, analyse. -2 to keep off, avert.) -Comp. -आत्मता 1 severalty, separateness. -2 distinction, difference. -3 discrimination, judgment. -आत्मन् a. distinct, separate. -m. the individual spirit or soul (जीवात्मा); (opp. to universal spirit or soul); Mb.13. 12.8; Bhāg.8.24.3. -आत्मिका individual existence, individuality. -करणम्, -क्रिया 1 separating, distinguishing. -2 analysing. -कार्यम् a separate or private affair; तेषां ग्राम्याणि कार्याणि पृथक् कार्याणि चैव हि Ms. 7.12. -कुल a. belonging to a different family. -क्षेत्राः m. (pl.) children of one father by different wives, or by wives of different classes. -चर a. going alone or separately. -जनः 1 a low man, an unenlightened, vulgar man, the mob, low people; न पृथग्- जनवच्छुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; Ki.1.4.24. -2 a fool, a block-head, an ignorant man; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः स्वयमेव स्वहितं पृथग्जनः Śi.16.39. -3 a wicked man, sinner. -धर्मिन् a. one holding 'dual' (द्वैत) doctrine; Mb.12.232.33. -पर्णी N. of a plant, Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. पिठवण). -पिण्डः a distant relation who offers the funeral rice-ball separately and not together with other relations; Ms.5.78. -बीजः the marking-nut (Mar. बिब्बा). -भावः separateness, individuality; (so पृथक्त्वम्). -योगकरणम् the separation of a grammatical rule into two. -रूपः a. of different shapes or kinds. -विध a. of different kinds, diverse, various. -शय्या sleeping apart. -स्थितिः f. separate existence.

paiṣṭika	पैष्टिक a. (-की f.) Made of flour or meal. -कम् 1 A number of cakes. -2 A spirituous liquor distilled from meal.

paiṣṭī	पैष्टी A spirituous liquor distilled from meal; cf. गौडी; गौडी पैष्टी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms.11.94.

pauruṣeya	पौरुषेय a. (-यी f.) [पुरुष-ठञ्] 1 Derived from or belonging to man, human, incidental to man; made, established or propounded by man; as in अपौरुषेया वै वेदाः -2 Manly, virile. -3 Spiritual. -यः 1 Man- slaughter (पुरुषवध). -2 A crowd of men. -3 A daylabourer, hireling. -4 Human action, man's work. -5 Law as affecting persons. -यम् Human work, action of man.

pauṣpa	पौष्प a. (-ष्पी f.) [पुष्प्-अण्] Relating to or coming from flowers, floral, flowery; धनुः पौष्पं मौर्वी मधुकरमयी पञ्च विशिखाः Ā. L. -ष्पी 1 N. of the town पाटलिपुत्र q. v. -2 A kind of spirituous liquor (made from flowers).

prakṛtiḥ	प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.

pragalbha	प्रगल्भ a. 1 Bold, confident. -2 Daring, brave, intrepid, spirited, courageous; Mb.12.318.64; इति प्रगल्भं पुरुषाधिराजो मृगाधिराजस्य वचो निशम्य R.2.41. -3 Bold in speech, eloquent; पुंवत् प्रगल्भा प्रतिहाररक्षी R.6.2. -4 Ready-witted, prompt. -5 Resolute, energetic. -6 Mature (as age); गुरुः प्रगल्भे$पि वयस्यतो$स्यास्तस्थौ निवृत्तान्य वराभिलाषः Ku.1.51. -7 Matured, developed, fullgrown, strong; प्रगल्भवाक् Ku.5.3 (प्रौढवाक्); Māl.9. 29; U.6.35. -8 Skilful; प्रगल्भवनितेव कन्यका प्रणनाम K.12. -9 Audacious, arrogant, officious, proud. -1 Shameless, impudent; मुखार्पणेषु प्रकृतिप्रगल्भाः (सिन्धूः) R.13.9. -11 Illustrious, eminent. -ल्भा 1 A bold woman. -2 A shrew, scolding woman. -3 A bold or mature woman, one of the classes of heroines in poetic composition; she is versed in all kinds of caresses, lofty of demeanour, possessed of no great modesty, of mature age, and ruling her husband; स्मरान्धा गाढतारुण्या समस्तरतकोविदा । भावोन्नता दरव्रीडा प्रगल्भा$$क्रान्त- नायका ॥ S. D.11 and examples quoted ad loc. -4 An epithet of Durgā.

pracud	प्रचुद् 1 U. 1 To impel, prompt, urge, incite; धियो यो नः प्रचोदयात् Gāyatrī.; चापलाय प्रचोदितः R.1.9. -2 To drive or urge on, push on. -3 To excite, inspire, encourage, incite, stimulate. -4 To enjoin, direct, prescribe. -5 To request, ask. -6 To fix, settle, determine. -7 To proclaim, announce; परिवेषयेत प्रयतो गुणान् सर्वान् प्रचोदयन् Ms.3.228.

praṇayaḥ	प्रणयः 1 Espousing, seizing (as in marriage); आबद्ध- कङ्कणकरप्रणयप्रसादमासाद्य Māl.6.14. -2 (a) Love, affection, fondness, attachment, liking, regard; साधारणो$य- मुभयोः प्रणयः स्मरस्यं V.2.16; साधारणो$यं प्रणयः Ś.3; (where in both cases sense 6 may do as well); Ś.6.8;5.23; Ms.17; R.6.12; Bh.2.42. (b) A wish, desire; longing; हरेरतुलविक्रमप्रणयलालसः साहसे Māl.8.7; Ś.7.16. -3 Friendly acquaintance or regard, friendship, intimacy; अजानता महिमानं तवेदं मया प्रमादात् प्रणयेन वापि Bg.11.41; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1.9. -4 Familiarity, confidence, trust; मया गृहीते सलिले$नेन कृतःप्रणयः Ś.5. -5 Favour, kindness, act of courtesy; अलंकृतो$स्मि स्वयंग्राह प्रणयेन भवता Mk.1;1.45. -6 An entreaty, request, solicitation; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वं संबन्धिनो मे प्रणयं विहन्तुम् R.2.58; V.4.13. -7 Reverence, obeisance. -8 Final beatitude. -9 A leader. -1 Conduct, guidance. (प्रणयेन confidentially, candidly; without reserve or ceremony; प्रणयात् openly, frankly). -Comp. -अपराधः an offence against friendship or love. -उन्मुख a. 1 disposed or about to declare one's love; विसृज सुन्दरि संगमसाध्वसं तव चिरात् प्रभृति प्रणयोन्मुखे M.4.13. -2 impatient through love. -उपेत a. candid, frank. -कलहः a lover's quarrel, a mock or feigned quarrel; नाप्यन्यस्मात् प्रणयकलहाद् विप्रयोगोपपत्तिः Me. (considered spurious by Malli.). -कुपित a. angry through love, feigning anger; त्वामा- लिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17. -क्रोपः feigned anger of a mistress towards her lover, coquettish anger. -पेशल a. soft through affection. -प्रकर्षः excessive love, intense attachment. -भङ्गः 1 breach of friendship. -2 faithlessness. -मानः the jealousy of love. -वचनम् expression of love. -विमुख a. 1 averse from love. -2 disinclined to friendship; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणय- विमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27. -विहतिः, -विघातः non-compliance, refusal (of a request &c.). -स्पृश् a. inspired by love; Māl.5.7.

pratāpaḥ	प्रतापः 1 Heat, warmth; अन्यप्रतापमासाद्य यो दृढत्वं न गच्छति (here प्रताप means 'prowess' also); Pt.1.17. -2 Radiance, glowing heat; अमी च कथमादित्याः प्रतापक्षति- शीतलाः Ku.2.24. -3 Splendour, brilliancy. -4 Dignity, majesty, glory; सर्वः प्रायो भजति विकृतिं भिद्यमाने प्रतापे Mv.2.4. -5 Courage, valour, heroism, प्रतापस्तस्य भानोश्च युगपद् व्यानशे दिशः R.4.15. (where प्रताप means 'heat' also); 4.3; शत्रुश्रेणीपतङ्गाञ्ज्वलति रघुपते त्वत्प्रतापप्रदीपः Udb.; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H. -6 Spirit, vigour, energy. -7 Ardour, zeal. -8 Issue of ultimatum; प्रेषणं सन्धिपालत्वं प्रतापो मित्रसंग्रहः Kau. A.1.16.

pratī	प्रती (प्रति-इ) 2 P. 1 To go back to, return; प्रतीयाय गुरोः सकाशम् R.5.35; Bk.3.19. -2 To go to, approach, turn to. -3 To fall to the lot of. -4 To reach, attain. -5 To believe, trust, be certain or sure of, rely on; कः प्रत्येति सैवेयमिति U.4;1.44; ततः परशुरामस्य न प्रतीमः पराभवम् Mv.2.14. -6 To learn, understand, know, प्रतीयते धातुरिवेहितं फलैः Ki.1.2; Śi.1.69. -7 To be well-known or celebrated; सो$यं वटः श्याम इति प्रतीतः R.13.53. -8 To be pleased or satisfied; प्रतिः प्रतीतः प्रसवोन्मुखीं प्रियाम् (ददर्श) R.3.12;16.23. -9 To face (an opponent); सहसैन्यानहं तांश्च प्रतीयां रणमूर्धनि Mb.5.172.13. -Pass. 1 To be recognized or perceived. -2 To be proved, turn out to be true. -3 To follow from anything (as a necessary result). -Caus. (प्रत्याययति) 1 To cause to believe; convince, inspire confidence; एष विवाद एव प्रत्याययति Ś.7;5.31; ताः खचारित्र्यमुद्दिश्य प्रत्याययतु मैथिली R.15.73. -To cause to perceive, bring to mind. -3 To Prove, demonstrate, show.

pratyāśvāsaḥ	प्रत्याश्वासः Respiration, recovery (of breath); एक- श्चाप्यगणः संख्ये प्रत्याश्वासमरोचयम् Mb.9.31.39.

pradhāna	प्रधान a. 1 Chief, principal, pre-eminent, main, best, most excellent; as in; प्रधानामात्य, प्रधानपुरुष &c.; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह Ms.7.23; प्रधानफलं वा आनुषङ्गिकं वा सर्वमेव आधातरि समवेतुमर्हति ŚB. on. MS.6.2.1; 'यस्मिन् कुले यः पुरुषः प्रधानः स सर्वयत्नेन हि रक्षणीयः'. -2 Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. -नम् 1 The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; न परिचयो मलिनात्मनां प्रधानम् Śi.7.61; G. L.18; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; शमप्रधानेषु तपो- धनेषु Ś.2.7; गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79. -2 The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to Sāṅkhya philosophy; न पुनरपि प्रधानवादी अशब्दत्वं प्रधानस्या सिद्धमित्याह Ś. B.; see प्रकृति also; प्रधानक्षेत्रज्ञपतिर्गुणेशः Śvet. Up.6.16; एतस्याद्या प्रवृत्तिस्तु प्रधानात् संप्रवर्तते Mb.12.25.25. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 Intellect, understanding; एको मयेह भगवान् विबुधप्रधानैश्चित्तीकृतः प्रजननाय कथं नु यूयम् Bhāg.4.1.28. -5 The principal member of a compound. -नः, -नम् 1 The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant). -2 A noble, courtier. -3 An elephant-driver. -4 The commander-in-chief. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the principal branch or part of anything. -2 the chief member of the body. -3 the principal or most eminent person in a state. -अमात्यः the prime-minister, premier. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्तम a. 1 eminent, most illustrious. -2 warlike, brave. -कर्मन् n., कार्यम् 1 the chief business, the principal act; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. -2 (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment. -कारणवादः the doctrine that प्रधान is the original cause (according to Sāṅkhyas). -धातुः the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile. -पुरुषः 1 the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.) Ms.7.23; Pt.3.138. ˚अतीतः transcending प्रधान and पुरुष (matter and spirit). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. 1 most distinguished. -2 receiving the chief share. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister. -वादिन् m. one who asserts the Sāṅkhya doctrine (of प्रधान). -वासस् n. a principal garment; (du.) the two chief garments. -वृष्टिः f. a heavy shower of rain. -शिष्ट a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance. -सभिकः the chief of a gambling house.

pradhmāpanam	प्रध्मापनम् A remedy for assisting respiration in any obstruction of the air-passages.

prapitāmahaḥ	प्रपितामहः 1 A paternal great-grandfather. -2 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रजापतिस्त्वं प्रपितामहश्च Bg.11.39. -3 Of Brahman. -4 Of the Supreme Spirit. -ही A paternal great-grandmother; पितामही च स्वेनैव स्वेनैव प्रपितामही Dāyabhāga.

pramanas	प्रमनस् a. 1 (Vedic) Careful, tender. -2 Delighted, happy, cheerful, in good spirits; नृपस्य नातिप्रमनाः सदोगृहं सुदक्षिणासूनुरपि न्यवर्तत R.3.67.

pramāṇam	प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed.

pramīlā	प्रमीला 1 Sleepiness, lassitude, enervation of spirits; स्वदृशोर्जनयन्ति सान्त्वनां ... उदयप्रत्मीलयोः N.2.21. -2 N. of a woman, sovereign of a kingdom of women. She fought with Arjuna when his horse entered her territory, but she was conquered and became his wife.

pralayaḥ	प्रलयः 1 Destruction, annihilation, dissolution; स्थानानि किं हिमवतः प्रलयं गतानि Bh.3.7,69; प्रलयं नीत्वा Si.11.66. 'causing to disappear'. -2 The destruction of the whole universe (at the end of a kalpa), universal destruction; Ku.2.8; अहं कृत्स्नस्य जगतः प्रभवः प्रलय- स्तथा Bg.7.6. -3 Any extensive destruction or devastation. -4 Death, dying, destruction; प्रारब्धाः प्रलयाय मांसवदहो विक्रेतुमेते वयम् Mu.5.21;1.14; यदा सत्त्वे प्रवृद्धे तु प्रलयं याति देहभृत् Bg.14.14. -5 Swoon, fainting, loss of consciousness, syncope; प्रलयान्तोन्मिषिते विलोचने Ku.4.2. -6 (In Rhet.) Loss of consciousness, considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; प्रलयः सुखदुःखाद्यै- र्गाढमिन्द्रियमूर्छनम् Pratāparudra. -7 The mystic syllable om. -8 Spiritual unification (लय); बुद्धिः कर्मगुणैर्हीना यदा मनसि वर्तते । तदा संपद्यते ब्रह्म तत्रैव प्रलयं गतम् ॥ Mb.12.24. 17. -9 Sleepiness. -Comp. -कालः the time of universal destruction. -घनः, -जलधरः a cloud at the dissolution of the world. -दहनः the fire at the dissolution of the world. -पयोधिः the ocean at the dissolution of the world.

praviṣaṇṇa	प्रविषण्ण a. Dejected, spiritless.

pravartaka	प्रवर्तक a. (-र्तिका f.) 1 Setting on foot, founding. -2 Advancing, promoting, furthering. -3 Producing, causing, ...... कृतिसाध्यताज्ञानं वा प्रवर्तकमिति जरन्नैयायिकाः. -4 Prompting, urging, inducing, instigating (in a bad sense). -कः 1 An originator, founder, author. -2 A prompter, instigator. -3 An arbiter, umpire. -कम् The entrance of a character on the stage.

praśāsakaḥ	प्रशासकः 1 A director, ruler. -2 A spiritual preceptor.

praśnaḥ	प्रश्नः [प्रच्छ्-भावे नङ्] 1 A question, query; an inquiry, interrogation (अविज्ञातप्रवचनं प्रश्न इत्यभिधीयते); अनामयप्रश्न- पूर्वकम् Ś.5 'with an inquiry about (your) well-being or health.' -2 A judicial inquiry or investigation. -3 A point at issue, a subject of controversy, controverted or disputed point; इति प्रश्न उपस्थितः. -4 A problem for solution or calculation; अहं ते प्रश्नं दास्यामि Mk. -5 Inquiry into the future. -6 A short section of a work. -7 Basket-work. -8 A task or lesson (in Vedic recitation). -Comp. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an Upaniṣad consisting of six questions and six answers. -कथा a story containing a question. -दूतिः, -ती f. a riddle, an enigma. -पूर्वकेन ind. after examination; Hch. -वादिन् a fortune-teller. -विवाकः an arbitrator, umpire.

praślatha	प्रश्लथ a. 1 Very loose or flaccid. -2 Spiritless, unnerved.

praśvāsaḥ	प्रश्वासः Breath, respiration; श्वासप्रश्वासयोर्गतिविच्छेदः प्राणायामः Pātañjala S.

prasanna	प्रसन्न p. p. 1 Pure, clear, bright, limpid, pellucid, transparent; प्रसन्नदिक्पांसुविविक्तवातम् Ku.1.23;7.74; कूलंकषेव सिन्धुः प्रसन्नमम्भस्तटतरुं च Ś.5.21. -2 Pleased, delighted, propitiated, soothed; मया प्रसन्नेन तवार्जुनेदं रूपं परं दर्शितमात्मयोगात् Bg.11.47; गङ्गां शरन्नयति सिन्धुपतिं प्रसन्नाम् Mu.3.9; गम्भीरायाः पयसि सरितश्चेतसीव प्रसन्ने Me.42 (where the first sense is also intended); Ku.5.35; R.2.68. -3 Kind, kindly disposed, gracious, propitious; अवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् R.2.63. -4 Plain, open, clear, easily intelligible (as meaning). -5 True, correct; प्रसन्नस्ते तर्कः V.2; प्रसन्नप्रायस्ते तर्कः Māl.1. -6 Settled down, tranquil. -न्ना 1 Propitiation, pleasing. -2 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. gracious-minded, propitious. (-m.) N. of Viṣṇu. -ईरा spirituous liquor. -कल्प a. 1 almost calm. -2 almost true. -मुख, -वदन a. gracious-looking, with a pleased countenance, smiling. -रस a. clear-juiced. -सलिल a. having clear water.

prasravaṇam	प्रस्रवणम् 1 Flowing or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, dripping. -2 Flow or discharge of milk from the breast or udder; (वृक्षकान्) घटस्तनप्रस्रवणैर्व्यवर्धयत् Ku. 5.14. -3 A fall of water, cascade, cataract. -4 A spring, fountain; नानामलप्रस्रवणैः Bhāg.4.6.11; समाचिता प्रस्रवणैः समन्ततः Ṛs.2.16; Ms.8.248; Y.1.159. -5 A spout. -6 A pool formed by the mountain streams. -7 Sweat, perspiration. -8 Voiding urine. -णः N. of a mountain; जनस्थानमध्यगो गिरिः प्रस्रवणो नाम U.1.

prasvinna	प्रस्विन्न p. p. Sweated, perspired.

prasvedaḥ	प्रस्वेदः 1 Excessive perspiration. -2 An elephant.

prasvedita	प्रस्वेदित p. p. 1 Covered with sweat, perspired, sweating. -2 Causing perspiration, hot.

prahṛṣ	प्रहृष् 4 P. 1 To be glad, to rejoice; न प्रहृष्येत् प्रियं प्राप्य Bg.5.2;11.36. -2 To stand on end, bristle (as hair of the body). -3 To rejoice beforehand, anticipate pleasure. -Caus. 1 To gladden, exhilarate, delight. -2 To encourage, inspirit; प्रहर्षयेद्बलं व्यूह्य तांश्च सम्यक् परीक्षयेत् Ms.7.194.

prāṇ	प्राण् 2 P. 1 To breathe, respire, inhale air. -2 To live, be alive; यदहं पुनरेव प्राणिमि K.35, प्राणिमस्तव मानार्थम् Bk.4.38. -3 Ved. To blow (as the wind).

prāṇaḥ	प्राणः 1 Breath, respiration. -2 The breath of life, vitality, life, vital air, principle of life (usually pl. in this sense, the Prāṇas being five; प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान); प्राणैरुपक्रोशमलीमसैर्वा R.2.53;12.54; (हृदि प्राणो गुदे$पानः समानो नाभिसंस्थितः । उदानः कण्ठदेशस्थो व्यानः सर्वशरीरगः ॥). -3 The first of the five life-winds or vital airs (which has its seat in the lungs); अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणे$पानं तथापरे । प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायाम- परायणाः ॥ Bg.4.29. -4 Wind, air inhaled. -5 Energy, vigour, strength, power; as in प्राणसार q. v.; युद्धातिथ्यं प्रदास्यामि यथाप्राणं निशाचर Rām.3.5.28; Bhāg.8.2.29; सर्वप्राणप्रवणमघवन्मुक्तमाहत्य वक्षः Mv.1.45. -6 The spirit or soul (opp. शरीर). -7 The Supreme Spirit; इमानि भूतानि प्राणमेवाभिसंविशन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.11.5. -8 An organ of sense; स्पृष्ट्वैतानशुचिर्नित्यमद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् । गात्राणि चैव सर्वाणि नाभिं पाणितलेन तु ॥ Ms.4.143; मरीचिमिश्रा ऋषयः प्राणेभ्यो$हं च जज्ञिरे Bhāg.1.6.31. -9 Any person or thing as dear and necessary as life, a beloved person or object; कोशः कोशवतः प्राणाः प्राणाः प्राणा न भूपतेः H.2.9; अर्थपतेर्विमर्दको बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. -1 The life or essence of poetry, poetical talent or genius; inspiration. -11 Aspiration; as in महाप्राण or अल्पप्राण q. v. -12 Digestion. -13 A breath as a measure of time. -14 Gum-myrrh. -15 Life, living (जीवन); दैवं च दैवसंयुक्तं प्राणश्च प्राणदश्च ह । अपेक्षापूर्वकरणादशुभानां शुभं फलम् ॥ Mb.12.36.14. -16 Food (अन्न); अनस्तिकानां भूतानां प्राणदाः पितरश्च ये Mb.12.12.4. -17 N. of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and other gods. -Comp. -अतिपातः killing a living being, taking away life. -अत्ययः loss of life. -अधिक a. 1 dearer than life. -2 superior in strength or vigour. -अधिनाथः a husband. -अधिपः the soul. -अन्तः death; capital punishment; अब्राह्मणः संग्रहणे प्राणान्तं दण्डमर्हति Ms.8.359. -अन्तिक a. 1 fatal, mortal. -2 lasting to the end of life, ending with life. -3 dangerous. -4 capital (as a sentence); अज्ञानात् वारुणीं पीत्वा संस्कारेणैव शुद्ध्यति । मतिपूर्वमनिर्देश्यं प्राणान्तिकमिति स्थितिः ॥ Ms. 11.146. (-कम्) murder. -अपहारिन् a. fatal, destructive to life. -अपानम्, -नौ air inhaled and exhaled; प्राणापाना- न्तरे देवी वाग्वै नित्यं प्रतिष्ठिता Mañjūṣā. -अयनम् an organ of sense; (सुप्तिमूर्च्छोपतापेषु प्राणायनविघाततः । नेहते$हमिति ज्ञानं मृत्युप्रज्वारयोरपि ॥ Bhāg.4.29.72. -आघातः destruction of life, killing a living being; प्राणाघातान्निवृत्तिः Bh.3.63. -आचार्यः a physician to a king. -आत्मन् m. the vital or animal soul. -आद a. fatal, mortal, causing death. -आबाधः injury to life; प्राणाबाधयुक्तास्वापत्सु Kau. A.1.8. -आयामः restraining or suspending the breath during the mental recitation of the names or attributes of a deity. -आहुतिः f. an oblation to the five Prāṇas. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a lover, husband; नीचैः शंस हृदि स्थितो हि ननु मे प्राणेश्वरः श्रोष्यति Amaru.67; बाला लोलविलोचना शिव शिव प्राणेशमालोकते Bv.2.57. -2 wind. -ईशा, -ईश्वरी a wife, beloved, mistress. -उत्क्रमणम्, -उत्सर्गः departure of the soul, death. -उपहारः food. -कर a. refreshing or reviving the spirits; सद्यो मांसं नवान्नं च बाला स्त्री क्षीरभोजनम् । क्षीर- मुष्णोदकं चैव सद्यः प्राणकराणि षट् ॥ Chāṇakya. -कर्मन् n. Vital function. -कृच्छ्रम्, -बाधा peril of life, a danger to life. -ग्रहः the nose. -घातक a. destructive to life. -घोषः the sound from the ears when the fingers are put therein; छिद्रप्रतीतिश्छायायां प्राणघोषानुपश्रुतिः Bhāg.1.42.29. -घ्नः a. fatal, life-destroying. -चयः increase of strength. -छिद् a. 1 murderous. -2 destructive. -छेदः murder. -त्यागः 1 suicide; वरं प्राणत्यागो न च पिशुनवाक्येष्वभिरुचिः H.1. -2 death. -द a. life-giving. (-दम्) 1 water. -2 blood. (-दः) 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Brahmā. -3 Terminalia Tomentosa (Mar. ऐन). -दा Terminalia Chebula (Mar. हिरडा). -दक्षिणा gift of life; प्राणदक्षिणां दा 'to grant one his life'. -दण्डः capital punishment. -दयितः a husband. -दातृ a. 'life-giver', saviour, deliverer. -दानम् 1 resigning life. -2 the gift of life, saving one's life. -दुरोदरम्, -द्यूतम् fighting for life. -दृह् a. Sustaining or prolonging the breath. -द्रोहः an attempt upon any body's life. -धार a. living, animate. (-रः) a living being. -धारणम् 1 maintenance or support of life. -2 vitality. -3 a means of supporting life. -नाथः 1 a lover, husband. -2 an epithet of Yama. -निग्रहः restraint of breath, checking the breath. -पतिः 1 a lover, husband. -2 the soul; बुद्धिं समाच्छाद्य च मे समान्युरुद्भूयते प्राणपतिः शरीरे Mb.3. 269.4. -3 a physician. -पत्नी the voice. -परिक्रयः staking one's life. -परिक्षीण a. one whose life is drawing to a close. -परिग्रहः possession of life, life, existence. -प्रद, -दायक, -दायिन् a. restoring or saving life. -प्रयाणम् departure of life, death. -प्रियः 'as dear as life', a lover, husband. -भक्ष a. feeding on air only. -भास्वत् m. the ocean. -भृत् a. possessed of life, living, animate, sentient. (-m.) a living being; अन्तर्गतं प्राणभृतां हि वेद R.2.43. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -मोक्षणम् 1 departure of life, death. -2 suicide. -यमः = प्राणायाम q. v. -यात्रा 1 support of life; maintenance, livelihood; पिण्डपात- मात्रप्राणयात्रां भगवतीम् Māl.1. -2 the act of breathing. -यात्रिक requisite for subsistence; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यात् Ms.6.57. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 wind. (-f.) the source of life. -रन्ध्रम् 1 the mouth. -2 a nostril. -रोधः 1 suppressing the breath. -2 danger to life. -वल्लभा a mistress, wife. -विद्या the science of breath or vital airs. -विनाशः, -विप्लवः loss of life, death. -वियोगः separation of the soul from the body, death. -वृत्तिः f. a vital function. -व्ययः cost or sacrifice of life. -शरीरः the Supreme Being; स क्रतुं कुर्वीत मनोमयः प्राणशरीरः Ch. Up. -संयमः suspension of breath. -संशयः, -संकटम्, -संदेहः risk or danger to life, peril of life, a very great peril. -संहिता a manner of reciting the Vedic text. -सद्मन् n. the body. -सम a. as dear as life. (-मः) a husband, lover. (-मा) a wife; नूनं प्राणसमावियोगविधुरः स्तम्बेरमस्ताम्यति Māl.9.33. -सार a. 'having life as the essence', full of strength and vigour, muscular; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं (गात्रं) विभर्ति Ś.2.4. -हर, -हारिन् a. causing death, taking away life, fatal; पुरो मम प्राणहरो भविष्यसि Gīt.7. -2 capital. -हारक a. fatal. (-कम्) a kind of deadly poison.

prāṇanaḥ	प्राणनः 1 The throat. -2 Water. -नम् 1 Respiration, breathing. -2 Life, living. -3 Producing.

prāvṛtiḥ	प्रावृतिः f. 1 An enclosure, a hedge, fence. -2 Spiritual darkness.

prāśnika	प्राश्निक a. Containing questions. -कः 1 An examiner. -2 An umpire, an arbitrator, a judge; विनिर्वत्य रणोत्साहं मुहूर्तं प्राश्निको भव Rām.3.27.4; Bhāg.1.61.33; अहो प्रयोगाभ्यन्तरः प्राश्निकः M.2; तद्भगवत्या प्राश्निकपदमध्या- सितव्यम् M.1.

prāsādaḥ	प्रासादः [प्रसीदत्यस्मिन् प्र + सद् आधारे घञ् दीर्घः] 1 A palace, mansion, any large palatial building; भिक्षुः कुटीयति प्रासादे Sk.; Me.66. -2 A royal mansion. -3 A temple, shrine. -4 A raised platform for spectators. -5 Terrace; ततो दुर्योधनगृहं प्रासादैरुपशोभितम् Mb.12.44.6. -Comp. -अङ्गनम् the court-yard of a palace or temple. -आरोहणम् entering or going up into a palace. -कुक्कुटः a tame pigeon. -गर्भः an inner apartment in a palace. -तलम् the surface or flat roof of a palace. -पृष्ठः a balcony on the top of a palace; अथ प्रासादपृष्ठे सुखोपविष्टानां राजपुत्राणां ...... H. -प्रतिष्ठा the consecration of a temple. -प्रस्तरः the flat roof of a house. -मण्डना a kind of orpiment. -शायिन् a. sleeping in a palace. -शिखरः, -शृङ्गम् the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple, a turret; प्रासादशिखरस्थो$पि काकः किं गरुडायते Pt.

priya	प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary.

prītiḥ	प्रीतिः [प्री भावे क्तिच्] f. Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, delight, gladness, joy, gratification; निहत्य धार्त- राष्ट्रान् नः का प्रीतिः स्याज्जनार्दन Bg.1.36; Bhāg.1.23.32. भुवनालोकनप्रीतिः Ku.2.45;6.21; R.2.51; Me.64. -2 Favour, kindness. -3 Love, affection, regard; प्रीतिप्रमुख- वचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4,16; R.1.57;12.54. -4 Liking or fondness for, delight in, addiction to; द्यूत˚, मृगया˚. -5 Friendliness, amity. -6 Conciliation. -7 A symbolical expression for the letter ध. -9 N. of a wife of Cupid and rival of Rati; (स चानङ्गवती वेश्या कामदेवस्य सांप्रतम् । पत्नी, सपत्नी संजाता रत्याः प्रीतिरिति श्रुता ॥ Matsya P.). -1 Longing (अभिलाषा); प्रीतिरेषा कथं रामो राजा स्यान्मयि जीवति ॥ एषा ह्यस्य परा प्रीतिर्हृदि संपरिवर्तते । Rām.2.1.36-37. -11 N. of a श्रुति. -12 The 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. -Comp. -कर a. producing love, kind, agreeable. -कर्मन् n. an act of friendship or love, a kind action. -च्छेदः destruction of joy; Mk. -जुषा N. of the wife of अनिरुद्ध. -तृष् m. N. of cupid. -द a. inspiring love; giving pleasure, pleasing. (-दः) a jester or buffoon in a play. -दत्त a. given through affection. (-दत्तम्) property given to a female by her relatives, particularly by her father-in law or mother-in-law at the time of marriage; प्रीत्या दत्तं तु यत् किंचित् श्वश्र्वा वा श्वशुरेण वा । पाद- वन्दनिकं चैव प्रीतिदत्तं तदुच्यते ॥ Kātyāyana. -दानम्, -दायः a gift of love, a friendly present; तदवसरो$यं प्रीतिदायस्य Māl.4; R.15.68. -धनम् money given through love or friendship. -पात्रम् an object of love, any beloved person or object. -पुरोग a. affectionate, loving. -पूर्वम्, पूर्वकम् ind. kindly, affectionately. -प्रमुख a. friendly, affectionate, full of love, kind; Me.4. -भाज् a. 1 enjoying friendship, loved. -2 Contented; स्तनभरनमिताङ्गीरङ्गनाः प्रीति- भाजः Ki.6.47. -मनस् a. 1 delighted in mind, pleased, happy. -2 kind, affectionate. -मय a. arising from love or joy. -युज् a. dear, affectionate, beloved; सखीनिव प्रीति- युजो$नुजीविनः Ki.1.1. -रसायनम् 1 a collyrium made of love; मित्रं प्रीतिरसायनं नयनयोः H.183. -2 Any nectar-like beverage causing joy. -वचस् n., -वचनम् a friendly or kind speech. -वर्धन a. increasing love or joy. (-नः) an epithet of Viṣṇu; प्रियकृत् प्रीतिवर्धनः Viṣṇusahasranāma. -वादः a friendly discussion. -विवाहः a love-marriage, love-match (based purely on love). -श्राद्धम् a sort of Śrāddha or obsequial ceremony performed in honour of the manes of both parents. -संयोगः relation of friendship. -संगतिः friendly alliance. -स्निग्ध a. moist or wet through love (as the eyes).

preta	प्रेत p. p. [प्र-इ-क्त] Departed from this world, dead, deceased; स्वजनाश्रु किलातिसंततं दहति प्रेतमिति प्रचक्षते R.8.86. -तः 1 The departed spirit, the spirit before obsequial rites are performed. -2 A ghost, evil spirit; प्रेतान् भूतगणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4; Ms.12.71. -3 The inhabitant of hell (नारक); शुश्रुवुर्दारुणा वाचः प्रेतानामिव भारत Mb.6.46.19. -4 The manes (पितर); प्रथिता प्रेतकृत्यैषा पित्र्यं नाम विधुक्षये । तस्मिन् युक्तस्यैति नित्यं प्रेतकृत्यैव लौकिकी ॥ Ms.3.127. -Comp. -अधिपः an epithet of Yama. -अन्नम् food offered to the manes. -अयनः N. of a particular hell. -अस्थि n. the bone of a dead man. ˚धारिन् an epithet of Śiva. -आवासः a burialground, cemetery. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः an epithet of Yama. -उद्देशः an offering to the manes. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, -कृत्या obsequial or funeral rites; Ms.3.127. -कायः a corpse. -कार्यम् see प्रेतकर्मन्; तस्य स प्रेतकार्याणि कृत्वा सर्वाणि भारत Mb.3.138.7. -गत a. dead. -गृहम् a cemetery. -गोपः the keeper of the dead. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दाहः the burning of the dead, cremation. -धूमः the smoke issuing from a funeral pile. -नदी the river वैतरिणी. -नरः a goblin, ghost. -निर्यातकः, -निर्हारकः a man employed to carry dead bodies; प्रेतनिर्यातकश्चैव वर्जनीयाः प्रयत्नतः Ms.3.166. -पक्षः 'the fortnight of the manes', N. of the dark half of Bhādrapada when offerings in honour of the manes are usually performed; cf. पितृपक्ष. -पटहः a drum beaten at a funeral. -पतिः Yama (the Indian 'Pluto'). -पात्रम् a vessel used in a Śrāddha ceremony. -पुरम् the city of Yama. -भावः death. -भूमिः f. a cemetery. -मेधः a funeral sacrifice. -राक्षसी the holy basil (तुलसी). -राजः an epithet of Yama. -लोकः the world of the dead; प्रेत- लोकं परित्यज्य आगता ये महालये Ulkādānamantra. -वनम् a cemetery. -वाहित a. possessed by a ghost. -शरीरम् the body of the departed spirit. -शुद्धिः f., -शौचम् purification after the death of a relative. -श्राद्धम् an obsequial offering made to a departed ralative during the year of his death. -हारः 1 one who carries a dead body. -2 a near relative.

pretikaḥ	प्रेतिकः A ghost, spirit.

phalakin	फलकिन् a. 1 Boarded. -2 Armed with a shield. -m. 1 A wooden bench. -2 Sandal-wood (n. also). -3 (also फलिः and फल्लकिन्) A kind of small fish (Mystus Kapirat); L. D. B.

bandhuḥ	बन्धुः [बध्नाति मनः स्नेहादिना बन्ध्-उ] 1 A relation, kinsman, relative in general; यत्र द्रुमा अपि मृगा अपि बन्धवो मे U.3.8; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Ś.6.23; Bg.6.9; Ms.2.136. -2 Any one connected or associated with another, a brother; प्रवासबन्धुः a brothertraveller; धर्मबन्धुः a spiritual brother; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवासबन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -3 (In law) A cognate kinsman, one's own kindred or kinsmen generally; (three kinds are enumerated :-- आत्म˚ personal, पितृ˚ paternal, and मातृ˚ maternal; see these three words). -4 A friend (in general); as in बन्धुकृत्य below; oft. at the end of comp.; मकरन्दगन्धबन्धो Māl.1.38 'a friend of, (i. e.) charged with fragrance'; &c.; 9.13. -5 A husband; वैदेहिबन्धोर्हृदयं विदद्रे R.14.33. -6 A father. -7 A mother. -8 A brother. -9 The tree called बन्धुजीव q. v. -1 One who belongs to or is connected with any tribe or profession only nominally; i. e. one who belongs to it, but does not do the duties pertaining thereto (often used by way of contempt); स्वयमेव ब्रह्मबन्धुनोद्भिन्नो दुर्गप्रयोगः M.4; cf. क्षत्रबन्धु. -11 Connection, relationship, association in general; समुद्र एवास्य बन्धुः Bṛi. Up.1.1.2; B. R.3.89. -12 A controller, governor; (नमः) गुणत्रयाभासनिमित्तबन्धवे Bhāg.6.4.23. -13 (In astrol.) N. of the 3rd mansion. -Comp. -काम a. affectionate towards kinsmen. -कृत्यम् 1 the duty of a kinsman; त्वयि तु परिसमाप्तं बन्धुकृत्यं प्रजानाम् Ś.5.8. -2 the business of a friend, a friendly or kind act or service; कच्चित् सौम्य व्यवसितमिदं बन्धुकृत्यं त्वया मे Me.116. -जनः 1 a relative, kinsman. -2 kindred, kinsmen taken collectively. -जीवः, -जीवकः N. of a tree; दृश्यन्ते बन्धुजीवाश्च श्यामाश्च गिरिसानुषु Rām.4.3.62; बन्धुजीवमधुरा- धरपल्लवमुल्लसितस्मितशोभम् Gīt.2; R.11.24. -दग्धः an abandoned wretch (हतक). -दत्तम् a kind of Strīdhana or woman's property, the property given to a girl by her relatives at the time of marriage; बन्धुदत्तं तथा शुल्कमन्वा- धेयकमेव च Y.2.144; बान्धवा भ्रातरो बन्धुदत्तप्रदेन कन्यादशायां यत् पितृभ्यां दत्तं तदुच्यते Dāy. B. -दायादः kinsman and heir; Ms.9.158. -a. entitled to inheritance by relationship. -प्रिय a. dear to friends or relations. -प्रीतिः f. 1 love of a relative; बन्धुप्रीत्या Me.51 (v. l.). -2 love for a friend. -भावः 1 friendship. -2 relationship. -वर्गः kinsmen, kindred. -हीन a. destitute of relatives or friends.

balkasam	बल्कसम् Dregs or sediment left in the distillation of ardent spirits; Śat. Br.

bahis	बहिस् ind. 1 Out of, outside (with abl.); निवस- न्नावसथे पुराद्बहिः R.8.14;11.29. -2 On the outside, out of doors (opp. अन्तः); बहिर्गच्छ -3 Externally, outwardly; अन्तर्बहिः पुरत एव विवर्तमानाम् Māl.1.4,14; H. 1.94 -4 Apart, separately. -5 Beside, except. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. outer, external. (-गम्) 1 an external part. -2 an outer limb. -3 property. -4 a stranger. -5 the preliminary part of a religious ceremony. -6 What is remotely related or connected; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्गयोरन्तरङ्गं बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अर्थः an external object. -इन्द्रियम् an external organ or sense, an organ of action. -उपाधिः an external condition or circumstance; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन् प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते Māl.1.24. -कुटीचरः a crab. -गीतम् a song accompanied by a stringed instrument. -गेहम् ind. out of doors, abroad. -चर a. outer, external, outward; बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. (-रः) a crab. -तपस् n. outward penance. -दृश् a. superficial (in judgment). -देशः 1 a foreign country. -2 the outskirts of a village. -3 a place without a town or village. -द्वारम् an outer door. ˚प्रकोष्ठकम् a portico. -निःसारणम् expulsion. -पवमानम् a Sāma in the Somayāga; ते ह यथैवेदं बहिष्पवमानेन स्तोष्यमाणाः संरब्धाः Ch. Up.1.12.4. -प्रज्ञ a. One whose knowledge is directed towards external objects; बहिष्प्रज्ञो विभुर्विश्वो ह्यन्तः प्रज्ञस्तु तैजसः Āgama.1. -प्राणः 1 the external or outer breath or life; (hence) anything as dear as life. -2 money; Bhāg.5.14.5. -भव a. external. -भवनम् emanation. -भूत a. 1 expelled. -2 expired (time &c.). -3 inattentive, careless. -मनस् a. being outside the mind; external. -मनस्क a. out of mind. -मुख a. 1 turning one's face away from. -2 averse from, indifferent to. -3 greatly devoted to external things. -4 coming out of the mouth. (-खः) a god or deity. -यात्रा, -यानम् excursion, expedition abroad. -यूति a. placed or fastened outside. -योगः 1 external meditation. -लम्ब a. obtuse-angled. (-म्बः) an obtuseangled triangle. -लापिका a kind of enigma. -वर्तिन् a. being on the outside. -वासस् n. an outer or upper garment. -विकारः syphilis. -a. ind. free from change; बहिर्विकारं प्रकृतेः पृथग् विदुः Śi.1.33. -वृत्तिः f. an external aspect or appearance; अन्तर्विषमया ह्येता बहिर्वृत्त्या मनोरमाः । गुञ्जाफलसमाकाराः स्वभावादेव योषितः ॥ Pt.4.87. -व्यसनम् licentiousness, immorality, evil or lewd practices -व्यसनिन् a. dissolute, lewd. -संस्थ a. lying or situated outside (the town). -स्थ, -स्थित a. external, outer.

buddha	बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.

buddhiḥ	बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.

budhāna	बुधान a. [बुध्-आनच् किच्च] 1 One who teaches the Vedas. -2 Speaking kindly. -3 Wise, learned, prudent. -4 Waking (Ved.); ऋतस्य देवीः सदसो बुधाना Rv.4.51.8; 7.68.9. 1 A wise man, sage. -2 A holy teacher, spiritual guide.

baijika	बैजिक a. (-की f.) [बीजेन निर्वृंत्तं ठक्] 1 Seminal; बैजिकं गार्भिकं चैनो द्विजानामपमृज्यते Ms.2.27. -2 Original. -3 Relating to conception. -4 Relating to sexual union; बैजिकादभिसंबन्धादनुरुन्ध्यादघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63. -कः A sprout, young shoot. -कम् 1 Cause, source, origin. -2 The spiritual cause of existence, soul, spirit. -3 Oil of the शिग्रु plants.

brahman	ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

brahmam	ब्रह्मम् The Supreme Spirit, the Absolute.

brahmatā	ब्रह्मता त्वम् 1 Absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -2 Divine nature. -3 Godhead. -4 The state of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmaṇahood.

brahmamaya	ब्रह्ममय a. Consisting of or derived from, the Veda, belonging to the Veda or spiritual pre-eminence; ज्वलन्निव ब्रह्ममयेन तेजसा Ku.5.3. -2 Fit for a Brāhmaṇa. -यम् A missile presided over by Brahman.

brahmavat	ब्रह्मवत् a. Possessed of spiritual knowledge.

brahmasāt	ब्रह्मसात् ind. 1 To the state of Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -2 To the care of Brāhmaṇas.

brāhma	ब्राह्म a. (-ह्मी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं तेन प्रोक्तं वा अण् टिलोपः] 1 Relating to Brahman or the creator, or to the Supreme Spirit; R.13.6; Ms.2.4; एषा ब्राह्मी स्थितिः पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति Bg.2.72. -2 Brahmanical, belonging to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मं रथवरं युक्तमास्थाय सुधृतव्रतः Rām. 2.5.4; न विशेषो$स्ति वर्णानां सर्वं ब्राह्ममिदं जगत् Mb.12.188. 1. -3 Relating to sacred knowledge or study; ब्राह्मं वेदमधीयाना वेदाङ्गानि च सर्वशः Mb.1.156.5. -4 Prescribed by the Vedas, Vedic; scriptural; ब्राह्मस्य जन्मनः कर्ता Ms.2.15. -5 Holy, sacred, divine. -6 Presided over by Brahman as a मुहूर्त (see ब्राह्ममुहूर्त), or a missile. -7 Fit for a divine state or godhead. -8 Belonging to the ब्रह्मलोक; ददर्शाप्सरसं ब्राह्मीं पञ्चचूडामनिन्दिताम् Mb.13.38.3. -ह्यः 1 one of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which the bride decorated with ornaments is given away to the bridegroom, without requiring any gift or present from him (this is the best of the 8 forms); ब्राह्मो विवाह आहूय दीयते शक्त्यलंकृता Y.1.58; Ms.3.21,27. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 Quicksilver. -4 The duty or prescribed course of conduct of a king; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलात् विप्राणां पूज्यको भवेत् । नृपाणामक्षयो ह्येष ब्राह्मो धर्मो विधीयते ॥ -ह्मम् 1 The part of the hand under the root of the thumb; अङ्गुष्ठमूलस्य तले ब्राह्मं तीर्थं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.59. -2 Holy or sacred study. -3 N. of a Purāṇa. -4 N. of the constellation Rohiṇī. -Comp. -अहोरात्रः a day and night of Brahman (a period of 2 Kalpas of mortals). -देया a girl to be married according to the Brāhma form. -निधिः m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class. -मुहूर्तः a particular period of the day, the early part of the day (रात्रेश्च पश्चिमे यामे मुहूर्तो ब्राह्म उच्यते); cf. ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते किल तस्य देवी कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते बुध्येत Ms.4.92.

brāhmya	ब्राह्म्य a. (-ह्म्यी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं ष्यञ्] 1 Relating to Brahman, the creator. -2 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -3 Relating to the Brāhmaṇas. -ह्म्यम् 1 Wonder, astonishment (विस्मय). -2 Worship of the Brāhmaṇas. -Comp. -मुहूर्त = ब्राह्ममुहूर्त q. v. -हुतम् hospitality to guests; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ; cf. Ms.3.74; ब्राह्म्यहुतशब्देन मनुष्य- यज्ञाख्यो ब्राह्मणश्रेष्ठस्यार्चा Kull.

bhagna	भग्न p. p. [भञ्ज्-क्त] 1 Broken, fractured, shattered, torn; रथोद्वहनखिन्नाश्च भग्ना मे रथवाजिनः Rām.6.14.16. -2 Frustrated, foiled, disappointed. -3 Checked, arrested, suspended. -4 Marred, impaired. -5 Routed, completely defeated or vanquished; त्वर तेन महाबाहो भग्न एष न संशयः Rām.6.88.4; U.5. -6 Demolished, destroyed. (See भञ्ज्). -ग्नम् Fracture of the leg. -Comp. -अस्थि a. one whose bones are broken. ˚बन्धः a splint. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of the moon. -आपद् a. one who has surmounted difficulties or misfortunes. -आश a. disappointed; भग्नशस्य करण्डपीडिततनोर्म्लानेन्द्रियस्य क्षुधा Bh.2.84. -उत्साह a. broken in energy, depressed in spirits, discouraged, damped. -उद्यम a. foiled in one's endeavours, disappointed, baffled; मन्ये दुर्जन- चित्तवृत्तिहरणे धाता$पि भग्नोद्यमः H.2.165. -क्रमः violation of symmetry in construction or expression; see प्रक्रमभङ्ग. -चेष्ट a. disappointed, frustrated. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दंष्ट्र a. having the fangs broken. -दर्प a. humbled, crest-fallen. -निद्र a. whose sleep is interrupted. -परिणाम a. preventing from finishing. -पादर्क्षम् N. of six नक्षत्रs collectively (viz. पुनर्वसू, उत्तरा- षाढा, कृत्तिका, उत्तराफल्गुनी, पूर्वभाद्रपदा and विशाखा). -पार्श्व a. suffering from a pain in the sides. -पृष्ठ a. 1 having a broken back. -2 coming in front. -प्रकृमः 1 disorder, confusion. -2 absence of regularity or symmetry; see प्रक्रमभङ्गः. -प्रतिज्ञ a. one who has broken his promises. -मनस् a. discouraged, disappointed. -मनोरथ a. disappointed in expectations; तथा समक्षं दहता मनोभवं पिनाकिना भग्नमनोरथा सती Ku.5.1. -मान a. disgraced, dishonoured. -व्रत a. faithless in one's vows; Pt.4.1. -संकल्प a. one whose designs are frustrated. -संधिकम् butter-milk.

bhayam	भयम् [विमेत्यस्मात्, भी-अपादाने अच्] 1 Fear, alarm, dread, apprehension, (oft. with abl.); भोगे रोगमयं कुले च्युतिभयं वित्ते नृपालाद्भयम् Bh.3.35; यदि समरमपास्य नास्ति मृत्योर्भयम् Ve.3.4. -2 Fright, terror; जगद्भयम् &c. -3 A danger, risk, hazard; तावद्भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद्भयमनागतम् । आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद्यथोचितम् H.1.54. -4 The sentiment of fear; see भयानक below; रौद्रशक्त्या तु जनितं चित्तवैकल्यजं भयम् S. D.6. -5 The blossom of Trapa Bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा) -यः Sickness, disease. -Comp. अन्वित, -आक्रान्त a. overcome with fear. -अपह a. warding off or removing fear. (-हः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a king. -आतुर, -आर्त a. afraid, alarmed, frightened. -आवह a. 1 causing fear, formidable. -2 risky; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -उत्तर a. attended with or succeeded by fear. -एकप्रवण a. wholly overpowered by fear. -कम्पः tremour of fear. -कर (also भयंकर) a. 1 frightening, terrible, fearful. -2 dangerous, perilous; so भयकारक, -भयकृत्. -कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशन V. Sah. -डिण्डिमः a drum used in battle. -त्रातृ a. a deliverer from fear. -दर्शिन् a. 1 fearful. -2 intimidating. -द्रुत a. fleeing from fear, routed, put to flight. -नाशन removing fear. (-नः) N. of Viṣṇu; भयकृद् भयनाशनः V. Sah. -प्रतीकारः warding off or removal of fears. -प्रद a. inspiring fear, fearful, terrible. -प्रस्तावः an occasion of fear. -ब्राह्मणः a timid Brāhmaṇa, a Brāhmaṇa who, to save himself from danger, declares his caste relying on the inviolability of a Brāhmaṇa. -भ्रष्ट a. put to flight. -विप्लुत a. panic-struck. -व्यूहः a particular array of troops when they are threatened with danger; सर्वतः सर्वतोभद्रं भयव्यूहं प्रकल्पयेत् Kām. -शील a. timid. -स्थानम्, -हेतुः a cause of fear; हर्षस्थानसहस्राणि भयस्थानशतानि च Mb.18.5.61. -हर्तृ, हारिन् a. removing fear, dispelling alarm.

bhāvita	भावित p. p. [भू-णिच् कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Created, produced; obtained, got. -2 Manifested, displayed, exhibited; भावितविषवेगविक्रियः Dk.; (भजे) भक्तेष्वलं भावितभूतभावनम् Bhāg. 5.17.18. -3 Cherished, fostered; तेषां दृष्ट्वा भावितानीङ्गितानि प्रोवाच राजा जनमेजयो$थ Mb.1.55.17. -4 (a) Conceived, imagined, supposed, presented to the imagination; तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावितः Bg.8.6. (b) Known, recognized, acknowledged. -5 Thought of, meditated upon. -6 Made to become, transformed into. -7 Sanctified by meditation; अनन्यभावे निजधर्मभाविते मनस्यवस्थाप्य भजस्व पूरुषम् Bhāg.4.8.22; see भावितात्मन्. -8 Proved, established. -9 Pervaded by, filled or saturated with, inspired by. -1 Soaked, steeped, infused in; किञ्चित् स्निग्धं यथा च स्याच्छुष्कचूर्णमभावितम् Mb.12.195.18. -11 Perfumed, scented. -12 Mixed with. -13 (In math.). Involving the products of unknown quantities. -14 Directed towards, fixed upon; यदीश्वरे भगवति कर्म ब्रह्मणि भावितम् Bhāg.1.5.32. -15 Possessed, captured (वशीकृत); ततो$न्ये यथाकामं दुदुहुः पृथुभाविताम् Bhāg.4.18.13. -16 Engrossed, filled; रथाङ्गपाणेरनुभावभावितम् Bhāg.12.1. 42. -17 Pleased, gladdened; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -तम् Product obtained by multiplication, a factum. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -बुद्धि a. 1 one whose soul is purified by meditating on the Supreme Spirit, one who has perceived the Supreme Soul; तस्य देवप्रभावस्य तपसा भावितात्मनः Rām.3.5.4. -2 pure, devout, holy; एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भावितात्मनाम् Pt.3.65. -3 thoughtful, meditative; भावितात्मा भुवो भर्तुरथैनं प्रत्यबोधयत् R.1. 74. -4 engaged in, occupied with; स्वगोत्रसंकीर्तनभावितात्मनः Śi.12.38. (-m.) a sage, saint. -भावन a. being one's self furthered and furthering others.

bhūta	भूत p. p. [भू-क्त] 1 Become, being, existing. -2 Produced, formed. -3 Actually being, really happened, true; भूताश्चार्था विरुद्ध्यन्ति देशकालविरोधिताः Rām.5.3.37. -4 Right, proper, fit; अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीं निपतितामिव Rām. 5.15.34; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -5 Past, gone. -6 Obtained. -7 Mixed or joined with. -8 Being like, similar, (see भू); मग्नां द्विषच्छद्मनि पङ्कभूते Ki.3.39. -तः 1 A son, child. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also भूता). -4 A great devotee. -5 N. of a priest of the gods. -6 The dark fortnight of a month (कृष्णपक्ष). -7 see भूतगण. -तम् 1 Any being (human, divine or even inanimate); इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपं मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45; Pt.2. 87. -2 A living being, an animal, a creature; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16; भूतेषु किं च करुणां बहुली- करोति Bv.1.122; U.4.6. -3 A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil (m. also in these senses); ततो रक्षां महातेजः कुरु भूतविनाशिनीम् Rām.7.66.3. -4 An element; (they are five, i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु, and आकाश); तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -5 An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact. -6 The past, past time. -7 The world. -8 Well-being, welfare. -9 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -1 Fitness, propriety. -Comp. -अनुकम्पा compassion for all beings; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेत् R.2.48. -अनुवादः a mention of established facts, a variety of अर्थवाद (q. v.); भूतानुवादमात्रमनर्थकम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.4. -अन्तकः the god of death, Yama. -अभिषङ्गः possession by evil spirits. -अरिः Asa Fœtida. -अर्थः 1 the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; आर्ये कथयामि ते भूतार्थम् Ś.1; भूतार्थशोभाह्नियमाणनेत्रा Ku.7.13; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24. -2 an element of life. ˚कथनम्, ˚व्याहृतिः f. a statement of facts; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -अवमानिन् m. despiser of all; भूतावमानी हैहयश्चार्जुनः Kau. A.1.6. -आत्मक a. consisting or composed of the elements. -आत्मन् 1 one whose soul is purified. -2 composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms.12.12. (-m.) 1 the individual (as opposed to the Supreme Soul); विद्यातपोभ्यां भूतात्मा बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुद्ध्यति Ms.5.19; विधमिष्यति ते देहे भूतात्मानं चिरोषितम् Rām.6.59. 55. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Viṣṇu; भूतात्मा भूतभावनः V. Sah. -5 an elementary substance. -6 the body. -7 war, conflict. -8 the elementary or vital principle. -9 a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; भूतात्मनस्तपोविद्ये बुद्धेर्ज्ञानं विशोधनम् Y.3.34. -आदिः 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 an epithet of Ahaṁkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.). -आर्त a. possessed by a devil. -आवासः 1 the body. -2 an epithet of &Scute;iva. -3 of Viṣṇu; वसन्ति त्वयि भूतानि भूतावासस्ततो हरिः Hariv. -आविष्ट a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit. -आवेशः demoniac possession. -इज्यम्, -इज्या making oblations to the Bhūtas. -इन्द्रियजयिन् m. a kind of ascetic. -इष्टा the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; भूतेशप्रीति- हेतोः Udb. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva; भूयः स भूतेश्वर- पार्श्ववर्ती R.2.46. -उन्मादः demoniac possession. -उपदेशः a reference to past things or such as already exist. -उपसृष्ट, -उपहत a. possessed by a devil. -ओदनः a dish of rice (eaten to counteract the influence of demons). -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. an epithet of Brahman; सर्वलोकप्रभुर्ब्रह्मा भूतकर्तृ तथर्षयः Rām.2.25.25; ततस्थानाह भूत- कृत् 7.4.12. -कला f. a power which produces the five elements; धरादिपञ्चभूतानां निवृत्त्याद्याः कलाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -कालः 1 past time. -2 (in gram.) the past or preterite time. -केशी the holy basil. -कोटिः absolute non-entity; Bhddh. -क्रान्तिः f. possession by a devil. -गणः 1 the collection of created beings. -2 the whole class of spirits or devils; प्रेतान् भूतागणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4. -गत्या truthfully; तदखिलमिह भूतं भूतगत्या ...... अभिलषति स्म N.9.159. -गुणः a quality of the elements; शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा भूतगुणाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -ग्रस्त possessed by a devil. -ग्रामः 1 the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U.7; भूतग्रामः स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते Bg.8.19. -2 a multitude of spirits. -3 the body. -घ्नः 1 a kind of birch tree. -2 a camel. -3 garlic. (-घ्नी) the holy basil. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kārtika. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चिन्तकः = स्वभाववादिन् q. v.; दैवमित्यपरे विप्राः स्वभावं भूतचिन्तकाः Mb.12.232.19. -चिन्तनिकः an adherent to the doctrine that the mind or intellect is produced from material elements. -चिन्ता an enquiry into the elements, investigation into their nature. -चैतन्यम् intellectuality of matter. -जननी the mother of all beings. -जयः victory over the elements. -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of spirits. -तन्मात्रम् a subtle element. -दया compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence. -द्रुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. भोंकर). -द्रुह्, -ध्रुक् a. injurious, malicious. -धरा, -धात्री, -धारिणी the earth. -धात्री sleep. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वम् R.2.58. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -नाशनः 1 the marking-nut plant. -2 mustard. -3 pepper. (-नम्) 1 Asa Fœtida. -2 a bead used for rosaries (रुद्राक्ष). -निचयः the body. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवश Ku.3.43,74. -2 of Agni. -3 the sacred basil. -4 the sky; ज्वलसि यन्निशि भूतपतिं श्रितः N.4.55. -पत्री the holy basil. -पालः the guardian of living beings. -पूर्णिमा the day of fullmoon in the month of Āśvina. -पूर्वम् ind. formerly. a. 1 former, ancient, old; पश्यामि च जनस्थानं भूतपूर्वखरा- लयम् U.2.17. -2 deceased. -प्रकृतिः f. the origin of all beings; यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -बलिः = भूतयज्ञ q. v. -ब्रह्मन् m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see देवल. -भर्तृ a. sustaining all beings; भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. an epithet of Śiva. -भव a. existing in all beings. -भव्यम् past and future. -भावनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -भाविन् a. 1 creating living beings. -भाषा, -भाषितम् the language of devils. -भृत् a. sustaining the elements or creatures; भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावनः Bg.9.5. -भौतिक a. consisting of the elements. -महेश्वरः an epithet of Śiva. -मातृ f. an epithet of Gaurī. -मातृका the earth. -मात्रम्, -त्रा the rudiment of an element. -मात्रा f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements; तास्वेव भूतमात्रासु प्रलीयन्ते विभागशः Ms.12.17. -यज्ञः an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder. -योनिः the origin of all created beings. -रयाः a. a class of gods under the 5th Manu; Bhāg. -राज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -लिपिः a particular magic formula. -वर्गः the whole class of spirits. -वादिन् a. telling the real fact or truth. -वासः the Bibhītaka tree. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -विक्रिया 1 epilepsy. -2 possession by a devil. -विज्ञान, -विद्या demonology (भूतविद्या); Ch. Up.7.1.2. -विनायकः a leader of evil beings; Bhāg. -विभुः a king; शाहभूविभुः Śāhendra. 2.93. -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -वेशी a white flowering Vitex Negundo (Mar. निर्गुडी). -शुद्धिः f. purification of the elements (of the body). -संसारः 1 the world of mortals. -2 the course of existence; घोरे$स्मिन् भूतसंसारे नित्यं सततयायिनि Ms.1.5. -संघः the totality of beings or of the elements. -संचारः demoniac possession. -संचारिन् m. a forest conflagration. -संप्लवः universal deluge or destruction; आभूतसंप्लवस्थानममृतत्वं हि भाषते. -समागमः the meeting of mortals; यथा काष्ठं च ... समेत्य च व्यपेयातां तद्वद् भूतसमागमः Mb.12.28.36. -सर्गः 1 the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings. -2 creation of the elements. -साक्षिन् m. 'allseeing', an eye-witness of created beings. -साधनी the earth. -सूक्ष्मम् a subtle element. -सृज् m. an epithet of Brahman; बहुधा गतां जगति भूतसृजा कमनीयतां समभिहृत्य पुरा Ki.6.42. -सृष्टिः f. 1 the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas. -2 the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively. -स्थानम् 1 the abode of living beings. -2 the abode of demons. -हत्या destruction of living beings. -हन्त्री a species of Dūrvā grass. -हरः bdellium. -हासः a kind of fever.

bhūr	भूर् ind. 1 One of the three Vyāhṛitis. -2 The lowest of the seven lower worlds. -3 A spiritual son of Brahman. -Comp. -भुवः N. of one of the mindborn sons of Brahman. -लोकः 1 the terrestrial world, earth. -2 the country south of the equator.

bhedaḥ	भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.

bhairava	भैरव a. (-वी f.) [भीरोरिदम् अण्] 1 Terrible, frightful, horrible, formidable; वेल्लद्भैरवरुण्डमुण्डनिकरैर्वीरो विधत्ते भुवम् U.5.6. -2 Miserable. -3 Relating to Bhairava. -वः 1 A form of Śiva (of which 8 kinds are enumerated). -2 The sentiment of terror (भयानक). -3 Fear, terror. -4 N. of a musical mode (राग) calculated to excite emotions of fear or terror. -5 A mountain. -वी 1 A form of the goddess Durgā. ˚चक्रम् a disc of the goddess भैरवी; प्रवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णा द्विजोत्तमाः । निवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णाः पृथक् पृथक् ॥ Utpattitantra. -2 N. of a Rāgiṇī in the Hindu musical system. -3 A girl of 12 or a young girl representing the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -वम् Terror, horror. -Comp. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu (or Śiva ?); so भैरवतर्जकः. -यातना a sort of purificatory torment inflicted by Bhairava of Benares on those who die there, to make their spirits fit for absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

bhauta	भौत a. (-ती f.) [भूतानि प्राणिनो$धिकृत्य प्रवृत्तः, तानि देवता वा अस्य अण्] 1 Relating to living beings. -2 Elemental, material. -3 Demoniacal. -4 Mad, crazy. -तः 1 A worshipper of demons and spirits. -2 An attendant upon an idol (देवल). -3 One of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder (also called भूतयज्ञ, q. v.); होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् Ms.3.7. -तम् A collection of evil spirits. -ती Night. -Comp. -तुल्य, -प्रिय a. imbecile, deranged, like an idiot.

bhautaka	भौतक a. Possessed by evil spirits.

bhautika	भौतिक a. (-की f.) [भूत-ठक्] 1 Belonging to created or living beings; प्रहुतो भौतिको बलिः Ms.3.74; आहंकारिकत्वश्रुतेर्न भौतिकानि Sāṅkhya S. -2 Formed of coarse elements, elemental, material; वृक्षाणां नास्ति भौतिकम् Bhāg. 12 184.9; पिण्डेष्वनास्था खलु भौतिकेषु R.2.57. -3 Relating to evil spirits. -4 Possessed by evil spirits. -कः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 A being, animal (जीव); कालस्य ते किमुत तत्कृतभौतिकानाम् Bhāg.12.8.43. -कम् 1 A pearl. -2 Anything elemental. -Comp. -मठः a monastery. -विद्या sorcery, witch-craft.

maṇḍaḥ	मण्डः ण्डम् [मन्-ड तस्य नेत्वं, मण़्ड्-अच् वा] 1 The thick oily matter or scum forming on the surface of any liquid. -2 The scum of boiled rice; नीवारौदनमण्डमुष्णमधुरम् U.4.1; तण्डुलानां सुसिद्धानां चतुर्दशगुणे जले । रसः सिक्थैर्विरहितो मण्ड इत्यभिधीयते Bhāva. P. -3 Cream (of milk). -4 Foam, froth or scum in general; घृतात्परं मण्डमिवातिसूक्ष्मं ज्ञात्वा शिवं सर्वभूतेषु गूढम् Śvet. Up.4.16; श्रोतुमिच्छामि तज्ज्ञानं घृतं मण्डमयं यथा Mb.12.318.68. -5 Ferment. -6 Gruel. -7 Pith, essence. -8 The head. -9 The spirituous part of wine; राज्यं गतधनं साधो पीतमण्डां सुरामिव Rām.2.36.12. -ण्डः 1 An ornament, decoration. -2 A frog. -3 The castor-oil tree. -ण्डा 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 The emblic myrobalan tree. -Comp. -उदकम् 1 barm, yeast. -2 decorating walls, floors &c. on festive occasions. -3 mental agitation or excitement. -4 variegated colour. -जातम् the second change which takes place in sour milk. -प a. drinking scum or cream. -पीठिका two quarters of the compass. -हारकः a distiller of spirits &c.

matta	मत्त p. p. [मद्-क्त] 1 Intoxicated, drunk, inebriated (fig. also); Ms.11.96; मत्तं प्रमत्तमुन्मत्तं ...... न रिपुं हन्ति धर्मवित् Bhāg.1.7.36; ज्योत्स्नापानमदालसेन वपुषा मत्ताश्चकोरा- ङ्गनाः Vb.1.11; प्रभामत्तश्चन्द्रो जगदिदमहो विभ्रमयति K. P.1; so ऐश्वर्य˚, धन˚, बल˚ &c. -2 Mad, insane. -3 In rut, furious (as an elephant); जयश्रीरन्तरा वेदिर्मत्तवारणयोरिव R.12.93. -4 Proud, arrogant. -5 Delighted, overjoyed, excited with joy. -6 Amorous, sportive, wanton. -7 Excited by sexual desire. -त्तः 1 A drunkard. -2 A mad man. -3 An elephant in rut. -4 A cuckoo. -5 A buffalo. -6 The thorn-apple or Dhattūra plant. -त्ता Spirituous or vinous liquor. -Comp. -आक्रीडा N. of a metre; मत्ताक्रीडा म्नौ त्नौ नौ नल्गिति भवति वसुशरदशयनियुता V. Ratna. -आम्लवः a fence round a large building (as of a rich man). -इभः an elephant in rut. ˚गमना a woman having the gait of an elephant in rut, e. g. with a lounging gait. ˚विक्रीडितम् N. of a metre; सभरा न्मौ यलगास्त्रयोदशयतिर्मत्ते भविक्रीडितम् V. Ratna. -काशि(सि)नी a handsome and very fascinating woman; दर्शितो$सौ चित्रपटस्तस्यै मत्तकाशिन्यै Dk.2.3. -कीशः an elephant. -गामिनी = 1 मत्तेभगमना above. -2 a bewitching or wanton woman. -दन्तिन् m., -नागः an elephant in rut. -पालकः a drunken wretch; दास्याः पुत्र मत्तपालक कुतो$त्र नवमालिका Nāg.3. -मयूरः a wild or amorous peacock. (-रम्) a kind of metre; वेदैरन्ध्रैर्मत्तौ यसगा मत्तमयूरम् V. Ratna. -वारणः an elephant in rut; R.12.93. (-णः, -णम्) 1 a fence round a large building or mansion. -2 a turret or small room on the top of a large building. -3 a veranda. -4 a pavilion. -5 a peg or bracket. -6 a bed-stead. (-णम्) pounded betel-nuts.

madaḥ	मदः [मद्-अच्] 1 Intoxication, drunkenness, inebriety; मदेनास्पृश्ये Dk.; मदविकाराणां दर्शकः K.45; see comps. below. -2 Madness, insanity. -3 Ardent passion, wanton or lustful passion, lasciviousness, lust; इति मदमदनाभ्यां रागिणः स्पष्टरागान् Śi.1.91. -4 Rut, ichor, or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः Chandr.5.45; so मदकलः, मदोन्मत्त; Me.2; R.2.7;12.12. -5 Love, desire, ardour. -6 Pride, arrogance, conceit; तं मोहाच्छ्रयते मदः स च मदाद्दास्येन निर्विद्यते Pt.1.24. -7 Rapture, excessive delight. -8 Spirituous liquor; पाययित्वा मदं सम्यक् Śukra. 4.1171. -9 Honey. -1 Musk. -11 Semen virile. -12 Soma. -13 Any beautiful object. -14 A river (नद) -15 Beauty; नीलारविन्दमदभङ्गिमदैः कटाक्षैः Bv.3.4. -16 N. of the 7th astrological mansion. -दी 1 A drinking-cup. -2 Any agricultural implement (such as a plough &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः, -आतङ्कः any distemper (such as headache) resulting from drunkenness. -अन्ध a. 1 blinded by intoxication, dead drunk, drunk with passion; अधरमिव मदान्धा पातुमेषा प्रवृत्ता V.4.13; यदा किंचिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.2.7. -2 blinded by passion or pride, arrogant, infatuated. -अपनयम् removal of intoxication. -अम्बरः 1 an elephant in rut. -2 N. of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -अलस a. languid with passion or intoxication. -अलसा N. of the daughter of Viśvaketu, the lord of Gandharvas. -अवस्था 1 a state of drunkenness. -2 wantonness, lustfulness. -3 rut, being in rut; अन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -आकुल a. 1 furious with rut. -2 full of lust, overpowered by passion. -आढ्य a. drunk, intoxicated. (-ढ्यः) the palm tree. -आम्नातः a kettle-drum carried on the back of an elephant. -आलापिन् m. a cuckoo. -आह्वः musk. -उत्कट a. 1 intoxicated, excited by drink. -2 furious with passion, lustful. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty. -4 ruttish, under the influence of rut; मदोत्कटे रेचितपुष्पवृक्षा गन्धद्विपे वन्य इव द्विरेफाः R.6.7; हस्तिनं कमल- नालतन्तुना बद्धुमिच्छति वने मदोत्कटम्. (-टः) 1 an elephant in rut. -2 a dove. (-टा) spirituous liquor. -उत्सवः, उद्भवः mango -उदग्र, -उन्मत्त a. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 furious, drunk with passion. मदोदग्राः ककुद्मन्तः सरितां कूलमुद्रुजाः R.4.22. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः Pt.1.161. -उदग्रा f. A woman; L. D. B. -उद्धत a. 1 drunk with passion; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31; सत्पक्षा मधुरगिरः प्रसाधिताशा मदोद्धतारम्भाः Ve.1.6. -2 inflated with pride. -उल्लापिन् m. the cuckoo. -ऊर्जित a. swollen with pride. -कटः a eunuch. -कर a. intoxicating, causing intoxication. -करिन् m. an elephant in rut. -कल a. speaking softly or inarticulately, speaking indistinctly; मदकलोदकलोलविहंगमाः R.9.37; मद- कलमदिराक्षीनीविमोक्षो हि मोक्षः Udb. -2 uttering low sounds of love. -3 drunk with passion; एतस्मिन् मदकलमल्लिकाक्षपक्ष... U.1.31; Māl.9.14. -4 indistinct yet sweet; मदकलं कूजितं सारसानाम् Me.31. -5 ruttish, furious, under the influence of rut; V.4.46. -6 furious, mad. (-लः) an elephant in rut; -कोहलः a bull set at liberty (to roam at will). -खेल a. stately or sportive through passion; मदखेलपदं कथं नु तस्याः V.4.16. -गन्धा 1 an intoxicating drink. -2 hemp. -गमनः a buffalo. -च्युत् a. 1 distilling rut (as an elephant). -2 lustful, wanton, drunk. -3 gladdening, exhilarating. (-m.) an epithet of Indra. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -जलम्, -वारि n. rutting juice, ichor exuding from the temples of a ruttish elephant. -ज्वरः fever of pride or passion; कतिपयपुरस्वाम्ये पुंसां क एष मदज्वरः Bh.3.23. -द्रुः a cocoa-nut tree (Mar. माड). -द्विपः a furious elephant, an elephant in rut. -प्रयोगः, -प्रसेकः, -प्रस्रवणम्, -स्रावः, -स्रुतिः f. the exudation of ichor or rutting juice from the temple of an elephant. -प्रसेकः the aphrodisiacal fluid (वीर्यच्युतिः); अन्यत्र मुञ्चन्ति मदप्रसेकम् Mk.4.16. -भङ्गः humiliation of pride; Bv.3.4. -भञ्जिनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -मत्ता N. of a metre. -मुच् a. 'dropping down ichor', furious, intoxicated; सो$यं पुत्रस्तव मदमुचां वारणानां विजेता U.3.15. -मोहित a. 1 stupefied by drunkenness; अकार्यमन्यत् कुर्याद् वा ब्राह्मणो मदमोहितः Ms.11.96. -2 infatuated by pride. -रक्त a. affected with passion. -रागः 1 Cupid. -2 a cock. -3 a drunkard. -लेखा 1 a line of rut, a line formed by the juice flowing from an elephant's temples. -2 a kind of metre. -विक्षिप्त a. in rut, furious. -2 agitated by lust or passion. -विह्वल a. 1 maddened by lust or pride. -2 stupefied with intoxication. -वीर्यम् 1 strength produced by passion. -2 the heroism of love -वृन्दः an elephant. -शौण्डः, -शौण्डकम् nutmeg. -सारः a cotton shrub. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् an ale-house, dram-shop, tavern.

madana	मदन a. (-नी f.) [माद्यति अनेन, मद्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Intoxicating, maddening. -2 Delighting, exhilarating. -नः 1 The god of love, Cupid; व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27; हतमपि निहन्त्येव मदनः Bh.3.18. -2 Love, passion, sexual love, lust; विनयवारितवृत्तिरतस्तया न विवृतो मदनो न च संवृतः Ś.2.11; सतन्त्रिगीतं मदनस्य दीपकम् Ṛs.1.3; R.5.63; so मदनातुर, मदनपीडित &c. -3 The spring season. -4 A bee. -5 Bees'-wax. -6 A kind of embrace. -7 The Dhattūra plant. -8 The Khadira tree. -9 The Bakula tree. -1 N. of the 7th mansion (in astrol.). -11 A kind of measure (in music). -ना, -नी 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 Musk. -3 The atimukta creeper. (नी only in these two senses). -नम् 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -Comp. -अग्रकः a species of grain (कोद्रव). -अङ्कुशः 1 the penis. -2 a finger-nail, or a wound inflicted by it in cohabitation. -अत्ययः excess of intoxication; मद्येन खलु जायन्ते मदात्ययमुखा गदाः Bhāva. P. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -दमनः, -दहनः, -नाशनः, -रिपुः epithets of Śiva. -अवस्थ a. in love, enamoured. -आतपत्रम् the vulva. -आतुर, -आर्त, -क्लिष्ट, -पीडित a. afflicted by love, smit with love, love-sick; रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा (अभिपेदे) R.12.32; Ś.3.13. -आयुधम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 'Cupid's missle', said of a very lovely woman. -आलयः, -यम् 1 pudendum muliebre. -2 a lotus. -3 a king. -आशयः sexual desire. -इच्छाफलम् a kind of mango. -उत्सवः the vernal festival celebrated in honour of Cupid. (-वा) an apsaras. -उत्सुक a. pining or languid with love. -उद्यानम् 'a pleasure-garden', N. of a garden. -कण्टकः 1 erection of hair caused by the feeling of love. -2 N. of a tree. -कलहः 'love's quarrel', sexual union; ˚छेद- सुलभाम् Mal.2.12. -काकुरवः a dove or pigeon. -गृहम् pudendum muliebre. -गोपालः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -तन्त्रम् the science of sexual love. -त्रयोदशी the thirteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid. -द्वादशी a festival in honour of Cupid on the 12th day of the bright half of Chaitra. -ध्वजा the पौर्णिमा day of Chaitra month. -नालिका a faithless wife. -पक्षिन् m. the Khañjana bird. -पाठकः the cuckoo. -पीडा, -बाधा pangs or torments of love. -महः, -महोत्सवः a festival celebrated in honour of Cupid; मदनमहोत्सवाय रसिकमनांसि समुल्लासयन् Dk.2.5. -मोहनः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -रसः poison; मदनरस- योगेनातिसन्धाय अपहरेत् Kau. A.1.15. -ललितम् amorous sport or dalliance. -ललिता N. of a metre; वेदाङ्गाङ्गैर्मदन- ललिता मो भो नमलसाः V. Ratna. (com.). -लेखः a loveletter. -वश a. influenced by love, enamoured. -विनोदः N. of a medical vocabulary attributed to मदनपाल. -शलाका 1 the female of the cuckoo. -2 an aphrodisiac. -3 the female parrot (also मदनसारिका). -संदेशः a message of love.

madayitnu	मदयित्नु a. [मद्-णिच् इत्नुच्] 1 Intoxicating maddening. -2 Gladdening. -त्नुः 1 The god of love. -2 A cloud. -3 A distiller of spirituous liquors. -4 A drunken man. -5 Spirituous liquor (n. also in this sense).

madirā	मदिरा 1 Spirituous liquor; काङ्क्षत्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दोहद- च्छद्मनास्याः Me.8 (v. l.); Śi.11.49. -2 A kind of wagtail. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 N of a metre; सप्तभकारकृताबसितौ च गुरुः कविभिः कथिता मदिरा V. Ratna. (com.). -Comp. -उत्कट, -उन्मत्त a. intoxicated with spirituous liquor. -गृहम्, -शाला an ale-house, dram-house, a tavern. -मदान्ध a. dead drunk. -सखः the mango tree.

madiṣṭhā	मदिष्ठा Spirituous liquor.

madya	मद्य a. [माद्यत्यनेन करणे यत्] 1 Intoxicating. -2 Gladdening, exhilarating. -द्यम् Spirituous liquor, wine, any intoxicating drink; रणक्षितिः शोणितमद्यकुल्या R.7.49; Ms.5.56;9.84;1.89; भिक्षो मांसनिषेवणं प्रकुरुषे किं तेन मद्यं विना S. D.525. -Comp. -आक्षेपः addiction to drink. -आमोदः, -गन्धः, -दोहदः the Bakula tree. -कीटः a kind of insect. -कुम्भः a brandy-jar. -द्रुमः a kind of tree (माडवृक्ष). -पः a drunkard, tippler, sot. -पङ्कः mash. -पानम् 1 drinking intoxicating liquor. -2 any intoxicating drink. -पीत a. intoxicated with drink. -पुष्पा the plant called Dhātakī. -बी(वी)जम् a drug used to cause fermentation, leaven. -भाजनम् a wineglass; so मद्यभाण्डम्. -मण़्डः barm, yeast. -वासिनी the plant called धातकी. -संधानम् distillation of spirit; क्रयं वा विक्रयं वा$पि मद्यसंधानमेव च Śukra.1.33.

madhu	मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

madhula	मधुल a. Sweet &c.; see मधुर. -लम् An intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.

madhya	मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.

madhvijā	मध्विजा Any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.

manas	मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.

manomaya	मनोमय a. Mental, spiritual; मनोमयः प्राणशरीरनेता प्रतिष्ठितो$न्ने हृदयं संनिधाय Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.7. -Comp. -कोशः, -षः the second of the five vestures or sheaths which are supposed to enshrine the soul.

manuḥ	मनुः [मन्-उ Uṇ.1.1] 1 N. of a celebrated personage regarded as the representative man and father of the human race (sometimes regarded as one of the divine beings). -2 Particularly, the fourteen successive progenitors or sovereigns of the earth mentioned in Ms.1.63. (The first Manu called स्वायंभुवमनु is supposed to be a sort of secondary creator, who produced the ten Prajapatis or Maharṣis and to whom the code of laws known as Manusmriti is ascribed. The seventh Manu called वैवस्वतमनु, being supposed to be born from the sun, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings and was saved from a great flood by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish; cf. मत्स्यावतार; he is also regarded as the founder of the solar race of kings who ruled at Ayodhyā; see U.6.18; R.1.11; विवस्वान् मनवे प्राह मनुरिक्ष्वाकवे$ब्रवीत् Bg.4.1. The names of the fourteen Manus in order are:-1 स्वायंभुव, 2 स्वारोचिष, 3 औत्तमि, 4 तामस, 5 रैवत, 6 चाक्षुष, 7 वैवस्वत, 8 सावर्णि, 9 दक्षसावर्णि, 1 ब्रह्मसावर्णि, 11 धर्मसावर्णि, 12 रुद्रसावर्णि, 13 रौच्य-दैवसावर्णि and 14 इंद्रसावर्णि). -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'fourteen'. -4 A man, mankind (opp. evil spirits); मनवे शासदव्रतान् Ṛv.1.13.8. -5 Thought, thinking or mental faculty (Ved.). -6 A prayer, sacred text or spell (मन्त्र); मनुं साधयतो राज्यं नाकपृष्ठमनाशके Mb.13.7.18. -7 (pl.) Mental powers; देहो$सवो$क्षा मनवो भूतमात्रा नात्मानमन्यं च विदुः परं यत् Bhāg.6.4.25. -नुः f. The wife of Manu. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the period or age of a Manu; (this period, according to Ms.1.79, comprises 4,32, human years or 1/14th day of Brahmā, the fourteen Manvantaras making up one whole day; each of these fourteen periods is supposed to be presided over by its own Manu; six such periods have already passed away; we are at present living in the seventh, and seven more are yet to come); मन्वन्तरं तु दिव्यानां युगानामेकसप्ततिः Ak. -जः a man, mankind. ˚अधिपः, ˚अधिपतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः, ˚राजः a king, sovereign. ˚लोकः the world of men; i. e. the earth. -जा a woman. -जातः a man. -ज्येष्ठः a sword. -प्रणीत a. taught or expounded by Manu. -भूः a man, mankind. -राज् m. an epithet of Kubera. -श्रेष्ठः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -संहिता, -स्मृतिः the code of laws ascribed to the first Manu, the institutes of Manu.

mantraḥ	मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

manda	मन्द a. [मन्द्-अच्] 1 Slow, tardy, inactive, lazy, dull, loitering; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11; तच्चरितं गोविन्दे मनसिजमन्दे सखी प्राह Gīt.6. -2 Cold, indifferent, apathetic. -3 Stupid, dull-witted, foolish, ignorant, weak-brained; प्रयोजनमनुद्दिश्य न मन्दो$पि प्रवर्तते Subhāṣ.; मन्दो$प्यमन्दतामेति संसर्गेण विपश्चितः M.2.8; मन्दः कवियशःप्रार्थी गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75. -4 Low, deep, hollow (as sound). -5 Soft, faint, gentle; as in मन्दस्मितम्. -6 Small, little, slight; मन्दोदरी; see अ ind. 1 (d) also. -7 Weak, defective, feeble, as मन्दाग्नि. -8 Unlucky, unhappy. -9 Faded. -1 Wicked, vile. -11 Addicted to drinking. -12 Weak, slack (as a bow). -13 Sick, afflicted with disease. -14 Independent (स्वतन्त्र). -न्दः 1 The planet Saturn. -2 An epithet of Yama. -3 The dissolution of the world. -4 A kind of elephant; मन्दो$पि नाम न महानवगृह्य साध्यः Śi.5.49 (where मन्द means 'a fool' also). -5 The apsis of a planet's course. -न्दा A pot, vessel. -न्दम् ind. 1 Slowly, gradually, by degree; यातं यच्च नितम्बयो- र्गुरुतया मन्दं विलासादिव Ś.2.2. -2 Gently, softly, not violently; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वाम् Me.9. -3 Faintly, feebly, weakly, lightly. -4 In a low tone, deeply. -Comp. -अक्ष a. weak-eyed. (-क्षम्) sense of shame, modesty, bashfulness; मन्दाक्षं ह्रीस्त्रपा व्रीडा लज्जा सा$पत्रपा$न्यतः Ak; मन्दाक्षमन्दाक्षरमुद्रमुक्त्वा N.3.61;14.47; 22.33. -अग्नि a. having a weak digestion. (-ग्निः) slowness of digestion. -अनिलः a gentle breeze. -असु a. having weak or faint breath. -आक्रान्ता N. of a metre; see App.I; सुवशा कालिदासस्य मन्दाक्रान्ता प्रवल्गति । सदश्व- दमकस्येव काम्बोजतुरगाङ्गना ॥ According to prof. Sukumāra Sen, Kālidāsa is the inventor of this metre. -आचार a. badly conducted. -आत्मन् a. dull-witted, silly, ignorant; मन्दात्मानुजिघृक्षया Malli. -आदर a. 1 having little respect for, disregarding, caring little for. -2 neglectful. -आस्यम् shyness. -उच्चः the upper apsis of the course of a planet. -उत्साह a. discouraged, dispirited; मन्दोत्साहः कृतो$स्मि मृगयापवादिना माढव्येन Ś.2. -उदरी N. of the wife of Rāvaṇa, regarded as one of the five very chaste women; cf. अहल्या. She advised her husband to deliver Sītā to Rāma and thus save himself from certain ruin, but he did not heed her; मन्दोदरीकुटिलकोमलकेशपाशमन्दारदाममकरन्दरसं पिबन्तः P. R.1. 58. -उष्ण a. tepid, lukewarm. (-ष्णम्) gentle heat. -औत्सुक्य a. slackened in eagerness, cast down, disinclined; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1. -कर्ण a. slightly deaf; (Proverb:-बधिरान्मन्दकर्णः श्रेयान् 'something is better than nothing'). -कर्मन् a. inactive. -n. the process for determining the apsis of a planet's course. -कान्तिः the moon. -कारिन् a. acting slowly or foolishly. -गः Saturn. -गति, -गामिन् a. walking slowly, slow of pace. -चेतस् a. 1 dull-witted, silly, foolish. -2 absent-minded. -3 fainting away, scarcely conscious. -छाय a. dim, faint, lustreless; Me.82 (v. l.). -जननी the mother of Saturn. -जरस् a. slowly growing old. -धार a. flowing in a slow stream. -धी, -प्रज्ञ, -बुद्धि, -मति, -मेधस् a. dull-witted, silly, foolish. -परिधिः m. (in astr.) the epicycle of the apsis. -पुण्य a. unfortunate, ill-fated. -फलम् equation of the apsis. -भागिन्, -भाग्य, -भाज् unfortunate, ill-fated, wretched, miserable. -भास् a. dim, of fading lustre; सेनानिवेशान् पृथिवीक्षितो$पि जग्मुर्विभातग्रहमन्दभासः R.7.2. -मन्दम् ind. slowly, leisurely. -रश्मि a. dim. -विचेष्टित a. slowly moving. -विभव a. poor, impoverished; नश्यति विपुलमतेरपि बुद्धिः पुरुषस्य मन्दविभवस्य Pt.5.5. -विभ्रंश a. slightly purgative. -विसर्पिन् a. creeping along slowly (as a louse); cf. Pt.1.252 (N. of a louse). -वीर्य a. weak. -वृष्टिः f. slight rain. -स्मितम्, -हासः, -हास्यम् a gentle laugh, a smile.

manyuḥ	मन्युः [मन्-युच् Uṇ.3.2] 1 Anger, wrath, resentment, indignation, rage; बाहुप्रतिष्टम्भविवृद्धमन्युः R.2.32, 49;11.46; नियमितमनोमन्युर्दृष्टा मया रुदती प्रिया Nāg.2.6. -2 Grief, sorrow, affliction, distress; निकृन्तन्मर्माणि क्रकच इव मन्युर्विरमति U.4.3; Ki.1.35; यास्यन् सुतस्तप्स्यति मां सुमन्युम् Bk.1.23; also 3.49. -3 Wretched or miserable state, meanness. -4 A sacrifice; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki.2.23. -5 Spirit, mettle, courage (as of horses). -6 Ardour, zeal. -7 Pride. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Of Agni. -Comp. -सूक्तम् the hymns of Manyu (Ṛv.1.83 and 84).

manyumat	मन्युमत् a. 1 Angry, wrathful. -2 Sorrowful, distressed. -3 Spirited, energetic; यशस्विनी मन्युमती कुले जाता विभावरी Mb.5.133.2. -4 Vehement, passionate. -m. An epithet of Agni. मप mapa (पु pu) ष्टः ṣṭḥ ष्टकः ṣṭakḥ मप (पु) ष्टः ष्टकः A kind of bean.

malina	मलिन a. [मल अस्त्यर्थे इनन्] 1 Dirty, foul, filthy, impure, unclean, soiled, stained, sullied (fig. also); धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.4. -2 Black, dark (fig. also); मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; अतिमलिने कर्तव्ये भवति खलानामतीव निपुणा धीः Vās; Śi.9.18. -3 Sinful, wicked, depraved; धियो हि पुंसां मलिना भवन्ति H.1.26; मलिनाचरितं कर्म सुरभेर्नन्वसांप्रतम् Kāv.2.178. -4 Low, vile, base; लघवः प्रकटीभवन्ति मलिनाश्रयतः Śi.9.23. -5 Clouded, obscured. -नम् 1 Sin, fault, guilt. -2 Butter-milk. -3 Borax. -4 A dirty cloth; ततो मलिनसंबीतां राक्षसीभिः समावृताम् Rām.5.15.18. -ना, -नी A woman during menstruation. -Comp. -अम्बु n. 'black water', ink. -आस्य a. 1 having a dirty or black face. -2 low, vulgar. -3 savage, cruel. -प्रभ a. obscured, soiled, clouded. -मुख a. = मलिनास्य q. v. (-खः) 1 fire. -2 a ghost, an evil spirit. -3 a kind of monkey (गोलाङ्गूल).

mahā	महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw

mādhurī	माधुरी 1 Sweetness, sweet or savoury taste; वदने तव यत्र माधुरी सा Bv.2.161; कामालसस्वर्वामाधरमाधुरीमधरयन् वाचां विपाको मम 4.42,37,43; वाङ्माधुरीविरसीकृतकलकण्ठा Dk.; यैर्माकन्दवने मनोज्ञपवने सद्यः स्खलन्माधुरीधाराधोरणिधौतधामनि धराधीशत्वमालम्ब्यते Udb. -2 Spirituous liquor. -3 Mead.

mādhvīkam	माध्वीकम् [मधुना मधूकपुष्पेण निर्वृत्तम् ईकक्] 1 A kind of spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the tree called Madhūka; गौडी पेष्टी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms.11.94; चचाम मधु माध्वीकम् Bk.14.94. -2 Wine distilled from grapes; साध्वी माध्वीक चिन्ता न भवति भवतः Gīt.12. (= मधो; Com.). -3 A grape. -Comp. -फलम् a kind of sweet cocoa-nut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ).

mānavat	मानवत् a. Proud, arrogant, haughty or high-spirited. -ती A haughty or high-spirited woman angry through jealous pride.

mānasa	मानस a. (-सी f.) [मन एव, मनस इदं वा अण्] 1 Pertaining to the mind, mental, spiritual (opp. शारीर). -2 Produced from the mind, sprung at will; ब्रह्मणो मानसपुत्राः; किं मानसी सृष्टिः Ś.4; Ku.1.18; मद्भावा मानसा जाता Bg.1. 6. -3 Only to be conceived in the mind, conceivable; अहिंसा सत्यमस्तेयं ब्रह्मचर्यमलुब्धता । एतानि मानसानि स्युर्व्रतानि ...... -4 Tacit, implied. -5 Dwelling on the lake Mānasa; न रमते मरालस्य मानसं मानसं विना Udb. -सः A form of Viṣṇu. -सम् 1 The mind, heart, soul; सपदि मदनानलो दहति मम मानसम् Gīt.1; अपि च मानसमम्बुनिधिः Bv.1.113; मानसं विषयैर्विना (भाति) 116. -2 N. of a sacred lake on the mountain Kailāsa; कैलासशिखरे राम मनसा निर्मितं सरः । ब्रह्मणा प्रागिदं यस्मात्तदभून्मानसं सरः ॥ Rām.; (it is said to be the native place of swans, who are described as migrating to its shores every year at the commencement of the breeding season or the monsoons; मेघश्यामा दिशो दृष्ट्वा मानसोत्सुकचेतसाम् । कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V.4.14,15; यस्यास्तोये कृतवसतयो मानसं संनिकृष्टं नाध्यास्यन्ति व्यपगतशुचस्त्वामपि प्रेक्ष्य हंसाः Me.78; (see Me.11; Ghaṭ. 9 also); R.6.26; Me.64. Bv.1.3. -3 (In law) Tacit or implied consent. -4 A kind of salt. -5 The mental powers. -Comp. -आलयः a swan, goose. -उत्क a. eager to go to Mānasa; तच्छ्रुत्वा ते श्रवण- सुभगं गर्जितं मानसोत्काः Me.11. -ओकस्, -चारिन् m. a swan. -जन्मन् m. 1 the god of love. -2 a swan. -पूजा mental or spiritual devotion (opp. मूर्तिपूजा). -शुच् f. mental sorrow, grief.

mānasika	मानसिक a. (-की f.) 1 Mental, spiritual. -2 Imaginary. -3 Committed in thought (as a sin). -कः An epithet of Viṣṇu.

mānikā	मानिका 1 A kind of spirituous liquor. -2 A kind of weight.

māya	माय a. Possessing magical power; नमो विश्वाय मायाय चिन्त्याचिन्त्याय वै नमः Mb.13.14.316. -यः 1 A conjurer, juggler. -2 A demon, an evil spirit. -3 N. of Viṣṇu; L. D. B. -4 A garment; L. D. B.

māyā	माया [मा-यः बा˚ नेत्वम्] 1 Deceit, fraud, trick, trickery; a device, an artifice; रथचर्यास्त्रमायाभिर्मोहयित्वा परंतप Mb. 7.46.24; यो मायां कुरुते मूढः प्राणत्यागे धनादिके Pt.1. 359. -2 Jugglery, witchcraft, enchantment, an illusion of magic; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.1; मायायोगविदां चैव न स्वयं कोपकारणात् Kau. A.1.19. -3 (Hence) An unreal or illusory image, a phantom, illusion, unreal apparition; मायां मयोद्भाव्य परीक्षितो$सि R.2.62; विकृतिः किं नु भवेदियं नु माया Ki.13.4; R.12.74; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'false', 'phantom', 'illusory'; e. g. मायावचनम् false words; मायामृग &c. -4 A political trick or artifice, diplomatic feat. -5 (In Vedānta phil.) Unreality, the illusion by virtue of which one considers the unreal universe as really existent and as distinct from the Supreme Spirit; मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The Pradhāna or Prakṛiti. -7 Wickedness. -8 Pity, compassion. -9 N. of the mother of Buddha. -1 Ved. Extraordinary power, wisdom (प्रज्ञा). -11 (With Śaivas) One of the four snares (पाश) which entangle the soul. -12 N. of the city Gayā. -13 N. of Lakṣmī. -14 N. of Durgā; देवीं मायां तु श्रीकामः Bhāg.2.3.3. -15 Skill, art; दधारैको रणे राजन् वृषसेनो$स्त्रमायया Mb.7.16.1. -Comp. -आचार a. acting deceitfully. -आत्मक a. false, illusory. -उप- जीविन् a. living by fraud; बहवः पण्डिताः क्षुद्राः सर्वे मायो- पजीविनः Pt.1.288. -कारः, -कृत्, -जीविन् m.) a conjurer, juggler. -चण a. 1 noted for juggling. -2 deceptive. -जलम् artificial water; स्निग्धत्वमायाजललेपलोपसयत्न- रत्नांशुमृजांशुकाभाम् N.1.93. -दः a crocodile. -देवी N. of the mother of Buddha. ˚सुतः Buddha. -धर a. deceitful, illusive. -पटु a. skilled in deception, fraudulent, deceitful. -प्रयोगः 1 deceitfulness, employment of tricks or fraud; मायाप्रयोगः प्रिये Pt. 1.19. -2 employment of magic. -फलम् a gall-nut. -मृगः a phantom deer, an illusory or false deer. -यन्त्रम् an enchantment. -योगः employment of magic. -योधिन् a. fighting deceitfully. -रसिक, -वसिक a. deceitful. -वचनम् false or deceitful words. -वादः the doctrine or illusion, (a term applied to Buddhism). -विद् a. skilled in deception or magical arts. -सुतः an epithet of Buddha.

māhāprāṇa	माहाप्राण a. (-णी f.) Having the aspirate or hard breathing.

middham	मिद्धम् 1 Sloth, indolence. -2 Torpor, sleepiness, dulness (of spirits also).

mīmāṃsā	मीमांसा [मान्-विचारे स्वार्थे सन् अ] 1 Deep reflection, inquiry, examination, investigation; अथातो व्रतमीमांसा Bṛi. Up.1.5.21; रसगङ्गाधरनाम्नीं करोति कुतुकेन काव्य- मीमांसाम् R. G.; सैषा आनन्दस्य मीमांसा भवति Tait. Up.; so दत्तक˚, अलंकार˚ &c. -2 N. of one of the six chief darśanas or systems of Indian philsophy. (It was originally divided into two systems :-the पूर्वमीमांसा or कर्ममीमांसा founded by Jaimini, and the उत्तरमीमांसा or ब्रह्ममीमांसा ascribed to Bādarāyaṇa; but the two systems have very little in common between them, the first concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of the ritual of the Veda and the settlement of dubious points in regard to Vedic texts; and the latter dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. The पूर्वमीमांसा is, therefore, usually, styled only मीमांसा or the Mīmāṁsā, and the उत्तर- मीमांसा, वेदान्त which, being hardly a sequel of Jaimini's system, is now considered and ranked separately.) मीमांसाकृतमुन्ममाथ सहसा हस्ती मुनिं जैमिनिम् Pt.2.34. -Comp. -कारः, -कृत् m. N. of Jaimini. -मांसल a. fat with Mīmāṁsā (a satirical term meaning 'dull'); अहो मन्दस्य मीमांसाश्रमहानिर्विजृम्भते । मीमांसामांसलं चेतः कथमित्थं प्रमाद्यति ॥ Āgama Pr. -मांसलप्रज्ञः one whose intellect is fattened on the Mīmāṁsā philosophy (a term of ridicule); ब्रूथ च स्वयं, मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञाः, ताम् N.17.61. -सूत्रम् N. of the 12 books of aphorisms by Jaimini. मीमांसितव्य mīmāṃsitavya मीमांस्य mīmāṃsya मीमांसितव्य मीमांस्य a. To be examined, thought over, refected; श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्त्रं तु वै स्मृतिः । ते सर्वार्थेष्वमीमांस्ये ताभ्यां धर्मो हि निर्बभौ ॥ Ms.2.1; मीमांस्यमेव ते मन्ये विदितम् Ken.2.1.

mukulaḥ	मुकुलः लम् 1 A bud; आविर्भूतप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me.21; R.9.31;15.99. -2 Anything like a bud; आलक्ष्यदन्तमुकुलान् (तनयान्) Ś.7.17. -3 The body. -4 The soul or spirit -5 A bud-like junction of the fingers. (मुकुलीकृ means 'to close in the form of a bud'; अथाग्रहस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63.) -a. Closed (as eyes). -Comp. -अग्रम् a surgical instrument with a bud-like point.

mukta	मुक्त p. p. [मुच्-क्त] 1 Loosened, relaxed, slackened. -2 Set free, liberated, relaxed. -3 Abandoned, left, given up, set aside, taken off. -4 Thrown, cast, discharged, hurled. -5 Fallen down, dropped down from; विदन्ति मार्गं नखरन्ध्रमुक्तैर्मुक्ताफलैः Ku.1.6. -6 Drooping, unnerved; मुक्तैरवयवैरशयिषि Dk. -7 Given, bestowed. -8 Sent forth, emitted. -9 Finally saved or emancipated. -1 Ejected, spit out. -11 Deprived. -12 Absolved or emancipated (from sin or worldly existence); see मुच् also. -13 Opened, blown (as a flower); मुक्तपुष्पावकीर्णेन (शोभिता) Rām.5.1.8. -14 Set up, established (प्रवर्तित); स दण्डो विधिवन्मुक्तः Rām.7.79.9. -क्तः One who is finally emancipated from the bonds of worldly existence, one who has renounced all worldly attachments and secured final beatitude, an absolved saint; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः ॥ Subhāṣ. -क्तम् The spirit released from worldly existence. -Comp. -अम्बरः a Jaina mendicant of the digambara class. -आत्मन् a. finally saved or emancipated. (-m.) 1 the soul absolved from sins or from worldly matter. -2 a person whose soul is absolved. -आसन a. rising from a seat. (-नम्) a particular position of ascetics (सिद्धासन). -कच्छः a Buddhist. -कञ्चुकः a snake that has cast off its slough. -कण्ठ a. raising a cry. (-ण्ठम्) ind. bitterly, loudly, aloud; सा मुक्तकण्ठं व्यसनातिभाराच्चक्रन्द विग्ना कुररीव भूयः R.14.68. -कर, -हस्त a. open-handed, liberal, bountiful. -केश a. letting the hair hang down, having the hair dishevelled. -चक्षुस् m. a lion. -चेतस् a. absolved, emancipated. -प्रपाङ्गम् an open court-yard connected with a tank; मुक्तप्रपाङ्गमपि दारुशिलेष्टकाद्यैः । रत्नैरनेकबहुलोह- विशेषकैश्च ॥ Mānasāra 47.31-32. -बन्धन a. free from bondage; पश्य मूषिकमात्रेण कपोता मुक्तबन्धनाः. -लज्ज a. shameless. -वसनः see मुक्ताम्बर. -शैशव a. adult, grown up. -संग a. free from (wordly) ties or attachments, disinterested. (-गः) an ascetic of the fourth religious order (परिव्राजक).

muniḥ	मुनिः [मन्-इन् उच्च Uṇ.4.122] 1 A sage, a holy man, saint, devotee, an ascetic; मुनीनामप्यहं व्यासः Bg.1. 37; दुःखेष्वनुद्विग्नमनाः सुखेषु विगतस्पृहः । वीतरागभयक्रोधः स्थित- धीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥ 2.56; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś.2.15; R.1.8;3.49. -2 N. of the sage Agastya. -3 Of Vyāsa; Mb.6.119.4. -4 Of Buddha. -5 of Pāṇini. -6 N. of several plants (पियालु, पराशर and दमनक). -7 The internal conscience (according to Kull. on Ms.8.91 'the Supreme Spirit'). -8 The mango-tree. -9 The number 'seven'. -pl. The seven sages. -Comp. -अन्नम् (pl.) the food of ascetics, (कन्दफलादि); देशे काले च संप्राप्ते मुन्यन्नं हरिदैवतम् Bhāg.7. 15.5. -इन्द्रः 1 'the lord of the sages', a great sage. -2 an epithet of Śākyamuni. -3 of Bharata. -4 of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a great sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Buddha. -च्छदः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -त्रयम् 'the triad of sages', i. e. Pāṇini, Kātyāyana, and Patañjali (who are considered to be inspired saints); मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य, or त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम् Sk. -दारकः, -कुमारः a young sage. -द्रुमः the Śyonāka tree. -धान्यम् a kind of wild grain (Mar. देवभात). -परंपरा uninterrupted tradition. -पित्तलम् copper. -पुङ्गवः a great or eminent sage. -पुत्रकः 1 a wagtail. -2 the damanaka tree. -प्रियः Panicum Miliaceum (Mar. नीवार, काङ्ग). -भेषजम् 1 the fruit of the yellow myrobalan. -2 fasting. -वृत्ति a. leading an ascetic life; वार्द्धके मुनि- वृत्तीनाम् R.1.8. -व्रतम् an ascetic vow; keeping silence; मुनिव्रतैस्त्वामतिमात्रकर्शिताम् Ku.5.48; मुनिव्रतमथ त्यक्त्वा निश्चक्रामाम्बिकागृहात् Bhāg.1.53.51.

mūrcchā	मूर्च्छा [मुर्च्छ्-भावे अङ्] 1 Fainting, swooning; प्रहार- मूर्च्छापगमे R.7.44. -2 Spiritual ignorance or delusion. -3 A process in calcining metals; मूर्च्छां गतो मृतो वा निदर्शनं पारदो$त्र रसः Bv.1.82. -4 The rising of sounds &c; see मूर्च्छन (4) above. -5 Growth, increase. -Comp. -अपगमः the passing off of fainting. -आक्षेपः (in Rhet.) expressing strong dissent by a swoon; इति तत्कालसम्भूत- मूर्च्छयाक्षिप्यते गतिः । कान्तस्य कातराक्ष्या यन्मूर्च्छाक्षेपः स ईदृशः ॥ Kāv.2.154. -परिप्लुत, -परीत a. unconscious, fainted away.

mūlam	मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27.

modin	मोदिन् a. [मुद्-णिनि] 1 Glad, pleased, cheerful. -2 Gladdening, delighting. -नी 1 N. of various plants (अजमोदा, मल्लिका, यूथिका). -2 Musk. -3 An intoxicating or spirituous liquor.

mohaḥ	मोहः [मुह् घञ्] 1 Loss of consciousness, fainting, a swoon, insensibility; मोहेनान्तर्वरतनुरियं लक्ष्यते मुच्यमाना V.1.8; मोहादभूत् कष्टतरः प्रबोधः R.14.56; Ku.3.73; कतिचन पेतुरुपेत्य मोहमुद्राम् Śiva B.28.88. -2 Perplexity, delusion, embarrassment, confusion; यज्ज्ञात्वा न पुनर्मोहमेवं यास्यसि पाण्डव Bg.4.35. -3 Folly, ignorance, infatuation; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ś.7.25. -4 Error, mistake. -5 Wonder, astonishment. -6 Affliction, pain. -7 A magical art employed to confound an enemy. -8 (In phil.) Delusion of mind which prevents one from discerning the truth (makes one believe in the reality of worldly objects and to be addicted to the gratification of sensual pleasures); महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. -9 Illusion of attachment or love; स्वगृहोद्यानगतेी$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् Pt.2.171. Comp. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are confounded; शशीत्युत्प्रेक्ष्य तन्वङ्गि त्वन्मुखं त्वन्मुखाशया । इन्दुमप्यनु- धावामीत्येषा मोहोपमा स्मृता ॥ Kāv.2.25. -कलिलम् 1 the thick net or snare of delusion. -2 spirituous liquor. -जालम् mundane fascination. -निद्रा over-weening confidence. -मन्त्रः a deluding spell. -रात्रिः f. the night when the whole universe will be destroyed; कालरात्रि- र्महारात्रिर्मोहरात्रिश्च Chaṇḍīpāṭha. -शास्त्रम् a false doctrine or precept.

mauḍhyam	मौढ्यम् 1 Ignorance, stupidity, folly; हित्वार्चां भजते मौढ्याद् भस्मन्येव जुहोति सः Bhāg. -2 Childishness. -3 Spiritual folly. -4 Swoon, stupor.

mlai	म्लै 1 P. (म्लायति, मम्लौ, अम्लासीत्, म्लास्यति, म्लान) 1 To fade, wither; म्लायतां भूरुहाणाम् Bv.1.36; Śi.5.43; बभ्रमुश्चस्खलुश्चान्ये पेतुर्मम्लुस्तथा$परे Mb.7.115.29; माने म्लायति Bh.3.33. -2 To grow weary or languid; to be fatigued or exhausted; पथि .. मम्लतुर्न मणिकुट्टिमोचितौ R.11.9; Bk.14. 6; वनविहरणखेदम्लानम् Śi.7.75. -3 To be sad or dejected, be downcast or dispirited; मम्लौ साथ विषादेन K. P.1; म्लायते मे मनो हीदम् Mb. -4 To become thin or emaciated. -5 To disappear, vanish. -6 To decline, become less; वनविहरणखेदम्लानमम्लानशोभाः Śi.7.75. -Caus. (म्लापयति) 1 To cause to fade, wither up. -2 To make languid or dispirited, emaciate, enfeeble. -3 To crush.

mlāna	म्लान p. p. [म्लै-क्त तस्य नः] 1 Faded, withered. -2 Wearied, weary, languid. -3 Enfeebled, weak, feeble, faint. -4 Sad, dejected, melancholy. -5 Black. -6 Foul, dirty. -7 Ignominous; कः कुर्वीत शिरः प्रणाममलिनं म्लानं मनस्वी जनः Bh.1.32. -नम् Withering, fading. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. weak-bodied. (-ङ्गी) a woman during her menses. -मनस् a. depressed in mind, dispirited, disheartened. -मुख a. sad, dejected; see म्लानवक्त्र; द्राक्षा म्लानमुखी जाता शर्करा चाश्मतां गता । सुभाषितरसस्याग्रे सुधा भीता दिवं गता ॥ Subhāṣ. -वक्त्र a. having a blackened countenance. -व्रीड a. shameless.

yakṣaḥ	यक्षः [यक्ष्यते, यक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] 1 N. of a class of demigods who are described as attendants of Kubera, the god of riches, and employed in guarding his gardens and treasures; यक्षोत्तमा यक्षपतिं धनेशं रक्षन्ति वै प्रासगदादिहस्ताः Hariv.; Me.68; Bg.1.23;11.22. -2 A kind of ghost or spirit; तन्न व्यजानन्त किमिदं यक्षमिति Ken.3.2. -3 N. of the palace of Indra. -4 N. of Kubera. -5 Worship. -6 A dog. -क्षम् 1 A ghost. -2 Sacrifice. -3 Anything honoured. -क्षी 1 A female Yakṣa. -2 N. of Kubera's wife. -3 The Yakṣa. class; अल्पवीर्या यदा यक्षी श्रूयते मुनिपुंगव Rām.1.25.2. -Comp. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -इन्द्रः Kubera, the lord of Yakṣas. -आमलकम् the fruit of the पिण्डखर्जूर tree. -आवासः the fig-tree. -कर्दमः an ointment consisting of camphor, agallochum, musk and Kakkola (according to others, also sandal and suffron) mixed in equal proportions; यक्षकर्दममृदून्मृदिताङ्गं ... सिषिचुरुच्चकुचास्तम् N.21.7; (कर्पूरागुरु- कस्तुरीकक्कोलैर्यक्षकर्दमः Ak.; कुङ्कुमागुरुकस्तूरी कर्पूरं चन्दनं तथा । महासुगन्धमित्युक्तं नामतो यक्षकर्दमः ॥). -ग्रहः the being possessed by Yakṣas or evil spirits; a kind of insanity. -तरुः the fig-tree. -धूपः resin, incense. -बलिः a particular nuptial ceremony. -रसः a kind of intoxicating drink. -राज् m. 1 N. of Kubera; प्रतिसिञ्चन् विचिक्रीडे यक्षीभिर्यक्षराडिव Bhāg.1.9.9. -2 a place prepared for wrestling and boxing. -राजः N. of Kubera. -रात्रिः f. the festival called Dīpāli, q. v. -वित्तः one who is like a Yakṣa, i. e. the guardian of wealth, but who never uses it; तस्यैवं यक्षवित्तस्य च्युतस्योभयलोकतः Bhāg.11.23.9.

yajñaḥ	यज्ञः [यज्-भावे न] 1 A sacrifice, sacrificial rite; any offering or oblation; यज्ञेन यज्ञमयजन्त देवाः; तस्माद्यज्ञात् सर्वहुतः &c.; यज्ञाद् भवति पर्जन्यो यज्ञः कर्मसमुद्भवः Bg.3.14. -2 An act of worship, any pious or devotional act. (Every householder, but particularly a Brāhmaṇa, has to perform five such devotional acts every day; their names are :-- भूतयज्ञ, मनुष्ययज्ञ, पितृयज्ञ, देवयज्ञ, and ब्रह्मयज्ञ, which are collectively called the five 'great sacrifices'; see महायज्ञ, and the five words separately.) -3 N. of Agni. -4 Of Viṣṇu; ऋषयो यैः पराभाव्य यज्ञघ्नान् यज्ञमीजिरे Bhāg.3.22.3. -Comp. -अंशः a share of sacrifice ˚भुज् m. a deity, god; निबोध यज्ञांशभुजामिदानीम् Ku.3.14. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम् a sacrificial hall. -अङ्गम् 1 a part of a sacrifice. -2 any sacrificial requisite, a means of a sacrifice; यज्ञाङ्गयोनित्वमवेक्ष्य यस्य Ku.1.17. (-गः) 1 the glomerous figtree (उदुम्बर). -2 the Khadira tree. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 the black-spotted antelope. -अन्तः 1 the completion of a sacrifice. -2 an ablution at the end of a sacrifice for purification. -3 a supplementary sacrifice. ˚कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अरिः an epithet of Śiva. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving sacrifice. -2 fit for a sacrifice. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -अवयवः N. of Viṣṇu. -अशनः a god. -आत्मन् m. -ईश्वरः N. of Viṣṇu. -आयुधम् an implement of a sacrifice. These are said to be ten in number; स्पयश्च कपालानि च अग्निहोत्रहवणी च शूर्पं च कृष्णाजिनं च शम्या चोलूखलं च मुसलं च दृषच्चोपला एतानि वै दश यज्ञायुधानीति (quoted in ŚB. on MS.4.7.) -ईशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of the sun. -इष्टम् a kind of grass (दीर्घरोहिततृण). -उपकरणम् any utensil or implement necessary for a sacrifice. -उपवीतम् the sacred thread worn by members of the first three classes (and now even of other lower castes) over the left shoulder and under the right arm; see Ms.2.63; वामांसावलम्बिना यज्ञोपवीतेनोद्भासमानः K.; कौशं सूत्रं त्रिस्त्रिवृतं यज्ञोपवीतम् ...... Baudhāyana; (originally यज्ञोपवीत was the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread). -उपासक a. performing sacrifices. -कर्मन् a. engaged in a sacrifice. (-n.) a sacrificial rite. -कल्प a. of the nature of a sacrifice or sacrificial offering. -कालः the last lunar day of every fortnight (full-moon and newmoon). -कीलकः a post to which the sacrificial victim is fastened. -कुण्डम् a hole in the ground made for receiving the sacrificial fire. -कृत् a. performing a sacrifice. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a priest conducting a sacrifice. -क्रतुः 1 a sacrificial rite; Ait. Br.7.15. -2 a complete rite or chief ceremony. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu; ईजे च भगवन्तं यज्ञक्रतुरूपम् Bhāg.5.7.5. -क्रिया a sacrificial rite. -गम्य a. accessible by sacrifice (Viṣṇu). -गुह्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -घ्नः a demon who interrupts a sacrifice. -त्रातृ m. N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा a sacrificial gift, the fee given to the priests who perform a sacrifice. -दीक्षा 1 admission or initiation to a sacrificial rite. -2 performance of a sacrifice; (जननम्) तृतीयं यज्ञदीक्षायां द्विजस्य श्रुतिचोदनात् Ms.2.169. -द्रव्यम् anything (e. g. a vessel) used for a sacrifice. -द्रुह् m. an evil spirit, a demon. -धीर a. conversant with worship or sacrifice. -पतिः 1 one who institutes a sacrifice. See यजमान. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -पत्नी the wife of the institutor of a sacrifice. -पशुः 1 an animal for sacrifice, a sacrificial victim. -2 a horse. -पात्रम्, -भाण्डम् a sacrificial vessel. -पुंस्, -पुमान् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -फलदः epithets of Viṣṇu. -बाहुः N. of Agni. -भागः 1 a portion of a sacrifice, a share in the sacrificial offerings. -2 a god, deity. ˚ईश्वरः N. of Indra. ˚भुज् m. a god, deity. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भावित a. honoured with sacrifice; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -भुज् m. a god. -भूमिः f. a place for sacrifice, a sacrificial ground. -भूषणः white darbha grass. -भृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भोक्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -महीत्सवः a great sacrificial caremony. -योगः the Udumbara tree. -रसः, -रेतस् n. Soma. -वराहः Viṣṇu in his boar incarnation. -वल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Soma plant. -वाटः a place prepared and enclosed for a sacrifice. -वाह a. conducting a sacrifice. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a Brahmaṇa. -3 N. of Śiva. -वीर्यः N. of Viṣṇu. -वृक्षः the fig-tree. -वेदिः, -दी f. the sacrificial altar. -शरणम् a sacrificial shed or hall, a temporary structure under which a sacrifice is performed ; M.5. -शाला a sacrificial hall. -शिष्टम्, -शेषः -षम् the remains of a sacrifice; यज्ञशिष्टाशिनः सन्तो मुच्यन्ते सर्वकिल्बिषैः Bg.3.13; यज्ञशेषं तथामृतम् Ms.3.285. -शील a. zealously performing sacrifice; यद् धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद् विदुर्बुधाः Ms.11.2. -श्रेष्ठा the Soma plant. -संस्तरः the act of setting up the sacrificial bricks; यज्ञ- संस्तरविद्भिश्च Mb.1.7.42. -सदस् n. a number of people at a sarifice. -संभारः materials necessary for a sacrifice. -सारः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सिद्धिः f. the completion of a sacrifice. -सूत्रम् see यज्ञोपवीत; अन्यः कृष्णाजिन- मदाद् यज्ञसूत्रं तथापरः Rām.1.4.21. -सेनः an epithet of king Drupada. -स्थाणुः a sacrificial post. -हन् m., -हनः epithets of Śiva. -हुत् m. a sacrificial priest.

yama	यम a. [यम्-घञ्] 1 Twin, twinborn. -2 Coupled. -मः 1 Restraining, controlling, curbing; यमो राजा धार्मिकाणां मान्धातः परमेश्वरः Mb.12.91.42. -2 Control, restraint. -3 Self control. -4 Any great moral or religious duty or observance (opp. नियम); तप्तं यमेन नियमेन तपो$मुनैव N.13.16; यमनियमकृशीकृतस्थिराङ्गः Ki.1. 1. (यम and नियम are thus distinguished:-- शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत् कर्म तद् यमः । नियमस्तु स यत् कर्म नित्यमागन्तुसाधनम् ॥ Ak.2.49; See Malli. on Śi.13.23 and Ki.1.1 also. The yamas are usually said to be ten, but, their names are given differently by different writers; e. g. ब्रह्मचर्यं दया क्षान्तिर्दानं सत्यमकल्कता । अहिंसा$स्तेयमाधुर्ये दमश्चेति यमाः स्मृताः ॥ Y.3.312; or आनृशंस्यं दया सत्यमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् । प्रीतिः प्रसादो माधुर्यं मार्दवं च यमा दश ॥ sometimes only five yamas are mentioned:-- अहिंसा सत्यवचनं ब्रह्मचर्यमकल्कता । अस्तेयमिति पञ्चैते यमाख्यानि व्रतानि च ॥). -5 The first of the eight aṅgas. or means of attaining Yoga; the eight aṅgas are:-- यमनियमासनप्राणायामप्रत्याहारधारणाध्यानसमाधयो$- ष्टाङ्गानि; Śāndilya Up.1.1.2. -6 The god of death, death personified, regarded as a son of the sun; he presides over the पितृs and rules the spirits of the dead; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -7 A twin; धर्मात्मजं प्रति यमौ च (i. e. नकुलसहदेवौ) कथैव नास्ति Ve.2.25; यमयो- श्चैव गर्भेषु जन्मतो ज्येष्ठता मता Ms.9.126. -8 One of a pair or couple, a fellow. -9 N. of Saturn. -1 A crow. -11 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -12 Ved. A rein, bridle; पृष्ठे सदो नसोर्यमः Ṛv.5. 61.2. -13 Ved. A driver, charioteer; अग्निं रथानां यमम् Ṛv.8.13.1. -14 N. of a deity who chastises beings for their misdeeds; यमं कालं च मृत्युं च स्वर्गं संपूज्य चार्हतः Mb.12.2.3. -मम् 1 A pair or couple. -2 (In gram.) The twin letter of any consonant. -3 Pitch of the voice. -मी N. of the river Yamunā. -मौ (m. du.) 1 Twins; कथं त्वमेतौ धृतिसंयमौ यमौ Ki.1. 36. -2 N. of the Aśvins; यमौ यमोपमौ चैव ददौ दानान्यनेकशः Mb.14.61.38. -3 Nakula and Sahadeva; भीमार्जुनयमा- श्चापि तद्युक्तं प्रतिपेदिरे Mb.3.6.14. ˚मैथुनौ twins of different sex. -Comp. -अनुगः, -अनुचरः a servant or attendant of Yama. -अनुजा N. of the river Yamunā मघोनि वर्षत्य- सकृद् यमानुजा Bhāg.1.3.51. -अन्तकः an epithet of 1 Śiva. -2 of Yama. -अरिः, -घ्नः, -रिपुः &c. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशम् the Nakṣatra Bharaṇī. -किङ्करः a messenger of death. -कीटः 1 a wood-louse. -2 an earth-worm. -कीलः N. of Viṣṇu. -कोटिः, -टी N. of a mythical town to the east of Laṅkā लङ्का कुमध्ये यमकोटिरस्याः Siddhāntaśiromaṇi. -घण्टः N. of an astrological Yoga (this is inauspicious). -जः a. twin-born, twin; यमजौ चापि भद्रं ते नैतदन्यत्र विद्यते Mb.3.14.19; भ्रातरौ आवां यमजौ U.6;4; also यमजात-जातक. -दंष्ट्रा 'Yama's tooth', the jaws of death. (-ष्ट्राः pl.) the last eight days of the month Aśvina and the whole of Kārtika (regarded as a period of general sickness). -दिश् f. the south. -दूतः, -दूतकः 1 a messenger of death. -2 a crow. -दूतिका tamarind. -देवता the asterism Bharaṇī. -द्रुमः Bombax Heptaphyllum (Mar. सांवरी). -द्वितीया the second day in the bright half of Kārtika when sisters entertain their brothers (Mar. भाऊबीज); cf. भ्रातृद्वितीया. -धानी the abode of Yama; नरः संसारान्ते विशति यमधानीजवनिकाम् Bh.3.112. -धारः a kind of double-edged weapon. -पटः, -पट्टिका a piece of cloth on which Yama with his attendants and the punishments of hell are represented (Mar. यमपुरी); याव- देतद् गृहं प्रविश्य यमपटं दर्शयन्न् गीतानि गायामि Mu.1.18/19. -पदम् a repeated word. -पाशः the noose of Yama. -पुरुषः Yama's servant or minister. -प्रियः the fig tree. -भगिनी N. of the river Yamunā. -यातना the tortures inflicted by Yama upon sinners after death, (the word is sometimes used to denote horrible tortures', 'extreme pain'). -रथः a buffalo. -राज् m. Yama, the god of death. -वाहनः = यमरथः q. v. -व्रतम् 1 an observance or vow made to Yama. -2 an impartial punishment (as given by Yama); यथा यमः प्रियद्वेष्यौ प्राप्ते काले नियच्छति । तथा राज्ञा नियन्तव्याः प्रजास्तद् हि यमव्रतम् ॥ Ms.9. 37. -शासनः the lord Śiva; यशो यदीयं यमशासनालय-क्षमाधर- स्पर्धनमाचचार सः Rām. Ch.2.12; (यमशासनालयः = हिमा- लयः). -श्रायम् the abode of Yama; यात यूयं यमश्रायं दिशं नायेन दक्षिणाम् Bk.7.36. -सभा the tribunal of Yama. -सूर्यम् a building with two halls, one facing the west and the other facing the north. -स्वसृ f. 1 N. of the river Yamunā; क्षणमिव पुलिने यमस्वसुस्ताम् Bhāg.3.4.27. -2 N. of Durgā.

yayātiḥ	ययातिः [यस्य वायोरिव यातिः सर्वत्र रथगतिर्यस्य Tv.] N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race, son of Nahuṣa; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7. [He married Devayānī, daughter of Śukra, and Śarmiṣṭhā, daughter of the king of Asuras, was told by her father to be her servant as a sort of recompense for her insulting conduct towards her on a previous occasion. (See Devayānī.) But Yayāti fell in love with this servant and privately married her. Aggrieved at this, Devayānī went to her father and complained of the conduct of her husband, on whom, therefore, Śukra inflicted premature infirmity and old age. Yayāti, however, propitiated him and obtained from him permission to transfer his decrepitude to any one who would consent to take it. He asked his five sons, but all refused except Puru, the youngest. Yayāti accordingly transferred his infirmity to Puru, and being once more in the prime of youth, passed his time in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. This he did for 1 years, and yet his desire was not satisfied. At last, however, with a vigorous effort he renounced his sensual life, restored his youth to Puru, and having made him successor to the throne, repaired to the woods to lead a pious life and meditate upon the Supreme Spirit.]

yaśas	यशस् a. [अश् स्तुतौ असुन् धातोः ल्युट् च Uṇ.4.19] 1 Lovely, agreeable, worthy. -2 Honoured. -n. Fame. reputation, glory, renown; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दु- रिवाम्भसि Ms.7.34; यशस्तु रक्ष्यं परतो यशोधनैः R.3.48; 2.4. -2 An object of glory or respect, a person of distinction. -3 Ved. Beauty, splendour. -4 Favour, partiality. -5 Wealth. -6 Food. -7 Water. -8 An assemblage of rare merits; यावद् हि प्रथते लोके पुरुषस्य यशो भुवि । तावत् तस्याक्षया कीर्तिर्भवतीति विनिश्चिता ॥ Mb.12.54.32 (com. यशः परचित्तचमत्कृतिजनको गुणौघः). -9 An indirect fame (परोक्षकीर्ति); तपति च कीर्त्या यशसा ब्रह्मवर्चसेन Ch. Up.3. 18.3. -Comp. -कर a. (यशस्कर) conferring glory, glorious; साम्राज्यकृत् सजात्येषु लोके चैव यशस्करः Ms.8.387. -काम a. (यशस्काम) 1 desirous of getting fame. -2 aspiring; ambitious. -कायम्, -शरीरम् body in the form of fame; यशःशरीरे भव मे दयालुः R.2.24; नास्ति येषां यशःकाये जरामरणजं भयम् Bh. -द a. (-यशोद) conferring fame. (-दः) (येन वायुना शीद्यते शद् अच्) quicksilver; यशदं रङ्गसदृशं रीतिहेतुश्च तन्मतम् Bhāva P. (-दा) N. of the wife of Nanda and foster-mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -धन a. or s. one whose wealth or valued treasure is fame, rich in fame, very renowned; अपि स्वदेहात् किमुतेन्द्रियार्थाद् यशो- धनानां हि यशो गरीयः R.14.35;2.1. -धर a. (यशोधर) keeping up or preserving glory. -धा a. conferring fame; कच्चिद् यशोधा रथयूथपानां गाण्डीवधन्वोपरतारिरास्ते Bhāg. 3.1.38. -पटहः (यशःपटहः) a double drum. -प्रख्यापनम् (यशःप्रख्यापनम्) spreading or proclaiming the glory. -भृत् a. (यशोभृत्) famous, renowned. -शेष a. remaining only in fame; having nothing left behind except glory i. e. dead; cf. कीर्तिशेष. (-षः) death. -हर a. (यशोहर) taking away fame, dishonouring, ignominious.

yaṣṭiḥ	यष्टिः ष्टी f. [यज्-क्तिन् नि˚ न संप्रसारणम्] 1 A stick, staff. -2 A cudgel, mace, club. -3 A column, pillar, pole; संक्रमध्वजयष्टीनां प्रतिमानां च भेदकः Ms.9.285. -4 A perch, as in वासयष्टि. -5 A stem, support. -6 A flagstaff; as in ध्वजयष्टि. -7 A stalk, stem. -5 A branch, twig; कदम्बयष्टिः स्फुटकोरकेव U.3.42; so चूतयष्टिः Ku.6.2; सालस्य यष्टिः Rām.2.2.32; सहकारयष्टिः &c. -9 A string, thread (as of pearls), a necklace विमुच्य सा हारमहार्य- निश्चया विलोलयष्टिप्रविलुप्तचन्दनम् Ku.5.8; क्वचित् प्रभालेपिभिरिन्द्र- नीलैः मुक्तामयी यष्टिरिवानुविद्धा R.13.54. -1 Any creeping plant. -11 Anything thin, slim, or slender (at the end of comp. after words meaning 'the body'); तं वीक्ष्य वेपथुमती सरसाङ्गयष्टिः Ku.5.85 'with her slender or delicate frame perspiring'. -12 A reed. -13 The arm. -14 Liquorice. -15 Sugar-cane. -Comp. -आघातः cudgeling, beating. -उत्थानम् rising with the help of a staff. -ग्रहः a club-bearer, staff-bearer; P.III.2.9. Vārt. -निवासः 1 a stick or rod serving as a perch for peacocks &c.; वृक्षेशया यष्टिनिवासभङ्गात् R.16.14. -2 a pigeon-house resting on upright poles. -प्राण a. 1 feeble or powerless. -2 out of breath. -मधु n., -मधुका liquorice. -यन्त्रम् a. a particular astronomical instrument.

yātuḥ	यातुः 1 A traveller, a way-farer. -2 Wind. -3 Time. -4 An evil spirit, a demon, Rākṣasa. -n. 1 An evil spirit, a demon. -2 A weapon. -Comp. -घ्नः Bdellium. -धानः an evil spirit, a demon; निघातयिष्यन् युधि यातुधानान् Bk.2.21; R.12.45. -नारी a female demon; बभ्राम त्रिजगति या तु यातुनारी Rām. Ch.7.1.

yukta	युक्त p. p. [युज्-क्त] 1 Joined, united. -2 Fastened, yoked, harnessed. -3 Fitted out, arranged; उदतिष्ठन् महाराज सर्वं युक्तमशेषतः Mb.6.16.4. -4 Accompanied; युक्तः प्रमाद्यसि Ki.11.29. -5 Furnished or endowed with, filled with, having, possessing (with instr. or in comp.) -6 Fixed or intent on, absorbed or engaged in, devoted to (with loc.); कौसल्यायां यथा युक्तो जनन्यां वर्तते सदा Rām.2.2.3; युक्तः प्रजानामनुरञ्जने स्याः U.1.11; Pt.1.284. -7 Used, employed. -8 Adapted, fitted. -9 Appointed (a government servant); अपि शक्या गतिर्ज्ञातुं पततां खे पतत्रिणाम् । न तु प्रच्छन्नभावानां युक्तानां चरतां गतिः ॥ मत्स्या यथान्तःसलिले चरन्तो ज्ञातुं न शक्याः सलिलं पिवन्तः । युक्ता- स्तथा कार्यविधौ नियुक्ता ज्ञातुं न शक्या धनमाददानाः ॥ Kau. A.2.9. -1 Connected with. -11 Proved, inferred, -12 Active, diligent. -13 Skilful, experienced, clever; सुग्रीवमन्त्रिते युक्तौ मम चापि हिते रतौ Rām.7.39.18. -14 Fit, proper, right, suitable (with gen. or loc). -15 Primitive, not derived (from another word). -16 = योग- युक्त q. v.; अनिःश्वसन्तं युक्तं तम् Rām.7.16.16; cf. युक्तचेतस्. -17 = नियमवान्; श्रद्दधानः सदा युक्तः सदा धर्मपरायणः Mb.1. 1.261. -18 (In astr.) Being in conjunction with. -क्तः 1 A saint who has become one with the Supreme Spirit. -क्तम् 1 A team, yoke. -2 Money lawfully obtained. -3 Junction, connection. -4 Fitness, propriety. -क्तम् ind. Fitly, properly, justly, duly, well. -Comp. -अर्थ a. sensible, rational, significant. -कर्मन् a. entrusted with some duty. -चेतस् a. योगयुक्त or योगा- भ्यासी q. v.; प्रयाणकाले$पि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतसः Bg.7.3. -चेष्ट a. behaving properly. -दण्ड a. punishing justly; स हि सर्वस्य लोकस्य युक्तदण्डतया मनः (आददे) R.4.8. -मनस् a. attentive. -योग a. (in astrol.) being in conjunction. -रथः 1 a kind of elixir. -2 N. of a particular enema. -रूप a. 1 fit, proper, worthy, suitable (with gen. or loc.); जन्म यस्य पुरोर्वंशे युक्तरूपमिदं तव Ś.1.12; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि 2.17. -2 Fit for, corresponding to. -वादिन् a. speaking properly.

yuñjāna	युञ्जान a. 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Proper, fit. -3 Prosperous, successful. -नः 1 A driver, charioteer. -2 A Brāhmaṇa who is engaged in the practice of Yoga to obtain union with the Supreme Spirit. -3 A Brāhmaṇa.

yogaḥ	योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.

yojanam	योजनम् [युज्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Joining, uniting, yoking. -2 Applying, fixing. -3 Preparation, arrangement. -4 Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage. -5 A measure of distance equal to four Krośas or eight or nine miles; स्याद् योजनं क्रोशचतुष्टयेन; प्रथममगमदह्ला योजने योजनेशः Līlā.; न योजनशतं दूरं बाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146. -6 Exciting, instigation. -7 Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= योग q. v.). -8 Erecting, constructing (also योजना in this sense). -9 Ved. Effort, exertion. -1 A road, way. -11 The Supreme Spirit of the universe. -12 A finger. -ना 1 Junction, union, connection. -2 Grammatical construction. -3 Use, application. -Comp. -गन्धा 1 musk. -2 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -3 of Sītā.

vyāgulī	व्यागुली Sour scum of boiled rice; cf. यवागू. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). -5 The planet Mars. -क्ता 1 Lac. -2 The plant गुञ्जा. -3 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -4 (In music) N. of a श्रुति. -क्तम् 1 Blood; रक्तं सर्वशरीरस्थं जीवस्याधारमुत्तमम् Bhāva P. -2 Copper. -3 Cinnabar. -4 Saffron. -5 Vermilion. -6 Dried Emblic Myrobalan; L. D. B. -7 A disease of the eyes. -8 The menstrual fluid. -9 Red sandal; रक्तं पीतं गुरु स्वादु छर्दितृष्णास्रपित्तनुत् । पित्तनेत्रहितं वृष्यं ज्वरव्रण- विषापहम् Bhāva P. -Comp. -अक्त a. 1 dyed red, tinged. -2 smeared with blood. (-क्तम्) red sandal. -अक्ष a. 1 red-eyed. -2 fearful. (-क्षः) 1 a buffalo. -2 a pigeon. -3 a crane (सारस). -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -5 the Chakora bird. -अङ्कः a coral. -अङ्गः 1 a bug. -2 the planet Mars. -3 the disc of the sun or moon. (-ङ्गम्) 1 a coral (also m. and f.) -2 saffron. -अति(ती)सारः dysentery, bloody flux; पित्तकृत तु यदात्यर्थं द्रव्यमश्नाति पैत्तिके । तद्दोषाज्जायते शीघ्रं रक्तातीसार उल्बणः ॥ Bhāva P. -अधरा a Kinnarī. -अधि- मन्थः inflammation of the eyes. -अपहम् myrrh. -अम्बर a. clad in red garments. (-रम्) a red garment. (-रः) a vagrant devotee wearing red garments. -अर्बुदः a bloody tumour. -अर्शस् n. a form of piles. -अशोकः the red-flowered Aśoka; रक्ताशोकरुचा विशेषितगुणो बिम्बाधरा- लक्तकः M.3.5. -आकारः coral -आधारः the skin. -आभ a. red-looking. -आशयः any viscus containing or secreting blood (as the heart, spleen, or liver). -उत्पलम् the red lotus. -उपलम् red chalk, red earth. -कण्ठ, -कण्ठिन् a. sweet-voiced. (-m.) the cuckoo; प्लावितै रक्तकण्ठानां कूजितैश्च पतत्रिणाम् Bhāg.4.6.12. -कन्दः, -कन्दलः coral. -कदम्बः the red-flowering Kadamba. -कमलम् the red lotus. -कुमुदम् a red lily. -केसरः the coral tree. -कैरवः, -कोकनदः a red lotus-flower. -गन्धकम् myrrh. -ग्रन्थिः a particular form of urinary disease. -ग्रीवः 1 a demon. -2 a kind of pigeon. -घ्नः the Rohitaka tree. (-घ्नी) the Dūrvā grass. -चन्दनम् 1 redsandal. -2 saffron. -चूर्णम् vermilion. -च्छद a. redleaved. -छर्दिः f. vomiting blood. -जिह्वः a lion. -तुण्डः a parrot. -तेजस् n. flesh. -दन्तिका, -दन्ती N. of Durgā; स्तुवन्तो व्याहरिष्यन्ति सततं रक्तदन्तिकाम् Devīmāhātmyam. -दृश् m. a pigeon. -धातुः 1 red chalk, orpiment. -2 copper. -नाडी a fistulous ulcer on the gum caused by a bad state of blood. -नासिकः an owl. -पः a demon, an evil spirit. (-पा) 1 a leech. -2 a Dākiṇī. -पक्षः N. of Garuḍa. -पटः a kind of mendicant; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34 (esp. Jains); धर्म इत्युपधर्मेषु नग्नरक्तपटादिषु । प्रायेण सज्जते भ्रान्त्या पेशलेषु च वाग्मिषु ॥ Bhāg.4.19.25. -पद्मम् A red lotus. -पल्लवः the Aśoka tree. -पातः blood-shed. -पाता a leech. -पाद a. red-footed. (-दः) 1 a bird with red feet, a parrot. -2 a war-chariot. -3 an elephant. -पायिन् m. a bug. -पायिनी a leech. -पारदः, -दम् cinnabar. -पिण्डम् 1 a red pimple. -2 a spontaneous discharge of blood from the nose and mouth. -पित्तम् derangement of the blood produced by bile; संयोगाद् दूषणात् तत् तु सामान्याद् गन्धवर्णयोः । रक्तं च पित्तमाख्यातं रक्तपित्त मनीषिभिः Bhāva P. -पुष्पः N. of several plants:-- करवीर, रोहितक, दाडिम, बन्धूक, पुन्नाग &c. -ष्पा N. of the plant Punarnavā पुनर्नवा परारक्ता रक्तपुष्पा परारिका Bhāva P. -पूयम् N. of a hell. -पूरकम् = वृक्षाम्ल q. v, -प्रमेहः the passing of blood in the urine. -फलः the figtree. -बिन्दुः N. of a demon; रक्तबिन्दुर्यदा भूमौ पतत्यस्य शरीरतः । समुत्पतति मेदिन्यास्तत्प्रमाणस्तदासुरः Devīmāhātmyam. -बीजः the pomegranate tree. -मत्स्यः a kind of red fish. -भवम् flesh. -भाव a. 1 red. -2 loving, amorous. -मञ्जरः the Nichula tree. -मण्डलम् a red lotus-flower. -मेहः the voiding of blood with urine; विस्रमुष्णं सलवणं रक्ताभं रक्तमेहतः Bhāva P. -मोक्षः, -मोक्षणम् bleeding, letting out blood. -राजिः a particular disease of the eye. -रेणुः 1 vermilion. -2 the Punnāga tree. -3 an angry man. -4 A bud of the Palāśa tree. -लोचनः a pigeon. -वटी, -वरटी small-pox. -वर्गः1 lac. -2 the pomegranate tree. -3 safflower. -वर्ण a. red-coloured. (-र्णः) 1 redcolour. -2 cochineal insect. (-र्णम्) gold. -वर्धनः Solanum Melongena (Mar. डोरली वांगी). -वसन, -वासस् a. clothed in red; Ms.8.256. (-m.) a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of life. -वालुकम्, -का vermilion. -विकारः deterioration of blood. -विद्रधिः a boil filled with bloood. -वृष्टिः a. shower of blood forboding evil; रक्ते (वर्षिते) शस्त्रोद्योगः Jyotiśtattvam. -वीजः the pomegranate tree; (see रक्तबीज above). -शासनम् vermilion. -शीर्षकः a kind of heron. -शृङ्गिकम् a kind of poison. -ष्ठीवी the spitting of blood. -संकोचः safflower. -संकोचकम् a red lotus-flower. -संझम् saffron. -संदंशिका a leech. -संध्यकम् the red lotus. -सारम् red sandal. -स्रावः hemorrhage.

rakṣas	रक्षस् n. [रक्ष्यते हविरस्मात्, रक्ष्-असुन्] 1 An evil spirit, a demon, an imp, a goblin; चतुर्दशसहस्राणि रक्षसां भीमकर्म- णाम् । त्रयश्च दूषणखरत्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः ॥ U.2.15. -2 Ved. Hurt, injury. -Comp. -ईशः, -नाथः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. -घ्नः white mustard. (-घ्नम्) sour rice-gruel. -जननी night. -पाशः a contemptible demon. -प्रकाण्डकः the best of the demons (प्रशस्तः राक्षसः); दण्डकानध्यवात्तां यौ वीर रक्षःप्रकाण्डकौ Bk.5.6. -सभम् an assembly of demons.

rakṣā	रक्षा [रक्ष्-भावे अ टाप्] 1 Protection, preservation; guarding; मयि सृष्टिर्हि लोकानां रक्षा युष्मास्ववस्थिता Ku.2.28; Ś.2.15; R.2.4,8; Me.45. -2 Care, security. -3 A guard, watch. -4 An amulet or mystical object used as a charm, any preservative; as in रक्षाकरण्ड q. v. below. -4 A tutelary deity. -5 Ashes. -6 A piece of silk or thread fastened round the wrist on particular occasions, especially on the full-moon day of Śrāvaṇa, as an amulet or preservative; (रक्षी also in this sense). -7 Lac. -Comp. -अधिकृतः 1 one who is entrusted with protection or superintendence, a superintendent or governor; Ms.7.123;9.272. -2 a magistrate. -3 the chief police-officer. -अपेक्षकः 1 a porter; doorkeeper. -2 a guard of the women's apartments. -3 a catamite. -4 an actor. -करण्डः, -करण्डकम् a preservative casket, an amulet, a magical or charmed casket; अहो रक्षाकरण्डकमस्य मणिबन्धे न दृश्यते Ś.7. -गृहम् a lying-in chamber; रक्षागृहगता दीपाः प्रत्यादिष्टा इवाभवन् R.1.68. -पट्टोलिका a cluster of amulets. -पत्रः a species of birch tree. -परिघः a protective bar. -पालः, -पुरुषः a watchman, guard, police. -प्रतिसरः an amulet; दत्तरक्षाप्रति- सरामन्वालम्भनशोभनाम् Mb.3.39.4. -प्रदीपः a lamp kept burning as a sort of protection against evil spirits. -भूषणम्, -मणिः, -रत्नम् an ornament of jewel worn as an amulet or preservative against evil spirits. -मङ्गलम् a ceremony performed for protection (against evil spirits &c.). -महौषधिः a sovereign preservative remedy. -सूत्रम् a carrying-girth.

raṅka	रङ्क a. 1 Mean, poor, beggarly, wretched, miserable. -2 Slow. -कः A beggar, wretch, any hungry or half-starved being; प्रेतरङ्कः Māl.5.16 'the famished or half-starved spirit'; रङ्कस्य नृपतेर्वापि जिह्वासौख्यं समं स्मृतम् Pt.1.254.

rasavat	रसवत् a. 1 Juicy, succulent. -2 Tasteful, savoury, sapid, well-flavoured; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात्सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21.; संसारसुखवृक्षस्य द्वे एव रसवत्फले । काव्यामृतरसास्वादः संपर्कः सज्जनैः सह ॥. -3 Moist, well-watered. -4 Charming, graceful, elegant. -5 Full of feeling or sentiment, impassioned. -6 Full of affection, possessed of love. -7 Spirited, witty. -ती 1 A kitchen. -2 A meal.

rākṣasa	राक्षस a. (-सी f.) [रक्षस इदम् अण्] Belonging to or like an evil spirit, demoniacal, partaking of a demon's nature; मुनयो राक्षसीमाहुर्वाचमुन्मत्तदृप्तयोः U.5.3; ततस्तद्राक्षसं सैन्यम् Rām.3.22.17; राक्षसीमासुरीं चैव प्रकृतिं मोहिनीं श्रिताः Bg.9.12. -सः 1 A demon, an evil spirit, a goblin, fiend, imp. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu Law, in which a girl is forcibly seized and carried away after the defeat or destruction of her relatives in battle; हत्वा छित्त्वा च भित्त्वा च क्रोशन्तीं रुदतीं गृहात् । प्रसह्य कन्याहरणं राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते ॥ Ms.3.33; राक्षसो युद्धहरणात् Y.1.61. (Kṛiṣṇa carried away Rukmiṇī in this manner.) -3 One of the astronomical Yogas. -4 N. of a minister of Nanda, an important character in the Mudrārākṣasa. -5 A king of the Rākṣasas. -6 N. of the 3th Muhūrta. -7 N. of a संवत्सर. -सी 1 A female demon. -2 Laṅkā or Ceylon. -3 Night. -4 A larger tooth, tusk. -Comp. -इन्द्रः N. of Rāvaṇa. -ग्रहः N. of a particular insanity or seizure. -घ्नः N. of Rāma.

rājyam	राज्यम् [राज्ञो भावः कर्म वा, राजन्-यत् नलोपः] 1 Royalty, sovereignty; royal authority; राज्येन किं तद् विपरीतवृत्तेः R. 2.53;4.1. -2 A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1.58. -3 Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:- स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोषराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.). -2 a stronghold. -3 an army. -अधिकारः 1 authority over a kingdom. -2 a right to sovereignty. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of a kingdom. -अप- हरणम् usurpation. -अभिषेकः inauguration or coronation of a king. -आश्रममुनिः a pious king, the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; पप्रच्छ कुशलं राज्ये राज्याश्रममुनिं मुनिः R.1.58. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of government. -करः the tribute paid by a tributary prince. -कर्तृ m. 1 an administrator or officer of government. -2 a king. -खण्डम् a country. -च्युत a. deposed or dethroned. -तन्त्रम् the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu.1. -द्रव्यम् a requisite of sovereignty. -धुरा, -भारः the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government. -परि- क्रिया administration. -भाज् a king. -भङ्गः subversion of sovereignty. -भोगः the possession of sovereignty. -भ्रंशः deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the glory of sovereignty. -लोभः greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement. -विभूतिः power of royalty. -व्यवहारः administration, government business. -सुखम् the sweets of royalty. -स्थितिः government.

rātriḥ	रात्रिः त्री f. [राति सुखं भयं वा रा-त्रिप् वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.69] 1 Night; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शशथ्याम् R.5.66; दिवा काकरवाद् भीता रात्रौ तरति नर्मदाम्. -2 The darkness of night. -3 Turmeric; Mb.13.136.25. -4 One of the four forms or bodies of Brahmā. -5 Day and night; अहःशब्दो$पि अहोरात्रवचनः । रात्रिशब्दो$पि ŚB. on MS.8.1.16; यां रात्रिं जायते जीवो यां रात्रिं च विनश्यति Mb.13.9.4. -Comp. -अटः 1 a goblin, demon, ghost. -2 a thief. -अन्धः a. night-blind. -आगमः, -उपायः the approach of night. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चरः (also -रात्रिंचर) (-री f.) 1 'a night rover', robber, thief. -2 a watchman, patrol, guard. -3 a demon, ghost, evil spirit; (तं) यान्तं वने रात्रिचरी डुढौके Bk.2.23. -चर्या 1 night-roving. -2 a nightly act or ceremony. -जम् a star, constellation. -जलम् dew. -जागरः 1 night-watching, wakefulness or sitting up at night; आरुरोह कुमुदा- करोपमां रात्रिजागरपरो दिवाशयः R.19.34. -2 a dog. ˚दः a gnat. -तरा the dead of night. -तिथिः f. a lunar night. -द्विष् the sun. -नाथः the moon. -नाशनः the sun. -पर्युषित a. stale. -पुष्पम् a lotus-flower opening at night. -बलः a demon. -भुजङ्गः the moon. -मणिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -योगः night-fall. -रक्षः, -रक्षकः a watchman, guard. -रागः darkness, obscurity. -वासस् n. 1 night-dress. -2 darkness. -विगमः 'end of night', break of day, dawn, daylight. -विश्लेषगामिन् m. the ruddy goose. -वेदः, -वेदिन् m. a cock. -सत्रन्यायः the rule according to which an act, for which no fruit is stated directly in the injunctive text, should be held as yielding the result spoken of in the अर्थवाद text connected with it. This rule is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.17-19. -हासः the white lotus. -हिण्डकः 1 a guard of the women's apartments. -2 a night-stalker.

rāṣṭram	राष्ट्रम् [राज्-ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.167] 1 A kingdom, realm, empire; राष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak; सामदण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभि- वृद्धये Ms.7.19;1.61. -2 A district, territory, country, region; as in महाराष्ट्र; नगराणि च राष्ट्राणि धनधान्य- युतानि च Rām.1.1.93; स्वराष्ट्रे न्यायवृत्तः स्यात् Ms.7.32. -3 The people, nation, subjects; तस्य प्रक्षुभ्यते राष्ट्रम् Ms. 9.254. -ष्ट्रः, -ष्ट्रम् Any national or public calamity. -Comp. -अभिवृद्धिः increase of a kingdom. -कर्षणम् distressing a kingdom; तथा राज्ञामपि प्राणाः क्षीयन्ते राष्ट्रकर्षणात् Ms.7.112. -तन्त्रम् administration. -पतिः, -पालः a sovereign. -भेदः division of a kingdom.

rudhira	रुधिर a. [रुध्-किरच् Uṇ.1.5] Red, red-coloured. -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Saffron. -रः 1 The red colour. -2 The planet Mars; रोहिणीशकटमर्कनन्दनश्चेद् भिनत्ति रुधिरो$थवा शशी Pt.1.213. -3 A kind of precious stone. -Comp. -अन्धः N. of a hell. -अशनः 'a blood-eater', a demon, an evil spirit. -आख्यः a kind of precious stone. -आननम् one of the five retrograding motions of Mars. -आमयः hemorrhage, piles. -उद्गारिन् a. 1 emitting blood. -2 N. of a संवत्सर. -पायिन् m. a demon. -प्लावित a. soaked in blood. -लालस a. sanguinary. -लेपः a. spot of blood. -सार a. sanguine.

rūkṣaṇīyaḥ	रूक्षणीयः Spirit distilled from molasses.

roman	रोमन् n. [रु-मनिन् Uṇ.4.15] 1 The hair on the body of men and animals; especially, short hair, bristles or down; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms. 4.144;8.116; Bhāg.11.18.3. -2 The feathers of birds. -3 The scales of a fish. -Comp. -अङ्कः a mark of hair; बिभ्रती श्वेतरोमाङ्कम् R.1.83. -अङ्कुरः, -अञ्चः a thrill (of rapture, horror, surprise &c.), horripilation; हर्षाद्भुतभयादिभ्यो रोमाञ्चो रोमविक्रिया S. D.167. -अञ्चित a. with the hair erect or thrilled with joy. -अन्तः the hair on the back or upper side of the hand. -आली, -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); शिखा धूमस्येयं परिणमति रोमावलिवपुः K. P.1; रोमराजि also. -2 Puberty. -उद्गमः, -उद्भेदः erection of the hair (on the body), thrill, horripilation; रोमोद्गमः प्रादुरभूदुमायाः Ku.7.77. -कर्णकः a hare. -कूपः, -पम्, -गर्तः a pore of the skin; सो$सृजद्रोमकूपेभ्यो रौम्या- न्नाम गणेश्वरान् Mb.12.284.35. -केशरम्, -केसरम्, -गुच्छम् whisk, chowrie. -पुलकः bristling of the hair, thrill; उद्भिन्नरोमपुलकैर्बहुभिः समन्ताज्जागर्ति रक्षति विलोकयति स्मरामि Ch. P.34. -भूमिः f. 'the place of the hair', i. e. the skin. -रन्ध्रम् a pore of the skin. -राजिः, -जी, -लता f. a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); रराज तन्वी नवरो (लो) मराजिः Ku.1.38; Śi.9.22. -वाहिन् a. cutting-off hair. -विकारः, -विक्रिया, -विभेदः thrill, horripilation; शंसति स्म घनरोमविभेदः Ki. 9.46; प्रतिक्षणं सा कृतरोमविक्रियाम् Ku.5.1. -विध्वंसः a louse. -शातनम् a depilatory for removing the hair. -सूची a hair-pin. -हर्षः bristling of the hair, thrill; वेपथुश्च शरीरे मे रोमहर्षश्च जायते Bg.1.29. -हर्षण a. causing thrill or horripilation, thrilling, awe-inspiring; एतानि खलु सर्वभूतरो (लो) महर्षणानि दीर्घारण्यानि U.2; संवादमिम- मश्रौषमद्भुतं रोमहर्षणम् Bg.18.74. (-णः) N. of Sūta, a pupil of Vyāsa who narrated several Purāṇas to Śaunaka. (-णम्) erection of hair on the body, thrill. -हृत् n. sulpuret of arsenic.

laghiman	लघिमन् m. [लघोर्भावः इमनिच् डिच्च] 1 Lightness, absence of weight. -2 Littleness, smallness, insignificance. -3 Lightness, levity, lowness or meanness of spirit; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा प्रश्नकर्मणि मां नियोजयति K. -4 Thoughtlessness, frivolity. -5 The supernatural power of assuming excessive lightnesss at will, one of the eight Siddhis q. v.

laṅghanam	लङ्घनम् [लङ्घ्-ल्युट्] 1 Leaping, jumping. -2 Going by leaps, traversing, passing over, going, motion in general; यूयमेव पथि शीघ्रलङ्घनाः Ghaṭ.8. -3 Mounting, ascending, rising up to (fig. also); नभोलङ्घना R.16.33; जनो$यमुच्चैःपदलङ्घनोत्सुकः Ku.5.64 'wishing to attain or aspire to a high position'. -4 Assulting, storming, capturing; as in दुर्गलङ्घनम्. -5 Exceeding, going beyond, overstepping, violating, transgression; आज्ञा- लङ्घनम्, नियमलङ्घनम् &c. -6 Disregarding, despising, treating with contempt, slighting; प्रणिपातलङ्घनं प्रमार्ष्टुकामा V.3; M.3.22. -7 An offence, affront, insult. -8 A harm, an injury; as in आतपलङ्घनम् q. v. -9 Fasting, abstinence; प्रचक्रमे लङ्घनपूर्वकं क्रमः Śi.12.25 (where it menans 'leaping' also). -1 One of the paces of a horse. -11 Sexual union, impregnating. लङ्घनीय laṅghanīya लङ्घ्य laṅghya लङ्घनीय लङ्घ्य a. 1 To be traversed or passed over, passable. -2 To be violated. -3 To be overtaken; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिरलङ्घनीयाः Ś.1.8. -4 To be neglected, or disregarded; मृदुर्हि राजा सततं लङ्घ्यो भवति सर्वशः Mb.12. 56.21. -5 To be fasted; see लङ्घ्.

vaptṛ	वप्तृ m. [वप्-तृच्] 1 A sower (of seed), planter, husbandman; न शालेः स्तम्बकरिता वप्तुर्गुणमपेक्षते Mu.1.3; Ms.3.142. -2 A father, procreator. -3 A poet, an inspired sage. -4 A shaver, cutter.

varuṇaḥ	वरुणः [वृ-उनन् Uṇ.3.53] 1 N. of an Āditya (usually associated with Mitra); Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -2 (In later mythology) The regent of the ocean and of the western quarter (represented with a noose in hand); यासां राजा वरुणो याति मध्ये सत्यानृत्ये अवपश्यञ्जनानाम्; वरुणो यादसामहम् Bg.1.29; त्वं विश्वेषां वरुणासि राजा ये च देवा ये च मर्ताः Ṛv.2.27.1; प्रतीचीं वरुणः पाति Mb.; अतिसक्तिमेत्य वरुणस्य दिशा भृशमन्वरज्यदतुषारकरः Śi.9.7. -3 The ocean. -4 Firmament. -5 The Sun. -6 The Varuṇa tree. -Comp. -अङ्गरुहः an epithet of Agastya. -आत्मजः N. of the sage Jamadagni; ततः सुतास्ते वरुणात्मजोपमाः Mb.7. 155.45. -आत्मजा spirituous liquor (so called being produced from the sea). -आलयः, -आवासः the ocean. -ईशम्, -देवम्, -दैवतम् the Nakṣatra Śatabhiṣaj. -पाशः 1 a shark. -2 the noose of Varuṇa. -लोकः 1 the world of Varuṇa. -2 water.

vardhana	वर्धन a. [वृध्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Increasing, growing. -2 Causing to increase, enlarging, magnifying. -नः A bestower of prosperity. -2 A tooth growing over another tooth. -3 N. of Śiva. -नी 1 A broom. -2 A bier. -3 A water-jar of a particular shape. -नम् 1 Growing, thriving. -2 Growth, increase, prosperity, magnifying, enlargement. -4 Elevation. -5 Exhilaration (of spirits), animation. -6 Educating, rearing. -7 Cutting, dividing; as in नाभिवर्धनम्; प्राङ्नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Mb.3.18.34; annihilation; ततो राजन् महानासीत् संग्रामो भूरिवर्धनः Mb.7.153.44. -8 A means of strengthening. restorative. -9 Filling.

vāma	वाम a. Left (opp. दक्षिण); विलोचनं दक्षिणमञ्जनेन संभाव्य तद्वञ्चितवामनेत्रा R.7.8; Me.8,98. -2 Being or situated on the left side; वामश्चायं नदति मधुरं चातकस्ते सगन्धः Me.9; (वामेन is used adverbially in the same sense; e. g. वामेनात्र वटस्तमध्वगजनः सर्वात्मना सेवते K. P.1). -3 (a) Reverse, contrary, opposite, adverse, unfavourable; तदहो कामस्य वामा गतिः Gīt.12; Māl.9.8; Bk.6.17; (b) Acting contrary, of an opposite nature; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयो वामाः कुलस्याधयः Ś.4.18. (c) Perverse, crooked-natured, refractory; Ś.6. (d Coy (in love). (e) Hard, cruel. -4 Vile, wicked, base low, bad; उवाच वामं चक्षुर्भ्यामभिवीक्ष्य दहन्निव Bhāg.4.2.8; आसक्तास्तास्वमी मूढा वामशीला हि जन्तवः Ki.11.24. -5 Lovely, beautiful, charming; as in वामलोचना; वामोरू; वामभ्रूः वामस्वभाव q. v. -6 Short. -मः 1 A sentient being, an animal. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 Of Cupid, the god of love. -4 A snake. -5 An udder, a breast. -6 Prohibited or forbidden act or practice (as drinking wine). -7 The left hand. -मम् 1 Wealth, possessions. -2 Any lovely or desirable thing. -3 Adversity, misfortune. -Comp. -अङ्गी f. a beautiful woman; वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -आचारः, -मार्गः the left-hand ritual or doctrine of the Tantras; the doctrine of resorting to मांस, मद्य, मत्स्य, मैथुन and मुद्रा. -आपीडनः the Pilu tree. -आवर्तः 1 a conch-shell, the spiral of which runs from right to left. -इतर a. right. -ऊरु, -ऊरू f. a woman with handsome thighs; तदिदं विषहिष्यते कथं वद वामोरु चिताधिरोहणम् R.8.57. -कुक्षिः left side of the abdomen. -दृश् f. a woman (with lovely eyes). -देवः 1 N. of a sage. -2 N. of Śiva; नाहं न यूयं यदृतां गतिं विदुर्न वामदेवः किमुतापरे सुराः Bhāg.2.6.36. -नयना a fair-eyed woman. -नी a. bringing wealth; Ch. Up. -नेत्रम् a mystical N. of the vowel ई. -भ्रूः f. a beautiful-eyebrowed woman; केनेत्थं परमार्थतो$र्थवदिव प्रेमास्ति वाम- भ्रुवाम् Pt.1.136. -लोचना a woman with lovely eyes; विरूपाक्षस्य जयिनीस्ताः स्तुवे वामलोचनाः K. P.1; R.19.13. -शील a. of a perverse or crooked nature; cross-tempered; तदेहि वामशीलां मालतीं निर्भर्त्सयामः Māl.7. (-लः) an epithet of the god of love. -स्वभाव a. of noble character; निरीक्ष्य कृष्णा$पकृतं गुरोः सुतं वामस्वभावा कृपया ननाम च Bhāg.1.7.42. -हस्तः the dew-lap of a goat.

vāraḥ	वारः [वृ-घञ्] 1 That which covers, a cover. -2 A multitude, large number; as in वारयुवति; ते स्ववारं समा- स्थाय वर्त्मकर्मणि कोविदाः Rām.2.8.5. -3 A heap, quantity. -4 A herd, flock; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56. -5 A day of the week; as in बुधवार, शनिवार. -6 Time, turn; शशकस्य वारः समायातः Pt.1; अप्सरावारपर्यायेण V.5; R.19.18; often used in pl. like the English 'times'; बहुवारान् 'many times', कतिवारान् 'how many times'. -7 An occasion, opportunity. -8 A door, gate. -9 The opposite bank of a river. -1 N. of Śiva. -11 Ved. A tail. -रम् 1 A vessel for holding spirituous liquor. -2 A mass of water (जलसंघ). -Comp. -अङ्गना, -नारी, -युवति f., योषित् f., -वधू, -वनिता, विलासिनी, -सुन्दरी, -स्त्री 'a woman of the multitude', a common woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute; Ratn.1. 26; Ś. Til.16. -कीरः 1 a wife's brother (according to Trik. Medinī spells with ब). -2 the submarine fire. -3 a hair-dresser or comb. -4 a louse. -5 a courser. -6 a carrier, porter; (these meanings are given in Medinī). -बु(बू)षा the plantain tree. -मुख्या the chief of a number of harlots. -बा (वा) णः, -णम् 1 Armour, a coat of mail; अगमत् कैतकं रजः । तद्योधवारबाणानामयत्न- पटवासताम् R.4.55; Śi.15.118; धुन्वाना जगृहुर्बाणान् वारबाण- विदारणान् Parṇāl.5.68. -2 a variety of blanket; Kau. A.2.11. -योगः powder. -वाणिः 1 a piper, player on a flute. -2 a musician. -3 a year. -4 a judge. (-णिः f.) a harlot. -वाणी a harlot. -वृषा 1 corn. -2 the plantain tree. -वेला a time or period of the day when no act is performed; कृतमुनियमशरमङ्गलरामर्तुषु भास्करादि- यामार्धे । प्रभवति हि वारवेला न शुभा शुभकार्यचरणाय ॥ Jyotistattvam. -सेवा 1 harlotry, prostitution. -2 a number of harlots.

vāri	वारि n. [वृ-इञ् Uṇ. 4.124] 1 Water; यथा खनन् खनित्रेण नरो वार्यधिगच्छति Subhāṣ. -2 A fluid. -3 A kind of perfume (वाल or ह्रीवेर). -रिः, -री f. 1 A place for fastening an elephant; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56; R.5.15. ˚कर्मन् n. method of catching elephants with traps; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -2 A rope for fastening an elephant. -3 A hole or trap for catching elephants. -4 A captive, prisoner. -5 A water-pot. -6 N. of Sarasvatī. -7 Speech. -Comp. -अयनम् a reservoir of water, pond; दूरे वार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg. 12.2.6. -ईशः 1 the ocean; (चरणः) चिरं चेतश्चारी मम भवतु वारीशदुहितुः Lakṣmīlaharī S.6. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -उद्भ- -वम् a lotus. -ओकः a leech; यथाल्पाल्पमदन्त्याद्यं वार्योकोवत्स- षट्पदाः Ms.7.129. -गर्भः a cloud. -गृहम् a pond. -कर्पूरः a kind of fish (इलीश). -कुब्जकः the plant शृङ्गाटक. -कूटः a turret protecting the access to the gate of a town. -क्रिमिः a leech. -चत्वरः a piece of water. -चर a. aquatic. (-रः) 1 a fish. -2 any aquatic animal; अनृणी चाप्रवासी च स वारिचर मोदते Mb.3.313.15. -चामरम् moss. -ज a. produced in water. (-जः) 1 a conchshell; प्रणनाद सांनहनिको$स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72. -2 any bivalve shell. (-जम्) 1 a lotus; दधद्भिरभितस्तटौ बिकचवारिजाम्बू नदैः Śi.4.66. -2 a kind of salt. -3 a kind of plant. (गौरसुवर्ण). -4 cloves. -तस्करः 1 a cloud. -2 the sun. -त्रा an umbrella. -दः 1 a cloud; वितर वारिद वारि दवातुरे Subhāṣ Bv.1.3; विद्युद्वारिदगर्जितैः सचकिता Mk. (-दम्) 1 a kind of perfume; रास्रारग्वधवर्षाभूकटुकोशीर- वारिदैः Suśr. -2 an offerer of water to ancestors; पितुर्भव वारिदः Ve.6.24. -द्रः the Chātaka bird. -धरः a cloud; नववारिधरोदयादहोमिर्भवितव्यं च निरातपत्वरम्यैः V.4.1. -धारा a shower of rain. -धिः 1 the ocean; वारिधिसुतामक्ष्णां दिदृक्षुः शतैः Gīt.12. -2 a jar or pot. -नाथः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 a cloud. -4 the habitation of the serpent-race. -निधिः the ocean. -पथः, -थम् 'journey by sea', a voyage. -पिण्डः a frog in the middle of a stone. -प्रवाहः a cascade, water-fall. -भवः a conch. (-वम्) antimony. -मसिः, -मुच् m., -रः a cloud. -यन्त्रम् a water-wheel, a machine for drawing up water; बिन्दूतक्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13. -रथः a raft, boat, float. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a lake. -रुहम् a lotus. -लोमन् m. 1 N. of Varuṇa. -2 collyrium. -वरः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -वल्लभा Batatas Paniculata (Mar. भुईकोहाळी). -वासः a dealer in spirituous liquors. -वाहः, -वाहनः a cloud; अथ दीपितवारिवाहवर्त्मा Ki.13.2; कृतनिश्चयिनो वन्द्यास्तुङ्गिमा नोपभुज्यते । चातकः को वराको$यं यस्येन्द्रो वारिवाहकः Pt.2.142. -शः N. of Viṣṇu. -संभवः 1 cloves. -2 a kind of antimony. -3 the fragrant root called उशीर q. v. -साम्यम् milk.

vāruṇī	वारुणी 1 The west (the quarter presided over by Varuṇa). -2 Any spirituous liquor; पयो$पि शौण्डिकीहस्ते वारुणीत्यभिधीयते H.3.11; करस्पन्दो$म्बरत्यागस्तेजोहानिः सरागता । वारुणीसंगजावस्था भानुनाप्यनुभूयते ॥ Pt.1.178 (where both senses are intended); Ku.4.12; Bhāg.1.65.19. -3 The asterism शतभिषज्. -4 Dūrvā grass. -5 N. of the wife of Varuṇa. -6 A kind of Dūrvā. -7 A kind of liquor; वारुणीं मदिरां पीत्वा मदोन्मथितचेतसाम् Bhāg.1.15.23. -Comp. -वल्लभः an epithet of Varuṇa.

vālkala	वाल्कल a. (-ली f.) [व ल्कल-अण्] Made of the bark of trees. -लम् A bark-garment. -ली Spirituous liquor. वाल्मिकिः vālmikiḥ वाल्मीकः vālmīkḥ वाल्मीकिः vālmīkiḥ वाल्मिकिः वाल्मीकः वाल्मीकिः [वल्मीके भवः अण् इञ् वा] N. of a celebrated sage, and author of the Rāmāyaṇa; कवीन्दुं नौमि वाल्मीकिं यस्य रामायणीं कथाम् । चन्द्रिकामिव चिन्वन्ति चकोरा इव साधवः ॥ Udb. [He was a Brāhmaṇa by birth, but being abandoned by his parents in his childhood, he was found by some wild mountaineers who taught him the art of thieving. He soon became an adept in the art, and pursued his business of plundering and killing (where necessary) travellers for several years. One day he saw a great sage whom he asked on pain of death to deliver up his possessions. But the sage told him to go home and ask his wife and children if they were ready to become his partners in the innumerable iniquities that he had committed. He accordingly went home, but returned dismayed at their unwillingness. The sage then told him to repeat the word marā (which is Rāma inverted) and disappeared. The robber continued to repeat it for years together without moving from the place, so that his body was covered up with ant-hills. But the same sage reappeared and got him out, and as he issued from the 'valmika' he was called Vālmiki, and became afterwards an eminent sage. One day while he was performing his ablutions, he saw one of a pair of Krauncha birds being killed by a fowler, at which he cursed the wretch in words which unconsiously took the form of a verse in the Anuṣṭubh metre. This was a new mode of composition, and at the command of the god Brahman he composed the first poem the Rāmāyaṇa. When Sītā was abandoned by Rāma, he gave her shelter under his roof, and brought up her two sons. He afterwards restored them all to Rāma.]

vikala	विकल a. 1 Deprived of a part or member, defective, imperfect, maimed, mutilated; कूटकृद्विकलेन्द्रियाः Y.2.7; Ms.8.66; U.4.24. -2 Frightened, alarmed; नादस्ताव- द्विकलकुररीकूजितस्निग्धतारः Māl.5.2. -3 Devoid or destitute of (in comp.); आरामाधिपतिर्विवेकविकलः Bv.1.31; प्रसूति˚ Ś6.24; Pt.5.8; Mk.5.41; न तु कुलविकलानां वर्तते वृत्तशुद्धिः Avimārakam 2.5. -4 Agitated, weakened, dispirited, unnerved, drooping, sinking, languid; किमिति विषीदसि रोदिषि विकला विहसति युवतिसभा तव सकला Gīt.9; विरहेण विकलहृदया Bv.2.71,164; श्रुतियुगले पिकरुतविकले Gīt. 12; वहति विकलः कायो मोहं न मुञ्चकि चेतनाम् U.3.31. Māl. 7.1;9.12. -5 Ineffective, useless; विकलमिह पूर्वसुकृतम् Pt.5.9. -6 Wanting, failing. -7 Withered, decayed. -ला, -ली A woman during her courses; (L. D. B. however says 'A woman who has passed child-bearing', ऋतुहीना). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a redundant or deficient limb. -इन्द्रिय a. having impaired or defective organs of sense. -करण a. with drooping limbs, languid; U.3.22. -करुण a. helpless, piteous; विकलकरुणैर्मर्मच्छेद- व्यथाविधुरैरिव (v. l. विकलकरणैः) Māl.9.11; U.1.28. -पाणिकः a cripple.

vicakṣas	विचक्षस् m. A spiritual teacher, preceptor; cf. Uṇ. 4.24 com.

vijñānam	विज्ञानम् 1 Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्यविभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् । तन्नाम जीवितमिह ... Pt.1.24;5.3; विज्ञानमयः कोशः 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul). -2 Discrimination, discernment. -3 Skill, proficiency; प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -4 Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. ज्ञान which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); ज्ञानं ते$हं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Bg.7.2;3.41;6.8; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains ज्ञान and विज्ञान). -5 Business, employment. -6 Music. -7 Knowledge of the fourteen lores. -8 The organ of knowledge; पञ्चविज्ञानचेतने (शरीरे) Mb.12.187. 12. -9 Knowledge beyond the cognisance of the senses (अतीन्द्रियविषय); विज्ञानं हि महद्भ्रष्टम् Rām.3.71.3. -1 Information; लब्धविज्ञानम् Mb.12.44.5. -Comp. -ईश्वर N. of the author of the Mitākṣarā, a commentary on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -पादः N. of Vyāsa. -मातृकः an epithet of Buddha. -योगः means of arriving at correct knowledge (प्रमाण); केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb. 14.21.11. -वादः the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha. -स्कन्धः one of the five स्कन्धs postulated in the Buddhistic philosophy (रूपवेदना- विज्ञानसंज्ञासंस्काराः क्षणिकविज्ञानस्कन्धे स्मृतिरनुपपन्ना ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.

vidyā	विद्या [विद्-क्यप्] 1 Knowledge, learning, lore, sci- ence; (तां) विद्यामभ्यसनेनेव प्रसादयितुमर्हसि R.1.88; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकं प्रच्छन्नगुप्तं धनम् &c. Bh.2.2. (According to some Vidyās are four :-- आन्वीक्षिकी त्रयी वार्ता दण्डनीतिश्च शीश्वती Kāmandaka); चतसृष्वपि ते विवेकिनी नृप विद्यासु निरूढिमागता Ki.2.6; to these four Manu adds a fifth आत्मविद्या; त्रैविद्येभ्यस्त्रयीं विद्यां दण्डनीतिं च शाश्वतीम् । आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्यां वार्तारम्भांश्च लोकतः ॥ Ms.7.43. But the usual number of Vidyās is stated to be fourteen, i. e. the four Vedas, the six Aṅgas, Dharma, Mimāṁsā, Tarka or Nyāya and the Purāṇas; see चतुर्दशविद्या under चतुर्; and N.1.4. In N.1.5 the number is spoken of as being eighteen by including Medicine, Military Art, Music and Polity; अगाहताष्टादशतां जिगीषया.) -2 Right knowledge, spiritual knowledge; विद्याकल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि (क्वापि प्रविलयः कृतः) U.6.6; cf. अविद्या. -3 A spell, an incantation; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद् द्वादशाक्षर- विद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. -4 A mystical name of the letter इ. -5 A small bell. -6 The goddess Durgā. -7 Magical skill. -Comp. -अनुपालिन्, -अनुसेविन् a. acquiring knowledge; भागो यवीयसां तत्र यदि विद्यानुपालिनः Ms.9.24. -अभ्यासः, -अर्जनम्, -आगमः acquisition of knowledege, pursuit of learning, study. -अर्थः seeking for knowledge. -अर्थिन् m. a student, scholar, pupil. -आधारः a receptacle of learning; असौ विद्याधारः शिशुरपि विनिर्गत्य भवनात् Māl.2.11. -आरम्भः introduction of a boy to learning. -आलयः a school, college, any place of learning. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उपार्ज- नम् = विद्यार्जनम् q. v. -करः a learned man. -कोशगृहम्, -कोशसमाश्रयः library. -गुरुः an instructor in (sacred) science. -चण, -चञ्चु a. famous for one's learning. -जम्भक, -वार्त्तिक a. exercising magic of various kinds. -दलः the Bhūrja tree. -दातृ m. a teacher, an instructor. -दानम् teaching, imparting instruction. -दायदः the inheritor of a science. -देवी the goddess of learning. -धनम् 1 wealth in the form of learning; -2 wealth acquired by learning; विद्याधनं तु यद्यस्य तत्तस्यवै धनं भवेत् Ms.9.26. -धरः, (-री f.) a class of demigods or semi-divine beings; विद्याधराध्युषितचारुशिलातलानि स्थानानि Bh.3.7. ˚यन्त्रम् an apparatus for sublimating quicksilver. -प्राप्तिः = विद्यार्जन q. v. -बलम् the power or magic. -भाज् a. learned. -मण्डलकम् a library. -लाभः 1 acquisition of learning. -2 wealth or any other acquisition made by learning. -वंशः a chronological list of teachers in any branch of science. -विशिष्ट a. distinguished by learning. -विहीन a. illiterate, ignorant; विद्या- विहीनः पशुः Bh.2.2; आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यं विद्या- विहीनमकुलीनमसंस्कृतं वा Pt.1.35. -वृद्ध a. old in knowledge, advanced in learning; अस्य नित्यश्च विद्यावृद्धसंयोगः विनय- वृद्ध्यर्थम् Kau. A.1.5. -व्यसनम्, -व्यवसायः pursuit of knowledge. -व्रतस्नातकः, -स्नातकः a Brāhmaṇa who has finished his course of religious studentship (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); वेदविद्याव्रतस्नाताञ्श्रोत्रियान् गृहमेधिनः (पूजयेद्धव्य- कव्येन) Ms.4.31.

vidhātṛ	विधातृ m. 1 A maker, creator; यो विधाता च धाता च Rām.7.2.31; प्रसिद्धनेपथ्यविधेर्विधाता Ku.7.36. -2 The creator, N. of Brahman; विधाता भद्रं नो वितरतु मनोज्ञाय विधये Māl.6.7; R.1.35;6.11;7.25. -3 A granter, giver, bestower; स्वयं विधाता तपसः फलानाम् Ku.1.57. -4 Fate, destiny; तावच्च तत्र च विधातृवशादुपैति H.1.4. -5 N. of Viśvakarman. -6 N. of Kāma; the god of love. -7 Spirituous liquor. -8 The illusion, Māyā; त्वं हि धाता विधाता च त्वं विष्णुः सुरसत्तमः Mb.1.23.17. -Comp. -आयुस् m. 1 sunshine. -2 the sun flower. -भूः an epithet of Nārada.

vināyakaḥ	विनायकः 1 A remover (of obstacles). -2 N. of Gaṇeśa; विनायकं प्रकुर्वाणो रचयामास वानरम् Subhāṣ. -3 A Buddhist deified teacher. -4 N. of Garuḍa. -5 An obstacle, impediment. -6 A spiritual preceptor. -7 A leader, guide.

viniśvāsaḥ	विनिश्वासः Hard breathing or respiration, sighing, a sigh.

viparyāsaḥ	विपर्यासः 1 Change; कथं नाम विपर्यासाद्धुन्धुमारत्वमागतः Mb.3.21.6.; contrariety, reverse; विपर्यासं यातो घनविरल- भावः क्षितिरुहाम् U.2.27. -2 Adverseness, unfavourableness; as in दैवविपर्यासात्. -3 Interchange, exchange; प्रवहणविपर्यासेनागता Mk.8. -4 An error, a mistake. -5 Expiration, lapse (of time). -6 Deterioration, death. -Comp. -उपमा an inverted comparison.

vimanas	विमनस् विमनस्क a. 1 Sad, disconsolate, depressed in mind or spirits, sorry, discomposed; शिबिस्तथैवा- विमना महित्वा कपालमभ्युद्धार्य भोक्तुमैच्छत् Mb.3.198.22; देव्यास्ततो विमनसः परिसान्त्वनाय धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -2 Absent-minded. -3 Perplexed, bewildered. -4 Displeased. -5 Changed in mind or feeling.

vivartaḥ	विवर्तः 1 Turning round, revolving, whirling. -2 Rolling onward, moving about; संवर्तप्रकटविवर्तसप्तपाथोनाथोर्मि- व्यतिकरविभ्रमप्रचण्डः Mv.6.26. -3 Rolling back, returning. -4 Dancing. -5 Alteration, modification, change of form, altered condition or state; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्त- मितिहासं रामायणं प्रणिनाय U.2; एको रसः करुण एव निमित्त- भेदाद्भिन्नः पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47; अकाण्डशुष्काशनि- पातरौद्रः क एष धातुर्विषमो विवर्तः Mv.5.57. -6 (In Vedānta phil.) An apparent or illusory form, an unreal appearance caused by अविद्या or human error; (this is a favourite doctrine of the Vedāntins according to whom the whole visible world is a mere illusion--an unreal and illusory appearance--while Brahman or Supreme Spirit is the only real entity; as a serpent (सर्प) is a vivarta of a rope (रज्जु), so is the world a vivarta of the real entity Brahman, and the illusion is removed by Vidyā or true knowledge; cf. Bhavabhūti :-- विद्या- कल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि । ब्रह्मणीव विवर्तानां क्वापि विप्रलयः कृतः ॥ U.6.6). -7 A heap, multitude, collection, an assemblage. -Comp. -वादः the doctrine of the Vedāntins that the visible world is illusory and Brahman alone is the real entity.

vivekaḥ	विवेकः 1 Discrimination, judgment, discernment, discretion; काश्यपि यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.68,66; ज्ञातो$यं जलधर तावको विवेकः 96; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1. -2 Consideration, discussion, investigation; यच्छृङ्गारविवेकतत्त्वमपि यत् काव्येषु लीलायितम् Gīt.12; so द्वैत˚, धर्म˚. -3 Distinction, difference, discriminating (between two things); नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् Bv.1.13; एकतामिव गतस्य विवेकः कस्यचिन्न महतो$प्युपलेभे Ki.9.12; Bk.17.6. -4 (In Vedānta phil.) The power of distinguishing between the visible world and the invisible spirit, or of separating reality from mere semblance or illusion. -5 True knowledge. -6 A receptacle for water, basin, reservoir. -Comp. -ख्यातिः right knowledge. -ज्ञ a. judicious, discriminative; ते धन्यास्ते विवेकज्ञास्ते शस्या इह भूतले । आगच्छन्ति गृहे येषां कार्यार्थं सुहृदो जनाः ॥ Pt.1.262,387. -ज्ञानम् the faculty of discrimination. -दृश्वन् m. a discerning man; विवेकदृश्वत्व- मगात् सुराणाम् Bk.2.46. -पदवी reflection, consideration. -परिपन्थिन् obstructing right judgment. -भाज् a. wise. -मन्थरता feebleness of judgment. -विरहः ignorance, folly. -विश्रान्त a. foolish, unwise.

viśrambh	विश्रम्भ् 1 Ā. To confide, place confidence in; विश्रम्भतस्त्वयि निवेशितसर्वकार्यम् Mu.5.7; see विश्रब्ध below. -Caus. To inspire confidence in (a person), console, encourage.

viśvaṃbhara	विश्वंभर a. All-sustaining. -रः 1 The all-pervading being, the Supreme Spirit. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Indra. -4 Fire; विश्वंभरो वा विश्वंभरकुलाये तं न पश्यति Bṛi. Up.1.4.7. -रा The earth; विश्वंभरा भगवती भवतीमसूत U. 1.9; विश्वंभराप्यतिलघुर्नरनाथ तवान्तिके नियतम् K.P.1; ˚अधीश्वरः, ˚भुज् a king. -Comp. -कुलायः a fire-receptacle; Bṛi. Up.1.4.7.

viśvas	विश्वस् 2 P. 1 To confide in, trust, rely on, place confidence in (usually with loc.); पुंसि विश्वसिति कुत्र कुमारी N.5.11; न जानामि केनापि कारणेनापहस्तितसकलसखीजनं त्वयि विश्वसिति मे हृदयम् K.233; Ku.5.15; (sometimes with gen. also). -2 To rest secure, be fearless or confident; विशश्वसे पक्षिगणैः समन्तात् Bk.2.25. -Caus. To cause to believe, inspire confidence in; ऋते क्रौर्यात् समायातो मां विश्वासयितुं नु किम् Bk.8.15; Pt.1.192.

viśvasanīya	विश्वसनीय pot. p. 1 To be relied upon, trustworthy, reliable. -2 Capable of inspiring confidence; अहो दीप्ति- मतो$पि विश्वसनीयतास्य वपुषः Ś.2; M.3.2.

viṣad	विषद् 1 P. To sink down, be exhausted. -2 To be dispirited or cast down, be afflicted or sorrowful, despond, despair; विलपति हसति विषीदति रोदिति चञ्चति मुञ्चति तापम् Gīt.4; बालसूनुरवलोक्य भार्गवं स्वां दशां च विषसाद पार्थिवः R.11.67;9.75; (तं) विषीदन्तमिदं वाक्यमुवाच मधुसूदनः Bg. 2.1; Bk.7.89. -3 To be afraid. -Caus. 1 To cause to despond or despair, discourage. -2 To make afflicted, pain.

viṣādaḥ	विषादः 1 Dejection, sadness, depression of spirits, grief, sorrow; मद्वाणि मा कुरु विषादम् Bv.4.41; विषादे कर्तव्ये विदधति जडाः प्रत्युत मुदम् Bh.3.25; R.8.54; Ś.4. 16. -2 Disappointment, despondency, despair; विषादलुप्त- प्रतिपत्ति सैन्यम् R.3.4; (विषादश्चेतसो भङ्ग उपायाभावनाशयोः). -3 Languor, drooping stale; दोर्विषादः Māl.2.5. -4 Dulness, stupidity, insensibility; शास्त्रविददृष्टकर्माकर्मसु विषादं गच्छेत् Kau. A.

visargaḥ	विसर्गः 1 Sending forth, emission. -2 Shedding, pouring down, dropping; पुरं नवीचक्रुरपां विसर्गान् मेघा निदाघ- ग्लपितामिवोर्वीम् R.16.38. -3 Casting, discharge; सरहस्यो धनुर्वेदः सविसर्गोपसंयमः Bhāg.1.7.44. -4 Giving away, a gift, donation; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4. 86 (where the word means 'pouring down' also). -5 Sending away, dismissal; हरणं च विसर्गं च शाल्वेन च विसर्जनम् Mb.5.175.37. -6 Creation, creating; नियमे च विसर्गे च भूतात्मा मानसस्तथा Mb.12.239.12; secondary creation; ब्रह्मणो गुणवैषम्याद्विसर्गः पौरुषः स्मृतः Bhāg.2.1.3. -7 Abandonment, relinquishment; न निष्कयविसर्गाभ्यां भर्तुर्भार्या विमुच्यते Ms.9.46. -8 Voiding, evacuation; as in पुरीषविसर्ग. -9 Departure, separation. -1 Final beatitude. -11 Light, splendour. -12 A symbol in writing, representing a distinct hard aspiration and marked by two perpendicular dots (:). -13 The southern course of the sun. -14 The penis. -15 Destruction of the world; कालो वशीकृतविसृज्यविसर्गशक्तिः Bhāg.7.9.22. -16 The function of the world (सृष्टिव्यापार); भूतभावोद्भवकरो विसर्गः कर्मसंज्ञितः Bg.8.3.

visrasta	विस्रस्त p. p. 1 Loosened. -2 Weak, infirm. -Comp. -चेतस् a. one whose spirit is dejected.

visrāvaṇam	विस्रावणम् 1 Bleeding. -2 Distilling. -3 A kind od spirit distilled from molasses.

vihvala	विह्वल a. 1 Agitated, disquieted, perturbed, confused; क्षणमात्रसखीं सुजातयोः स्तनयोस्तामवलोक्य विह्वला R.8.37. -2 Overcome with fear, alarmed. -3 Delirious, beside oneself. -4 Afflicted, distressed; वित्तव्याधिविकारविह्वलगिरां नामापि न श्रूयते Bh.3.59; Ku.4.4. -5 Desponding. -6 Fused, liquid. -Comp. -चेतस् a. low-spirited. -तनु a. one whose body is exhausted.

vīrā	वीरा 1 The wife of a hero. -2 A wife. -3 A mother, matron. -4 A kind of perfume (called Murā). -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 An aloe. -7 The plantain tree. -8 A woman with a husband and a son living; L. D. B. वीरायते vīrāyatē (वीरयते vīrayatē) वीरायते (वीरयते) Den. Ā. To act like a hero, show heroism; इतो$पि किं वीरयसे न कुर्वतः नृपान् धनुर्बाणगुणैर्वशं- वदान् N.12.27; Ait. Br.12.9.

vetālaḥ	वेतालः 1 A kind of ghost, a goblin, vampire; particularly a ghost occupying a dead body; नाहमात्म- नाशाय वेतालोत्थापनं करिष्यामि 'I shall not raise a devil for my own destruction'; Māl.5.23; Śi.2.6. -2 A doorkeeper. -Comp. -पञ्चविंशतिः, -तिका a collection of 25 fables told by a Vetāla to king Vikramāditya. -साधनम् securing (the favour of) a Vetāla.

vedaḥ	वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.

vaidya	वैद्य a. (-द्यी f.) 1 Relating to the Vedas, spiritual. -2 Relating to medicine, medical. -द्यः [विद्या अस्त्यस्य अण्] 1 A learned man, scholar, doctor. -2 A medical man, physician; वैद्ययत्नपरिभाविनं गदं न प्रदीप इव वायुमत्यगात् R.19. 53; वैद्यानामातुरः श्रेयान् Subhaṣ. -3 A man of the medical caste, supposed to be one of the mixed classes; (the offspring of a Brāhmaṇa by a Vaiśya woman). Cf. Mb.13.49.9. -4 A man of a lower mixed tribe (the offspring of a Śūdra father by Vaiśya mother). -Comp. -क्रिया a doctor's profession, practice of medicine. -नाथः 1 N. of Dhanvantari. -2 of Śiva. -3 N. of a country. -बन्धुः Cassia Fistula (Mar. बाहवा). -मातृ, -सिंहा Gendarussa Vulgaris (Mar. अड्ळसा). -विद्या the science of medicine; also वैद्यशास्त्रम्.

vaiśrambhaka	वैश्रम्भक a. Inspiring confidence; वैश्रम्भकैरुपसृतानुप- विश्रम्भय्य Bhāg.5.26.32.

vyantaraḥ	व्यन्तरः A spirit, a kind of supernatural being; अस्माकं कश्चिद् व्यन्तरः सिद्धः Pt.5.

vyāpanna	व्यापन्न p. p. 1 Fallen into misfortune, ruined. -2 Failed, miscarried. -3 Hurt, injured. -4 Dead, expired, deceased; as in अव्यापन्न q. v. -5 Deranged, disordered. -6 Substituted, changed. -7 Spoilt, that which is unfit to be consumed by the Āryas; यदभोज्यमार्याणां केशकीटावपन्नमन्येन वोपघातेनोपहतं तद् व्यापन्नमिति ŚB. on MS.6.5.48. व्यापादः vyāpādḥ व्यापादनम् vyāpādanam व्यापादः व्यापादनम् 1 Killing, slaying. -2 Ruin, destruction. -3 Evil design, malice.

vyoman	व्योमन् n. [व्ये-मनिन् पृषो˚ Uṇ.4.15] 1 The sky, atmosphere; अस्त्वेवं जडधामता तु भवतो यद् व्योम्नि विस्फूर्जसे K. P.1; Me.53; R.12.67; N.22.54. -2 Waret. -3 A temple sacred to the sun. -4 Talc. -Comp. -आख्यम् talc, mica. -उदकम् rain-water, dew. -केशः, -कोशन m. an epithet of Śiva. -गः a divine being. -गङ्गा the heavenly Ganges. -गमनीविद्या the magic art of flying. -चरः a planet. -चारिन् m. 1 a god. -2 a bird. -3 a saint. -4 a Brāhmaṇa. -5 a heavenly body. -धारणः mercury. -धूमः a cloud. -देवः N. of Śiva. -नाशिका a kind of quail. -पुष्पम् an impossibility, absurdity (as a flower in the air). -मञ्जरम्, -मण्डलम् a flag, banner. -माय a. reaching to the sky. -मुद्गरः a gust of wind. -यानम् a celestial car. -रत्नम् the sun. -सद् m. 1 a deity, god. -2 a Gandharva; ज्वलन्मणि व्योमसदां सना- तनम् Ki.8.1. -3 a spirit. -संभवा a spotted cow. -स्थली the earth. -स्पृश् a. 'sky-touching', very lofty.

śakāraḥ	शकारः The brother of a king's concubine, the brother-in-law of a king by a wife not regularly married (अनूढाऊभ्रातृ); (he is usually represented as a strange mixture of pride, folly, and vanity, of low family, and raised to power by reason of his relation to the king. In the Mṛichchhakaṭika of Śūdraka where he plays a prominent part, his characters is well exhibited in his lightness and frivolity of spirit, vain-glory, constant reference to his high connection, his blundering and ludicrous folly, but withal cruelty enough to throttle the heroine when she refused to yield to his desire; S. D. thus defines him:-- मदमूर्खताभिमानी दुष्कुल- तैश्वर्यसंयुक्तः । सो$यमनूढाभ्राता राज्ञः श्यालः शकार इत्युक्तः ॥ 81.

śaktiḥ	शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman.

śaṅkhinī	शङ्खिनी 1 A woman of one of the four classes into which writers on erotic science divide women; the Ratimañjarī thus describes her :-- दीर्घातिदीर्घनयना वर- सुन्दरी या कामोपभोगरसिका गुणशीलयुक्ता । रेखात्रयेण च विभूषित कण्ठदेशा सम्भोगकेलिरसिका किल शङ्खिनी सा ॥ cf. चित्रिणी, हस्तिनी, and पद्मिनी also. -2 A female spirit, or a kind of fairy. -3 Mother of pearl. -4 A particular vein. -Comp. -फलः the Śirīṣa tree.

śabdaḥ	शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.

śārīra	शारीर a. (-री f.) [शरीरस्येदम् अण्] 1 Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal. -2 Incorporate, embodied. -रः, -रम् 1 The incorporate or embodied spirit (जीवात्मन्); human or individual soul. -2 A bull. -3 A kind of drug. -4 Excrement; विनाद्भिरप्सु वाप्यार्तः शारीरं संनिवेश्य च Ms.11.22. -रम् Bodily constitution. -2 (In medic.) the science of the body and its parts; anatomy.

śārīraka	शारीरक a. (-की f.) 1 Relating to the body, corporeal; पश्यत्ययं धिषणया ननु सप्तवध्रिः शारीरके दमशरीर्यपरः स्वदेहे Bhāg. 3.31.19. -2 Incorporate, embodied (as the soul). -कम् 1 The embodied spirit. -2 The inquiry into the nature of that spirit (a term applied to the Bhāṣya of Śaṁkarāchārya on the Brahma-sūtras). -Comp. -सूत्रम् the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy.

śāstram	शास्त्रम् [शिष्यते$नेन शास्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 An order, a command, rule, precept; अतिक्रामति यः शास्त्रं पितुर्धर्मार्थदर्शिनः Mb.5.148. 21. -2 A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction; तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ Bg.16.24. -3 A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below. -4 Any department of knowledege, science; इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रम् Bg.15.2; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; वेदान्तशास्त्र, न्यायशास्त्र, तर्कशास्त्र, अलंकार- शास्त्र &c. -5 What is learnt, knowledge; Śi.5.47. -6 A work, treatise; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रकम् Pt.1. -7 Theory (opp. प्रयोग or practice); इमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -8 The material and spiritual science together; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb. 12.267.9. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः -अननुष्ठानम् violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority. -अनुष्ठानम्, -अनुसारः conformity to or observance of sacred precepts. -अन्वित a. conformable to doctrine or rule. -अभिज्ञ a. versed in the Śāstras. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of the sacred precept. -2 a scriptural precept or statement. -आचरणम् 1 observance of sacred precepts. -2 the study of Śāstras. (-णः) 1 one versed in scriptures. -2 a student of Vedas. -आवर्तलिपिः a particular mode of writing. -उक्त a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Śāstras, lawful, legal. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 the author of a Śāstra or sacred book. -2 an author in general. -3 a sage, saint. -कोविद a. versed in the Śāstras. -गण्डः a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. -चक्षुस् n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Śāstra). -चारणः one who deserves sacred precepts. -ज्ञ, -दर्शिन्, -विद् a. 1 well-versed in the Śāstras. -2 a mere theorist. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. -तत्त्वम् truth as taught in the Śāstras, scriptural truth. ˚ज्ञः an astronomer. -दृष्ट a. stated or enjoined in sacred books; तदहं प्रष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām. -दृष्टिः f. scriptural point of view. -m. an astrologer. -प्रसंगः 1 the subject of the Śāstras. -2 any discussion on scriptural points. -योनिः the source of the Śāstras. -वक्तृ an expounder of sacred books or knowledge. -वर्जित a. free from all rule or law. -वादः a precept or statement of the Śāstras. -विधानम्, -विधिः a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. -विप्रतिषेधः, -विरोधः 1 mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. -2 any act contrary to sacred precepts. -विमुख a. averse from study; Pt.1. -विरुद्ध a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. -व्युत्पत्तिः f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. -शिल्पिन् m. the country of Kāśmīra. -सिद्ध a. established by sacred authority.

śiva	शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā.

śīta	शीत a. [श्यै-क्] 1 Cool, cold, frigid; तव कुसुमशरत्वं शीतरश्मित्वमिन्दोः Ś.3.2. -2 Dull, sluggish, apathetic, sleepy. -3 Dull, lazy, stupid. -तः 1 A kind of reed. -2 The Nimba tree. -3 The cold season (n. also). -4 Camphor. -तम् 1 Cold, coldness, chillness; आः शीतं तुहिनाचलस्य करथोः K. P.1. -2 Water. -3 Cinnamon. -4 Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body (कफ); शीतोष्णे चैव वायुश्च त्रयः शारीरजा गुणाः Mb.12.16.11. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; वक्त्रेन्दौ तव सत्ययं यदपरः शीतांशुरुज्जृम्भते K. P.1. -2 camphor. -अदः a kind of affection or diseased state of the gums. -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain. -अश्मन् m. the moon stone. -आकुल, -आर्त a. pinched or benumbed with cold, shivering. -उत्तमम् water. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -कालः the cold season, winter. -कालीन a. wintry. -कुम्भः the fragrant oleander. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of religious penance. -क्षारः refined borax. -गन्धः white sandal. -गात्रः a kind of fever. -गुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चम्पकः 1 a lamp. -2 a mirror. -दीधितिः the moon. -द्युतिः the moon; शीतद्युतेर्मण्डलम् Sūkti.62. -पङ्कः rum. -पित्तम् 1 a tumour caused by a chill. -2 increase of bile caused by cold. -पुष्पः the Śireeṣa tree. -पुष्पकम् benzoin. -प्रभः camphor. -फलः Ficus Glomerata (Mar. उंबर). -भानुः the moon. -भीरुः a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मयूखः, -मरीचिः, -रश्मिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -मूलकम् the root of the Uśīra q. v. -रम्यः a lamp. -रसः spirituous liquor made from the unboiled sugar-cane juice. -रुच् m., -रुचिः the moon; प्रतिवासरं सुकृतिभिर्ववृधे विमलः कलाभिरिव शीतरुचिः Ki.6.2. -वल्कः the Udumbara tree. -वीर्यकः the fig-tree. -वृष्टिः a variety of gem; Kau. A.2.11. -शिवः the Śamee tree. -(वम्) 1 rock-salt. -2 borax. -शूकः barley. -सहः the Pīlu tree. -स्पर्श a. cooling.

śīdhu	शीधु m., n. 1 Any spirituous liquor, rum; ह्रीप्रत्यूह- प्रशमकुशलाः शीधवश्चक्रुरासाम् Śi.9.87. -2 Wine. -Comp. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -पः a drinker of spirits.

śuṇḍā	शुण्डा 1 An elephant's trunk. -2 Spirituous liquor. -3 A tavorn, dram-shop. -4 The stalk of the lotus. -5 A courtezan, harlot. -6 A bawd, procuress. -7 The chin; L. D. B. -Comp. -दण्डः an elephant's trunk. -पानम् a tavern, dram-shop.

śuddha	शुद्ध p. p. [शुध्-क्त] 1 Pure, clean, purified; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 Holy, undefiled, chaste, innocent; अन्वमीयत शुद्धेति शान्तेन वपुषैव सा R. 15.77;14.14. -3 White, bright. -4 Stainless, spotless. -5 Innocent, simple, guileness. -6 (a) Genuine, true. (b) Honest, upright. -7 Correct, faultless, upright. -8 Cleared, acquitted. -9 Mere only; शुद्धं हि दैवमेवेदं हठेनैवास्ति पौरुषम् Mb.12.177.12. -1 Simple, pure, unmixed (opp. मिश्र). -11 Unequalled. -12 Authorized. -13 Whetted, sharpened; जघान शुद्धेषुरमन्दकर्षी Bk.2.31. -14 Not nasal. -15 Unmitigated (as capital punishment); तडागभेदकं हन्यादप्सु शुद्धवधेन वा Ms.9.279. -16 Tried, examined. -द्धः 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 The bright fortnight. -द्धम् 1 Anything pure. -2 The pure spirit. -3 Rock-salt. -4 Black pepper. -5 A house built generally of one material; namely wood, brick or stone etc.; द्रुमेणेष्टकया वापि दृशदाद्यैरथापि वा । एतेन सहितं गेहं शुद्धमित्यभिधीयते Kāmikāgama.45.21. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् the अद्वैत philosophy in which there is unity of जीव and ब्रह्म without माया (i. e. शुद्ध). -अन्तः a king's female apartments, harem, seraglio; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभमिदं वपुराश्रमवासिनो यदि जनस्य Ś.1.17; Ku.6.52. -2 a king's wife. ˚चारिन् m. an attendant in the harem, a chamberlain; U.1. ˚पालकः, ˚रक्षकः a guard of the harem. -अन्ता a king's wife, queen. -अनुमानम् a particular figure of rhetoric. -अपह्नुतिः a figure of speech; it is thus defined :-- शुद्धापह्नुतिरन्यस्यारोपार्थो धर्मनिह्नवः. -आत्मन् a. pure-minded, honest. (-m.) 1 the pure spirit. -2 N. of Śiva. -आभ a. consisting of pure light; प्रशान्तमिव शुद्धाभं सत्त्वं तदुप- धारयेत् Ms.12.27. -ओदनः (शुद्धोदनः) N. of the father of the celebrated Buddha. ˚सुतः N. of the celebrated Buddha. -कर्मन् a. pure in deeds, holy. -कोटिः f. one of the sides of a right-angled triangle. -चैतन्यम् pure intelligence. -जङ्घः an ass. -जडः a quadruped. -धी, -भाव, -मति a. pure-minded, guileless, honest. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -पक्षः the light half of a month. -वटुकः (in music) a kind of drummer. -बोध a. (in Vedānta) possessed of pure intelligence. -भाव a. pure-minded. -वधः killing in a simple or ordinary way. -वंश्य a. born of a pure family; संततिः शुद्धवंश्या हि परत्रेह च शर्मणे R.1.69. -विष्कम्भकः (in drama.) a pure interlude (in which only speakers of संस्कृत take part). -शुक्रम् a morbid affection of the pupil of the eye.

śūnya	शून्य a. [शूनायै प्राणिवधाय हितं रहस्यस्थानत्वात् यत् Tv.] 1 Empty, void. -2 Vacant (applied also to the heart, glances &c.), absent, listless; गमनमलसं शून्या दृष्टिः Māl. 1.17; see शून्यहृदय below. -3 Non-existent. -4 Lonely, desolate, secluded, deserted; शून्येषु शूरा न के K. P.7; Bk.6.9; शून्यं मन्ये जगदविरतज्वालमन्तर्ज्वलामि U.3. 38; M¯l.9.2. -5 Dejected, downcast, dispirited; शून्या जगाम भवनाभमुखी कथंचित् Ku.3.75; Ki.17.39. -6 Utterly devoid or deprived of, without, wanting in (with instr. or in comp.); अङ्गुलीयकशून्या मे अङ्गुलिः Ś. 5; दया˚, ज्ञान˚, &c. -7 Indifferent. -8 Guileless. -9 Nonsensical, unmeaning; मुहुरविशदवर्णां निद्रया शून्यशून्याम् Śi.11.4. -1 Bare, naked. -न्यम् 1 A vacuum, void, blank. -2 The sky, space, atmosphere. -3 A cipher, dot. -4 Non-entity, (absolute) non-existence; दूषण- शून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 An earring; शून्यकर्णः Amaru. -Comp. -अशून्यम् emancipation of the spirit even during a person's life (जीवन्मुक्ति). -पदवी the passage of the soul (ब्रह्मरन्ध्र). -पालः a substitute; त्वां हि मत्स्यो महीपालः शून्यपालमिहाकरोत् Mb.4. 35.11 (com. राज्ञो$सन्निधाने पालकम्). -मध्यः a hollow reed. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. absent-minded, listless. -मुख, -वदन a. with a blank face, with a downcast countenance. -वादः the doctrine of the non-existence of anything, the doctrine of a Buddhist sect. -वादिन् m. 1 an atheist. -2 a Buddhist. -व्यापार a. unoccupied. -हृदय a. 1 absent-minded; V.2; कस्मिन्नपि पूजार्हे$पराद्धा शून्यहृदया शकुन्तला Ś.4. -2 open-hearted, unsuspecting.

śūṣa	शूष a. 1 Resounding, shrill, loud, hissing. -2 Highspirited, bold. -षः 1 Loud or resounding note. -2 Spirit, vital strength, power. -षम् Strength; Naigh.2.9.

śauṇḍi	शौण्डि a. 1 Skilled in; शरासनं संयुगशौण्डिराददे Bhāg. 1.16.11. -2 Fond of, devoted to. शौण्डिकः śauṇḍikḥ शौण्डिन् śauṇḍin शौण्डिकः शौण्डिन् m. [शुण्डा सुरा पण्यमस्य ठक् इनि वा] A distiller and seller of spirtuous liquors, a vintner. -की, -नी A female vintner; पयो$पि शौण्डिकीहस्ते वारुणीत्यभि- धीयते H.3.11. -Comp. -आगारः a liquor-shop.

śmaśānam	श्मशानम् [श्मानः शवाः शेरते$त्र शी-आनच् डिच्च Tv.] 1 A cemetery, a burial or burning ground; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -2 An oblation to deceased ancestors. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire of a burning ground. -आलयः a cemetery. -गोचर a. frequenting burning grounds; श्मशानगोचरं सूते बाह्यानामपि गर्हितम् Ms. 1.39. -निवासिन्, -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a ghost. -भाज्, -वासिन् m. epithets of Śiva. -वाटः an enclosure of the cemetery; Kau. A.2.4; Māl.5. -वेश्मन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a spirit, ghost. -वैराग्यम् temporary despondency, momentary renunciation of the world as at the sight of a cemetery. -शूलः, -लम् an impaling stake in a cemetery; श्मशानशूलस्य न यूपसत्क्रया Ku.5.73. -साधनम् performance of magical rites in a cemetery to acquire control over ghosts.

śraddhāpanam	श्रद्धापनम् A means of inspiring faith.

śramaḥ	श्रमः [श्रम्-घञ् न वृद्धिः] 1 Toil, labour, exertion, effort; अलं महीपाल तव श्रमेण R.2.34; जानाति हि पुनः सम्यक् कविरेव कवेः श्रमम् Subhāṣ.; R.16.75; Ms.9.28. -2 Weariness, fatigue, exhaustion; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजय- श्रमम् R.4.65,67; Me.17,52; Ki.5.28. -3 Affliction, distress; देशकालविचारीदं श्रमव्यायामनिःस्वनम् Mb.14.45.2. -4 Penance, austerity, mortification of the body; दिवं यदि प्रार्थयसे वृथा श्रमः Ku.5.45. -5 (a) Exercise; अयोदण्डेन च श्रममकरोत् K.76. (b) Especially military exercise, drill. -6 Hard study. -7 = आश्रम q. v.; तदा स पर्याववृते श्रमाय Mb.3.114.5. -Comp. -अम्बु n., -जलम्, -सलिलम् perspiration, sweat; संपेदे श्रमसलिलोद्गमो विभूषाम् Ki.7.5. -आर्त a. oppressed by fatigue; Ms.8.67. -कर्षित a. worn out by fatigue. -घ्नी Cucurbita Lagenaria (Mar. दुध्या भोपळा). -भञ्जनी the Nāgavela plant. -विनोदः the act of dispelling fatigue. -साध्य a. to be accomplished by dint of labour. -स्थानम् a drill-ground, gymnasium &c.

śrāddha	श्राद्ध a. [श्रद्धा हेतुत्वेनास्त्यस्य अण्] Faithful, believing. -द्धम् 1 A funeral rite or ceremony performed in honour of the departed spirits of dead relatives; श्रद्धया दीयते यस्मात्तस्माच्छ्राद्धं निगद्यते; it is of three kinds:-- नित्य, नैमित्तिक, and काम्य; यः संगतानि कुरुते मोहाच्छ्राद्धेन मानवः Ms.3. 14. -2 An obsequial oblation, a gift or offering at a Śrāddha; विहाय शोकं धर्मात्मा ददौ श्राद्धमनुत्तमम् Mb.14.62. 1; सर्वं श्रद्धया दत्तं श्राद्धम् Pratimā 5. -Comp. -कर्मन् n., -क्रिया a funeral ceremony. -कृत् m. the performer of a funeral rite. -दः the offerer of a Śrāddha or funeral oblation. -दिनः, -नम् the aniversary of the death of a relative in whose honour a Śrāddha is performed. -देवः, -देवता 1 a deity presiding over funeral rites. -2 an epithet of Yama. -3 a Viśvadeva q. v. -4 a Pitṛi or progenitor. -भुज् a. eating food prepared at a श्राद्ध; श्राद्धभुग्वृषलीतल्पं तदहर्यो$धिगच्छति Ms.3.25. -भुज्, -भोक्तृ m. a deceased ancestor. -मित्रः making friends through a श्राद्ध; cf. श्राद्धम् (1) above; स स्वर्गाच्च्यवते लोकाच्छ्राद्धमित्रो द्विजाधमः Ms.3.14.

śrai	श्रै 1 P. (श्रायति) 1 To sweat, perspire. -2 To cook, boil.

śrauṣaṭ	श्रौषट् ind. An exclamation or formula used in making an offering with fire to the gods or departed spirits; cf. वषट् or वौषट्.

śvas	श्वस् 2 P. (श्वसिति, श्वस्त or श्वसित) 1 To breathe, respire, draw breath; स कर्मकारभेस्रेव श्वसन्नपि न जीवति H. 2.12; क्षणमप्यवतिष्ठते श्वसन् यदि जन्तुर्ननु लाभवानसौ R.8.87. -2 To sigh, pant, heave; श्वसिति विहवर्ग Ṛs.1.13. -3 To hiss, snort. -Caus. (श्वासयति-ते) To cause to breathe or live.

śvasanaḥ	श्वसनः [श्वसित्यनेन श्वस्-ल्युट्] 1 Air, wind; श्वसनसुरभि- गन्धिः Śi.11.21. -2 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -नम् 1 Breath, breathing, respiration; श्वसनचलितपल्लवा- घरोष्ठ Ki.1.34; Ratn.2.4 (where it has sense 1 also); Śi.9.52. -2 Sighing. -3 Feeling; an object of feeling; घ्राणेन गन्धं रसनेन वै रसं रूपं तु दृष्ट्या श्वसनं त्वचैव Bhāg.2.2.29. -Comp. -अशनः a serpent. -ईश्वरः the Arjuna tree. -उत्सुकः a serpent. -ऊर्मिः f. a gust of wind. -मनोग a. moving as wind or thought. -रन्ध्रम् a. nostril. -समीरणम् breath.

śvasita	श्वसित p. p. [श्वस्-क्त] 1 Breathed, sighed. -2 Breathing. -तम् 1 Breathing, respiration. -2 Sighing.

śvāsaḥ	श्वासः [श्वस्-घञ्] 1 Breathing, breath, respiration, heaving; अद्यापि स्तनवेपथुं जनयति श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.3; Ku.2.42. -2 A sigh, panting; नैव बाष्पविमोक्षेण न वा श्वासकृते न च Mb.12.153.77. -3 Air, wind. -4 Asthma. -5 Aspiration (in the pronunciation of consonants). -6 Inspiration. -Comp. -उच्छ्वासः exhalation and inhalation, respiration. -कासः asthma. -कुठारः a drug used to cure asthma. -धारणम् = प्राणायाम. -रोधः suspension or obstruction of breath. -हिक्का a kind of hiccough. -हेतिः f. sleep.

śvāsin	श्वासिन् a. [श्वासयति श्वस्-णिच् णिनि] 1 Breathing. -2 Asthmatic. -3 Aspirated (as a sound or letter). -m. 1 Air, wind. -2 A breathing animal, living being. -3 One who pronounces (letters) with a hissing sound.

śvas	श्वस् ind. 1 Tomorrow; श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापरा- ह्णिकम् । नहि प्रतीक्षते मृत्युः कृतमस्य न वा कृतम् ॥ Subhāṣ; वरमद्य कपोतो न श्वो मयूरः Subhāṣ. -2 Future (at the beginning of comp.); पृथूदके जप्यपरो नैनं श्वोमरणं तपेत् Mb.9.39.34. -3 A particle implying auspiciousness. -Comp. -प्रभृति ind. from tomorrow onwards. -भूत a. (-श्वोभूत) being tomorrow; यौवराज्ये$भिषेक्ष्यामि श्वोभूते रघुनन्दनम् A. Rām. 2. 2.7; श्वोभूते स्वपुरं यातः Bhāg.9.2.17. -वसीय, -वसीयस् (श्वोवसीय, श्वोवसीयस्) a. happy, auspicious, fortunate. (-n.) happiness, good fortune; 'श्वोवसीयं शिवं शुभम्' इति हलायुधः; Dk.2.2. -श्रेयस (श्वःश्रेयस) a. happy, prosperous. (-सम्) 1 happiness, prosperity. -2 an epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.

saṃlīna	संलीन p. p. 1 Clung, adhered to. -2 Joined together. -3 Hidden, concealed. -4 Cowering down. -5 Contracted, shrunk. -Comp. -कर्ण a. with the ears hanging down. -मानस a. depressed in mind, in drooping spirits.

saṃśaptakaḥ	संशप्तकः [सम्यक् शप्तमङ्गीकारो यस्य कप् Tv.] 1 A warrior sworn never to recede from a contest and kept to prevent the fight of others; संशप्तकान्निहतानर्जनेन तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजय Mb.1.1.189. -2 A picked warrior. -3 A brother in arms. -4 A conspirator who has taken an oath to kill another.

saṃsārin	संसारिन् a. (-णी f.) Mundane, worldly, transmigratory. -m. 1 A sentient being, creature. -2 The embodied spirit, individual soul. (जीवात्मन्).

sat	सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.

sattvam	सत्त्वम् [सतो भावः] (Said to be m. also in the first ten senses) 1 Being, existence, entity. -2 Nature, essence. -3 Natural character, inborn disposition; अच्योष्ट सत्त्वान्नृपतिश्च्युताशः Bk.3.2. -4 Life, spirit, breath, vitality, principle of vitality; उद्गतानीव सत्त्वानि बभूवुरमनस्विनाम् Rām.2.48.2; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पित- सत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -5 Consciousness, mind, sense; वाक्च सत्वं च गोविन्द बुद्धौ संवेशितानि ते Mb.12.46.4; Bg.16.1; Bhāg.7.15.41. -6 An embryo. -7 Substance, thing, wealth. -8 An elementary substance such as earth, air, fire &c. -9 (also m.) A living or sentient being, animal, beast; वन्यान् विनेष्यन्निव दुष्टसत्त्वान् R.2.8;15.15; किं नो$पत्यनिर्विशेषाणि सत्वानि विप्रकरोषि Ś7; Māl.9; यश्चासूनपि संत्यजेत् करुणया सत्त्वार्थमभ्युद्यतः Nāg.2.1. -1 An evil spirit, a demon, ghost; अद्य नूनं दशरथः सत्त्वमाविश्य भाषते Rām.2.33.1. -11 Goodness, virtue, excellence. -12 Truth, reality, certainty. -13 Strength, energy, courage, vigour, power, inherent power, the stuff of which a person is made; निजमेव सत्त्वमुपकारि साम् Ki.18. 14; Mb.12.313.17; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ.; R.5.31; Mu.3.22. -14 Wisdom, good sense. -15 The quality of goodness or purity regarded as the highest of the three Guṇas q. v.; (it is said to predominate most in gods and heavenly beings). -16 A natural property or quality, characteristic. -17 A noun, substantive. -18 Intellect (बुद्धि); अघ्राणमवितर्कं च सत्त्वं प्रविशते परम् Mb.12.24.18. -19 The subtle body of individual soul (लिङ्गशरीर); गृहाणीव हि मर्त्यानामाहुर्देहानि पण्डिताः । कालेन विनियुज्यन्ते सत्त्वमेकं तु शाश्वतम् ॥ Mb.11.3.8. -Comp. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to one's inborn disposition or inherent character; सर्वः कृच्छ्रगतो$पि वाञ्छति जनः सत्त्वानुरूपं फलम् Bh.2.3. -2 according to one's means or wealth; सत्त्वानुरूपाहरणीकृतश्रीः R.7.32. (Malli's interpretation does not appear to suit the context). -आत्मन् m. the individual soul (लिङ्गदेह); वशे तिष्ठति सत्त्वात्मा सततं योगयोगिनाम् Mb.12.253.6. -उत्साहः 1 natural energy. -2 energy and courage. -उद्रेकः 1 excess of the quality of goodness. -2 pre-eminence in strength or courage. -गुणः the quality of purity or goodness. -तनुः epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रेयांसि तत्र खलु सत्त्वतनोर्नृणां स्युः Bhāg.1.2.23. -धातुः the animal sphere. -धामन् epithet of Viṣṇu. -योगः 1 dignity; Kau. A.1.9. -2 association with life; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -लक्षणम् signs of pregnancy; तत्कथमिमामभिव्यक्तसत्त्वलक्षणां ... प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5. -लोकः a world of living beings. -विप्लवः loss of consciousness. -विहित 1 caused by nature. -2 caused by goodness. -3 virtuous, upright. -संशुद्धिः f. purity or uprightness of nature; अभयं सत्त्वसंशुद्धिः Bg.16.1. -संपन्न a. 1 endowed with goodness, virtuous. -2 equable, evenminded. -संप्लवः 1 loss of strength or vigour. -2 universal destruction. -सारः 1 essence of strength. -2 a very powerful person. -स्थ a. 1 being in the nature of things. -2 inherent in animals. -3 animate. -4 characterized by goodness, good, excellent. -स्थः a Yogi; कर्मस्था विषयं ब्रूयुः सत्त्वस्था समदर्शिनः Mb.12.238.6.

sattvakaḥ	सत्त्वकः The spirit of a departed person.

satya	सत्य a. [सते हितं यत्] 1 True, real, genuine; as in सत्यव्रत, सत्यसंध. -2 Honest, sincere, truthful, faithful. -3 Fulfilled, realized. -4 Virtuous, upright. -5 Unfailing; कच्चिच्छुश्रूषसे तात पितुः सत्यपराक्रम Rām.2.1.7. -त्यः 1 The abode of Brahman and of truth, the uppermost of the seven worlds or lokas above the earth; see लोक. -2 The Aśvattha tree. -3 N. of Rāma. -4 Of Viṣṇu; सत्यव्रतं सत्यपरं त्रिसत्यं सत्यस्य योनिं निहितं च सत्ये । सत्यस्य सत्यमृतसत्यनेत्रं सत्यात्मकं त्वां शरणं प्रपन्नाः ॥ Bhāg.1.2.26. -5 The deity presiding over नान्दीमुखश्राद्ध q. v. -6 N. of Brahman; अव्ययस्याप्रमेयस्य सत्यस्य च तथाग्रतः Mb.1.37.5. -त्यम् 1 Truth; मौनात्सत्यं विशिष्यते Ms.2.83; सत्यं ब्रू 'to speak the truth'. -2 Sincerity. -3 Goodness, virtue, purity, -4 An oath, a promise, solemn asseveration; सत्याद् गुरुमलोपयन् R.12.9; Ms.8.113. -5 A truism demonstrated truth of dogma. -6 The first of the four Yugas. or ages of the world, the golden age, the age of truth and purity. -7 Water -8 The Supreme Spirit; हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् Īśop.15. -9 Final emancipation (मोक्ष); इह चेदवेदीदथ सत्यमस्ति न चेदिहावेदीन् महती विनष्टिः Ken.2.5. -त्यम् ind. Truly, really, indeed, verily, forsooth; सत्यं शपामि ते पादपङ्कजस्पर्शेन K.; Ku.6.19. -Comp. -अग्निः N. of the sage Agastya. -अनुरक्त a. devoted to truth, honest, upright, true. -अनृत a. 1 true and false; सत्यानृता च परुषा H.2.183. -2 apparently true, but really false. (-तम्, -ते) 1 truth and falsehood. -2 practice of truth and falsehood; i. e. trade, commerce; सत्यानृताभ्यामपि वा न श्ववृत्त्या कदाचन Ms.4.4 and 6. -अभिसंध a. true to one's promise, sincere. -आत्मन् true. (-m.) a virtuous or upright man. -आश्रमः renunciation of the world (संन्यास); दीक्षा बहुविधा राजन् सत्याश्रमपदं भवेत् Mb.12.66.13. -उत्कर्षः 1 pre-eminence in truth. -2 true excellence. -उद्य a. speaking the truth. -उपयाचन a. fulfilling a request. -कामः a lover of truth. -क्रिया a promise, oath. -जित् N. of Indra in the third Manvantara; इन्द्रस्तु सत्यजित् Bhāg.8.1.24. -तपस् m. N. of a sage. -दर्शिन् a. truth-seeing, fore-seeing truth. -धन a. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful. -धर्मः the law of truth, eternal truth. ˚परायण a. devoted to truth and virtue. -धृति a. strictly truthful. -नारायणः 1 A form of Viṣṇu. -2 A form of divinity (called Satyapīr in Bengāli). -पुरम् 1 the world of Viṣṇu. -2 The city of Satya-nārayaṇa; अन्ते सत्यपुरं ययौ (सत्यनारायणव्रतकथा). -पुष्टिः true or permanent prosperity. -पूत a. purified by truth (as words); सत्यपूतां वदेद्वाणीम् Ms.6.46. -प्रतिज्ञ a. true to one's promise. -प्रतिष्ठान, -मूल a. grounded in truth. -फलः the Bilva tree. -भामा N. of the daughter of Satrājit and the favourite wife of Kṛiṣṇa; (it was for her that Kṛiṣṇa fought with Indra and brought the Pārijāta tree from the Nandana garden and planted it in her garden). -भारतः N. of Vyāsa. -भेदिन् a. promise-breaking. -मानम् a true measure. -युगम् the golden age; the first or कृतयुग; see सत्यम् (6) above. -यौवनः a Vidyādhara. -रत a. devoted to truth, honest, sincere. (-तः) N. of Vyāsa. -लौकिकम् spiritual and worldly matters; मया प्रोक्तं हि लोकस्य प्रमाणं सत्यलौकिके Bhāg.3.24.35. -वचनम् 1 the speaking of truth. -2 a promise, solemn assurance. -वचस् a. truthful, veracious. (-m.) 1 a saint, Ṛiṣi. -2 a seer. (-n.) truth, veracity. -वद्य a. veracious; सत्यवद्यो रघूत्तमः Bk.5.1. (-द्यम्) truth, veracity. -वाक्यम् truth-speaking, veracity, -वाच् a. truthful, veracious, candid. (-m.) 1 a saint, seer. -2 a crow. -वादिन् a. 1 truth-speaking. -2 sincere, outspoken, candid. -व्यवस्था ascertainment of truth. -व्रत, -संगर, -संध a. 1 true or faithful to an agreement, promise or word, adhering to truth veracious; Bhāg.1.2.26; see सत्यः (4). -2 honest, sincere. -श्रवसी Ved. an epithet of Uṣas. -श्रावणम् taking a solemn oath. -संश्रवः a promise, vow. -संकल्प a. true in purpose of resolve. -संकाश a. specious, plausible -संगरः N. of Kubera. -a. true to an agreement or promise. -संधः 1 an epithet of Rāma; राजेन्द्रं सत्यसंधं दशरथतनयम् Rāma-rakṣā 26. -2 of Bharata. -3 of king Janamejaya. (-धा) an epithet of Draupadī. -a. keeping one's promise, faithful. -साक्षिन् m. a trustworthy witness; यथोक्तेन नयन्तस्ते पूयन्ते सत्यसाक्षिणः Ms.8.257.

sad	सद् 1 P. (6 P. also according to some) (सीदति, सन्न; the स् of सद् is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ except प्रति) 1 To sit down, recline, lie, lie down, rest, settle; अमदाः सेदुरेकस्मिन् नितम्बे निखिला गिरेः Bk.7.58. -2 To sink down, plunge into; सीदन्ति च तदा यक्षाः कूला इव जलेन ह Rām.7.14.18; तेन त्वं विदुषां मध्ये पङ्के गौरिव सीदसि H. Pr.24.; where the word has sense 4 also). -3 To live, remain, reside, dwell. -4 To be dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, sink into despondency; दृष्ट्वैव सागरं वीक्ष्य सीदन्तीं कपिवाहिनीम् Rām.7.35.4; नाथ हरे जय नाथ हरे सीदति राधा वासगृहे Gīt. 6. -5 To decay, perish, go to ruin, waste away, be destroyed; विपन्नायां नीतौ सकलमवशं सीदति जगत् H.2.77; तं सन्नशत्रुं ददृशुः स्वयोधाः R.7.64; H.2.13. -6 To be in distress, be pained or afflicted, be helpless; सीदता- मनुभवन्निवार्थिनां वेद यत्प्रणयभङ्गवेदनाम् Ki.13.6; Ms.8.21. -7 To be impeded or hindered; धर्मे सीदति सत्वरः Ms. 9.94. -8 To be languid, be wearied or fatigued, droop, sink; सीदति मे हृदयम् K,; सीदन्ति मम गात्राणि Bg.1.29. -9 To go, -Caus. (सादयति-ते) 1 To cause to sit down, rest. -2 To throw or cast down, place, put. -3 To weary, exhaust. -4 To cause to perish, destroy; बहुसमरनयज्ञः सादयिष्यन्नरातिम्. -Desid. (सिषत्सति) To wish to sit &c.

sadā	सदा ind. Always, ever, perpetually, at all times. -Comp. -आनन्द a. ever happy. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -उत्थायिन् ever exerting; त्रिभिर्वर्षैः सदोत्थायी कृष्ण- द्वैपायनो मुनिः । महाभारतमाख्यानं कृतवानिदमद्भुतम् ॥ Mb.1.62. 52. -गतिः 1 wind; पाशैः केन सदागतेरगतिता सद्यः समापादिता Mu.7.6. -2 the universal spirit. -3 the sun. -4 everlasting happiness, final beatitude. -तोया, नीरा 1 N. of the Karatoyā river. -2 a river always bearing water, a running stream. -दान a. always making gifts or exuding rut; सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः Pt.2.7. (-नः) 1 a ruttish elephant. -2 a scent-elephant (-गन्धद्वीप q. v.). -3 N. of the elephant of Indra. -4 N. of Gaṇeśa. -नर्तः a kind of bird, the wagtail. -पुष्प a. everflowering. (-ष्पः) the cocoa-nut tree. -प्रसूनः N. of various plants :-- रोहित, अर्क and कुन्द. -फल a. always bearing fruit. (-लः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the jack tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -4 the cocoa-nut tree. -भव a. perpetual, continual. -भव्य a. always present. -भ्रम a. always wandering. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -शिवः N. of Śiva.

saṃdhānam	संधानम् 1 Joining, uniting; वायुः संधानम् T. Up.1.3.2. -2 Union, junction, combination; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नं भवति कृत- संधानमिव तत् Ś.1.9; Ku.5.27; R.12.11. -3 Mixing, compounding (of medicines &c.). -4 Restoration, repairing. -5 Fitting, taking an aim, fixing (as an arrow to the bow-string); तत् साधुकृतसंधानं प्रतिसंहर सायकम् Ś.1.11; अथाग्नियन्त्रसंधानविशेषोदग्रविक्रमान् Śiva. B.3.1; Śi.2.8. -6 Alliance, league, friendship; peace; मृद्घट- वत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसंधानश्च दुर्जनो भवति H.1.88 (where it has sense 1 also). -7 A joint; पादजङ्घयोः संधाने गुल्फः Suśr. -8 Attention. -9 Direction. -1 Supporting. -11 Distillation (of liquors). -12 Spirituous liquor or a kind of it. -13 A kind of relish eaten to excite thirst. -14 Preparation of pickles. -15 Contraction of the skin by means of astringents. -16 Sour rice-gruel. -17 Bellmetal (सौराष्ट्र).

saṃdhānī	संधानी 1 Distillation . -2 Braziery, foundry. -3 The manufacture of spirituous liquors.

saṃdhiḥ	संधिः 1 Union, junction, combination, connection; संधये सरला सूची वक्रा छेदाय कर्तरी Subhāṣ.; Me.6. -2 A compact, an agreement. -3 Alliance, league, friendship, peace, treaty of peace (one of the six expedients to be used in foreign politics); कति प्रकाराः संधीनां भवन्ति H.4; (the several kinds are described in H.4.16- 125); शत्रुणा न हि संदध्यात् सुश्लिष्टेनापि संधिना H.1.85. -4 A joint, articulation (of the body); तुरगानुधावनकाण्डितसंधेः Ś.2. -5 A fold (of a garment). -6 A breach, hole, chasm. -7 Especially a mine, chasm or opening made by thieves in a wall or underneath a building; संधिं छित्त्वा तु ये चौर्यं रात्रौ कुर्वन्ति तस्कराः Ms.9.276; वृक्षवाटिका- परिसरे संधिं कृत्वा प्रविष्टो$स्मि मध्यमकम् Mk.3. -8 Separation, division. -9 Euphony, euphonic junction or coalition (in gram.) -1 An interval, a pause. -11 A critical juncture. -12 An opportune moment. -13 A period at the expiration of each Yuga or age; त्रेताद्वापरयोः संधौ Mb.1.2.3. -14 A division or joint (in a drama); (they are five; see S. D.33-332); तौ संधिषु व्यञ्जितवृत्तिभेदम् Ku.7.91. -15 The vulva. -16 Distillation. -17 Land etc. donated for the worship of temple deities etc. (cf. Dr. Raghavan's note on वृत्तिसंन्धिप्रतिपादकः Cholachampū p.1 "संधिः देवपूजार्थमतिसृष्टं तादृशं भूम्यादिकं संधिपदस्य द्रविडदेवालयशिलाशासनेषु तादृशे$र्थे व्यवहारदर्शनात् ।"). -18 Contrivance, management; तस्य सावरणदृष्टसंधयः काम्यवस्तुषु नवेषु संगिनः R.19.16. -19 Twilight. -2 A seam. -21 The connecting link of a perpendicular (in mensuration). -22 The common side of double triangle. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a diphthong. -काष्ठम् the wood below the top of a gable. -गृहः a bee-hive. -चोरः a housebreaker, a thief who breaks into a house. -छेदः making holes or breaches (in a wall &c.); as in संधिच्छेदशिक्षकः M.4. -छेदनम् burglary. -जम् spirituous liquor. -जीवकः one who lives by dishonest means (particularly as a go-between), -दूषणम् violation of a treaty; अरिषु हि विजयार्थिनः क्षितीशा विदधति सोपधि संधिदूषणानि Ki.1.45. -नालः, -लम् Unguis Odoratus (नख, क्षुर). -पालत्वम् maintenance of treaties. -प्रबन्धनम् the ligament of a joint. -बन्ध 1 the tissues of joints; Ś.2. -2 the cement or lime. -बन्धनम् a ligament tendon, nerve. -भङ्गः, -मुक्तिः f. dislocation of a joint. -मोक्षः the breaking of peace; Kau. A.7. -रन्ध्रका a hole in a wall. -विग्रह m. du. peace and war. ˚अधिकारः the office of the minister for foreign affairs. -विग्रहकः a minister presiding over the above. -विचक्षणः*** one skilled in negotiating treaties. -विद् m. a negotiator of treaties. -विपर्ययौ peace and war; दूते संधिविपर्ययौ Ms.7.65. -वेला 1 the time of twilight. -2 any connecting period -शूलम् a kind of painful indigestion (आमवात). -संभवः a diphthong. -हारकः a house-breaker.

saṃdhita	संधित a. 1 United, joined; शपथैः संधितस्यापि न विश्वासं व्रजेद्रिपोः Pt.2.39. -2 Bound, tied. -3 Reconciled, allied. -4 Fixed, fitted. -5 Mixed together. -6 Picked, preserved (wrong for संदित; cf. Ms.8.342). -7 Concluded (as an alliance). -तम् 1 Pickles. -2 Spirituous liquor.

saṃdhilā	संधिला 1 A hole or breach made in a wall, pit, chasm. -2 A river. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Loud orchestral sound of a band of musicians; L. D. B.

saṃdhyā	संध्या 1 Union. -2 Joint, division. -3 Morning or evening twilight; अनुरागवती संध्या दिवसस्तत्पुरस्सरः । अहो दैवगतिश्चित्रा पथापि न समागमः ॥ K. P.7. -4 Early morning. -5 Evening, dusk; संध्यामङ्गलदीपिका विभजते शुद्धान्तवृद्धाजनः V.3.2; संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -6 The period which precedes a Yuga, the time intervening between the expiration of one Yuga and the commencement of another; चत्वार्याहुः सहस्राणि वर्षाणां तत्कृतं युगम् । तस्य तावच्छती संध्या संध्यांशश्च तथाविधः ॥ Ms.1.69; अथासौ युगसंध्यायां दस्युप्रायेषु राजसु Bhāg.1.3.25. -7 The morning, noon, and evening prayers of a Brāhmaṇa; उत्थायावश्यकं कृत्वा कृतशौचः समाहितः । पूर्वं संध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत् स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् ॥ Ms.4.93;2.69. -8 A promise, an agreement. -9 A boundary, limit. -1 Thinking, meditation. -11 A kind of flower. -12 N. of a river. -13 N. of the wife of Brahman. -14 Any one of the divisions of the day (पूर्वाह्ण, मध्याह्न, अपराह्ण). -Comp. -अंशः the period at the end of each Yuga; Ms.1.69. -अंशुः twilight. -अभ्रम् 1 an evening cloud (tinged with the sun's rays); संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -2 a kind of red-chalk. -उपसनम्, उपासना Saṁdhyā adoration; Ms.2.67. -कालः 1 the period of twilight. -2 evening. -त्रयम् the three divisions of the day (forenoon, noon and afternoon). -नाटिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पयोदः a twilight rain-cloud. -पुष्पी 1 a kind of jasmine. -2 a nutmeg. -बलः a demon (राक्षस). -बलिः 1 an image of bull in a temple of Śiva. -2 the evening oblation. -मङ्गलम् an evening religious rite. ˚दीपिका an auspicious evening lamp; V.3.2. -रागः red-lead. -रामः (some take आराम as the word here) an epithet of Brahman. -वन्दनम् the morning and evening prayers. -समयः 1 evening-time. -2 a portion of each Yuga.

sanna	सन्न p. p. [सद्-क्त] 1 Sitting down, settling down, lying. -2 Dejected, sunk down, downcast. -3 Drooping, relaxed; नालक्षयम् साध्वससन्नहस्तः Ku.3.51. -4 Weak, low, feeble. -5 Wasted away, decayed. -6 Perished, destroyed. -7 Still, motionless. -8 Shrunk. -9 Adjacent, near. -1 Gone, departed. -11 Sunk, low (in tone &c). -न्नः The tree called पियाल. -न्नम् 1 A little, a small quantity. -2 Destruction, loss. -Comp. -कण्ठ a. choked. -जिह्व a. one whose tongue is silent; तत्तेजसा हतरुचः सन्नजिह्वाः ससाध्वसाः Bhāg.4.7.23. -धी a. dispirited; यादोगणाः सन्नधियः ससाध्वसाः Bh&amacr:g.3.17.25. -भाव a. despondent. -मुसलम् a motionless pestle; विधूमे सन्नमुसले Ms.6.56. -वाच् a. speaking with low tone. -हर्ष a. desponding, cheerless.

samādhānam	समाधानम् 1 Putting together, uniting. -2 Fixing the mind in abstract contemplation on the true nature of spirit; विभ्रत्यात्मसमाधानतपःस्वाध्यायसंयमैः Bhāg.12.11.24. -3 Profound or abstract meditation, deep contemplation. -4 Intentness. -5 Steadiness, composure, peace (as of mind), satisfaction; चित्तस्य समाधानम्; समाधानं बुद्धेः G. L.18. -6 Clearing up a doubt, replying to the Pūrvapakṣa; answering an objection. -7 Agreeing, promising. -8 (In drama) A leading incident which unexpectdly gives rise to the whole plot. -9 Justification of a statement, proof. -1 Reconciliation. -11 Eagerness. -Comp. -रूपकम् a kind of metaphor (used for the justification of a bold assertion).

samādhiḥ	समाधिः 1 Collecting, composing, concentrating (as mind). -2 Profound or abstract meditation, concentration of mind on one object, perfect absorption of thought into the one object of meditation, i. e. the Supreme Spirit, (the 8th and last stage of Yoga); व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः समाधौ न विधीयते Bg.2.44; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4,5; Mk.1.1; Bh.3.54. R.8.79; Śi.4.55. -3 Intentness, concentration (in general), fixing of thoughts; यथा भानुगतं तेजो मणिः शुद्धः समाधिना । आदत्ते राजशार्दूल तथा योगः प्रवर्तते ॥ Mb.12.298.12; तस्यां लग्नसमाधि (मानसम्) Gīt.3; अहःसु तस्या हृदि ये समाधयः Rām. ch.2.41. -4 Penance, religious obligation, devotion (to penance); अस्त्येतदन्यसमाधिभीरुत्वं देवानाम् Ś1; तपः- समाधि Ku.3.24; अथोपयन्तारमलं समाधीना 5.24;5.6;1.59; सर्वथा दृढसमाधिर्भव Nāg.5. -5 Bringing together, concentration, combination, collection; union, a set; सा तस्य धर्मार्थसमाधियुक्तं निशम्य वाक्यम् Rām.4.33.5; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -6 Reconciliation, settling or composing differences. -7 Silence. -8 Agreement, assent, promise. -9 Requital. -1 Completion, accomplishment. -11 Perseverance in extreme difficulties. -12 Attempting impossibilities. -13 Laying up corn (in times of famine), storing grain. -14 A tomb. -15 The joint of the neck; a particular position of the neck; अंसाववष्टब्धनतौ समाधिः Ki.16.21. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa; समाधिः सुकरं कार्यं कारणान्तरयोगतः K. P.1; see S. D.614. -17 One of the ten Guṇas or merits of style; अन्यधर्मस्ततो$न्यत्र लोकसीमानुरोधिना । सम्यगाधीयते यत्र स समाधिः स्मृतो यथा ॥ Kāv.1.93. -18 A religious vow or self-imposed restraint. -19 Support, upholding. -Comp -भङ्गः interruption of meditation. -भृत् a. absorbed in meditation. -योगः 1 employment of meditation. -2 the efficacy of contemplation. -विग्रहः embodiment of meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation or contemplation.

samārambhaḥ	समारम्भः 1 Beginning, commencement. -2 An enterprise, undertaking, a work, an action; यस्य सर्वे समारम्भाः कामसंकल्पवर्जिताः Bg.4.19; Mb.3.125.4; भव्यमुख्याः समा- रम्भाः ...... तस्य गूढं विपेचिरे R.17.53. -3 An unguent; see समालम्भ. -4 Spirit of enterprise; व्यूहानां च समारम्भान् देवगान्धर्वमानुषान् Mb.5.165.1.

samāviṣṭa	समाविष्ट p. p. 1 Entered thoroughly, completely occupied, pervaded. -2 Seized, overcome, engrossed. -3 Possessed by an evil spirit. -4 Endowed with. -5 Settled, fixed, seated. -6 Well-instructed. -7 Filled with; कौतूहलसमाविष्टाः सर्व एव समागताः Rām.7.96.6.

samāveśaḥ	समावेशः 1 Entering or abiding together. -2 Meeting, association. -3 Inclusion, comprehension. -4 Penetration. -5 Possession by an evil spirit. -6 Passion, emotion. -7 (In gram.) Common applicability of a term.

samīkṣā	समीक्षा 1 Investigation, search. -2 Consideration. -3 Close or thorough inspection. -4 Understanding, intellect. -5 Essential nature of truth. -6 An essential principle. -7 The Mimāṁsā system of philosophy. -8 Effort. -9 The Sāṁkhya system of philosophy; 'सांख्यं समीक्ष्यम्' इति त्रिकाण्डः; फलभाजि समीक्ष्योक्ते Śi.2.59; also समीक्ष्यम् -1 Complete or thorough investigation. -11 Desire to see; मनसा तानि गच्छेत सर्वतीर्थसमीक्षया Mb.3. 85.15. -12 Spiritual knowledge (आत्मविद्या); एवं समीक्षा निपुणा सती मे हन्यात्तमिस्रं पुरुषस्य बुद्धेः Bhāg.11.28.34. -13 A glance; आशृण्वतो मामनुरागहाससमीक्षया विश्रमयन्नुवाच Bhāg.3.4.1.

saṃmad	संमद् 4 P. 1 To be intoxicated. -2 To rejoice, be glad. -Caus. 1 To exhilarate, rejoice, put in good spirits. -2 To be completely intoxicated (Ātm.).

sarakaḥ	सरकः कम् [सु-वुन्] 1 A continuous line of road. -2 Spirituous liquor, spirits; 'सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्याच्छीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः. -3 Drinking spirits; चक्रुरथ सह पुरन्ध्रिजनैरयथार्थसिद्धि सरकं महीमृतः Śi.15.8;1.12. -4 A drinking-vessel, wine-glass, goblet; प्रापि चेतसि सविप्रति- सारे सुभ्रूवामवसरः सरकेण Śi.1.2. -5 Distribution of spirituous liquor. -कम् 1 Going. -2 A pond, lake. -3 Heaven.

sarasa	सरस a. 1 Juicy, succulent. -2 Tasty, sapid. -3 Wet; सरसनखपदान्तर्दष्टकेशप्रमोकम् Śi.11.54. -4 Wet with perspiration; तं वीक्ष्य वेपथुमती सरसाङ्गयष्टिः Ku.5.85. -5 Full of love, impassioned; त्वयि चपले$पि च सरसां भ्रमर कथं वा सरोजिनीं त्यजसि Bv.1.1 (where it means 'full of honey' also). -6 Charming, lovely, agreeable, beautiful; सरसवसन्ते Gīt.1; तन्मे मनः क्षिपति यत्सरसप्रहारम् Māl.4.8. -7 Fresh, new, blooming; सरसकुसुमक्षामैरङ्गै- रनङ्गमहाज्वरः Māl.9.1. -8 Thick, solid (सान्द्र); निहित- सरसयावकैर्वभासे चरणतलैः कृतपद्धतिर्वधूनाम् Ki.1.3. -9 Expressive of poetical sentiment; see रस. -सम् A lake, pond.

sargaḥ	सर्गः [सृज्-घञ्] 1 Relinquishment, abandonment. -2 Creation; आराध्य विप्रान् स्मरमादिसर्गे Bhāg.3.1.28; अस्याः सर्गविधौ प्रजापतिरभूच्चन्द्रो नु कान्तिप्रदः V.1.8. -3 The creation of the world; प्रलयस्थितिसर्गाणां कारणतां गतः Ku.2.6; R. 3.27; सर्गो नवविधस्तस्य प्राकृतो वैकृतस्तु यः Bhāg.3.1.13. -4 Nature, the universe; इहैव तैर्जितः सर्गो येषां साभ्ये स्थितं मनः Bg.5.19. -5 Natural property, nature. -6 Determination, resolve; गृहाण शस्त्रं यदि सर्ग एष ते R.3.51;14. 42; Śi.19.38. -7 Assent, agreement. -8 A section, chapter, canto (as of a poem). -9 Rush, onset, advance (of troops). -1 Voiding of excrement; राजमार्गे गवां मध्ये धान्यमध्ये च धर्मिणः । नोपसेवन्ति राजेन्द्र सर्गं मूत्रपुरीषयोः ॥ Mb.13.162.35. -11 N. of Śiva. -12 Fainting, swoon (मोह). -13 Ved. A horse. -14 Production (of the implement of war); सर्गाणां चान्ववेक्षणम् Mb.12.59.44. (com. सर्गाणां रथादिनिर्माणानाम्). -15 Effort, exertion. -16 The aspiration at the end of a word (विसर्ग). -Comp. -क्रमः the order of creation. -बन्धः a great poem having several cantos, a Mahākāvya; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D.

sarva	सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper.

sasveda	सस्वेद a. Covered over or moist with sweat, perspired, सस्वेदरोमाञ्चितकम्पिताङ्गी जाता प्रियस्पर्शसुखेन वत्सा U.3.42. -दा A girl recently deflowered.

saha	सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion.

sādiḥ	सादिः [सद्-इण् Uṇ.4.136] 1 A charioteer. -2 A warrior. -3 A dispirited person. -4 Air, wind.

sādita	सादित p. p. 1 Made to sit down. -2 Depressed, dispirited. -3 Wearied, exhausted; प्रसेहिरे सादयितुं न सादिताः Ki.14.57. -4 Destroyed, exterminated; समासदत् सादितदैत्यसंपदः Śi.1.11. -5 Wasted, decayed.

sādhana	साधन a. (-नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Accomplishing, effecting &c. -2 Procuring. -3 Conjuring up (a spirit). -4 Denoting, expresssive of. -नम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्. -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16. -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62. -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम् -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general. -6 The instrumental case. -7 Implement, apparatus. -8 Appliance, materials. -9 Matter, ingredients, substance. -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1. -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general). -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration. -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1. -14 Subduing, overcoming. -15 Subduing by charms. -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic. -17 Healing, curing. -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17. -19 Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. -2 Going out, setting forward, departure. -21 Going after, following. -22 Penance, self-mortification. -23 Attainment of final beatitude. -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine. -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine. -26 A bodily organ. -27 The penis. -28 An udder. -29 Wealth. -3 Friendship. -31 Profit, advantage. -32 Burning a dead body. -33 Obsequies. -34 Killing or oxydation of metals. -35 Proof, argument. -36 Conflict, battle. -37 (In gram.) Instrument, agent. -38 Making ready, preparation. -39 Gain, acquisition. -4 Calculation. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces. -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished. -क्रिया 1 a finite verb. -2 an action connected with a Kāraka. -क्षम a. admitting proof. -निर्देशः production of proof. -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.

sāmrājyam	साम्राज्यम् 1 Universal or complete sovereignty, imperial sway; साम्राज्यशंसिनो भावाः कुशस्य च लवस्य च U. 6.23; R.4.5. -2 Empire, dominion.

sārvabhaumam	सार्वभौमम् Universal empire.

sāvitrī	सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).

sitā	सिता 1 Candied sugar, sugar; पित्तेन दूने रसने सितापि तिक्तायते हंसकुलावतंस N.3.94; Bv.4.13; संस्कारो मधुर- रसेषु यः सिताभिः Rām. ch.7.3. -2 Moon-light. -3 A lovely woman. -4 Spirituous liquor. -5 White Dūrvā grass. -6 Arabian jasmine. -7 N. of the Ganges. -Comp. -खण्डः, पाकः a kind of refined sugar. -लता white Dūrvā grass.

siddha	सिद्ध p. p. 1 Accomplished, effected, performed, achieved, completed. -2 Gained, obtained, acquired. -3 Succeeded, successful; one who has attained his object; याताबला व्रजं सिद्धा मयेमा रंस्थथ क्षपाः Bhāg.1.22.27. -4 Settled, established; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14. -5 Proved, demonstrated, substantiated; तस्मादिन्द्रियं प्रत्यक्षप्रमाणमिति सिद्धम् T. S.; साक्षिप्रत्ययसिद्धानि (कार्याणि) Ms.8.178. -6 Valid, sound (as a rule). -7 Admitted to be true. -8 Decided, adjudicated (as a law-suit). -9 Paid, discharged, liquidated (as debt). -1 Cooked, dressed (as food); अभ्रच्छाया खलप्रीतिः सिद्धमन्नं च योषितः । किंचित्कालोपभोग्यानि यौवनानि धनानि च ॥Pt.2.117. -11 Matured, ripened. -12 Thoroughly prepared, compounded, cooked together (as drugs). -13 Ready (as money). -14 Subdued, won over, subjugated (as by magic). -15 Brought under subjection, become propitious. -16 Thoroughly conversant with or skilled in, proficient in; as in रस- सिद्ध q. v. -17 Perfected, sanctified (as by penance); अप्रमत्तो$खिलस्वार्थे यदि स्यात् सिद्ध आत्मनि Bhāg.11.23.29. -18 Emancipated. -19 Endowed with supernatural powers or faculties. -2 Pious, sacred, holy. -21 Divine, immortal, eternal. -22 Celebrated, well-known, illustrious; अथर्वशिरसि प्रोक्तैर्मन्त्रैः सिद्धां विधानतः Rām.1.15.2; एवं तौ लोकसिद्धाभिः क्रीडाभिश्चेरतुर्वने Mb.1.18.16. -23 Shining, splendid. -24 Hit (as a mark). -25 Peculiar, singular. -26 Invariable, unalterable. -27 Satisfied; Bhāg.11.23.29. -द्धः 1 A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called Siddhis q. v.; उद्वेजिता वृष्टिभिराश्रयन्ते शृङ्गाणि यस्यातप- वन्ति सिद्धाः Ku.1.5. -2 An inspired sage or seer (like Vyāsa). -3 Any sage or seer, a prophet; सिद्धादेश Ratn.1. -4 One skilled in magical arts, a magician. -5 A law-suit, judicial trial. -6 A kind of hard sugar. -7 The dark thorn-apple. -8 One who has attained his object; सिद्धः कचो वत्स्यति मत्सकाशे Mb.1.76.7. -द्धम् Sea-salt. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -योषित् a beatified woman, a female siddha. -अञ्जनम् magical ointment or collyrium; वसुपूर्णन् कलशान् सिद्धाञ्जनेन ज्ञात्वा Dk.1.4. -अन्तः 1 the established end. -2 the demonstrated conclusion of an argument, established view of any question, the true logical conclusion (following on the refutation of the Pūrvapakṣa). -3 a proved fact, established truth, dogma, settled doctrine. -4 any established text-book resting on conclusive evidence; मध्येसभं दैवविदः सर्वसिद्धान्त- पारगाः Śiva B.6.8. ˚कोटिः f. the point in an argument which is regarded as a logical conclusion. ˚कौमुदी N. of a celebrated commentary on Pāṇini's grammar by भट्टोजी- दीक्षित. ˚पक्षः the logically correct side of an argument. -अन्नम् cooked food. -अर्थ a. one who has accomplished his desired object, successful. (-र्थः) 1 white mustard; यन्त्रस्थसिद्धार्थपदाभिषेकं लब्ध्वाप्यसिद्धार्थममन्यत स्वम् N.1.6; अविरललग्नगौरसिद्धार्थकप्रकारतया काञ्चनरसखचितामिव मालाम् K. (Pūrvabhāga); Bhāg.4.9.59. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of the great Buddha. -आदेशः 1 the prediction of a seer. -2 a prophet, fortune-teller. -आपगा f. the river Gaṅgā. -आसनम् a particular posture in religious meditation. -औषधम् a specific panacea. -काम a. having the wishes fulfilled. -क्षेत्रम् the abode of sages or Siddhas. -गङ्गा, -नदी, -सिन्धुः the celestial Ganges. -ग्रहः N. of a particular kind of madness or dementia. -जलम्, -सलिलम् sour rice-gruel. -देवः N. of Śiva. -द्रव्यम् any magical object. -धातुः quick-silver. -नरः sorcerer, fortune-teller. -पक्षः the established or logical side of an argument. -पथः the atmosphere; छिन्नाः सिद्धपथे देवा- र्लघुहस्तैः सहस्रधा Bhāg.6.1.25. -पुरुषः = सिद्धः (1,3,4) above. -पुष्पः the Karavīra plant. -प्रयोजनः white mustard. -मानस a. having a completely satisfied mind. -मोदकः sugar prepared from bamboo-manna. -यात्रिकः one wandering about for the acquisition of magical power; Pt.5. -योगः magical agency. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रस a. mineral;, metallic. (-सः) 1 quick-silver; अयोविकारे स्वरितत्वमिष्यते कुतो$यसां सिद्धरस- स्पृशामपि N.9.42. -2 an alchemist. -रूपम् the right or correct thing. -लक्ष a. one who has hit the mark. -लोकः the world of the Blest (सिद्ध). -वस्तिः a strong injection (of oil &c.); Suśr. -विद्या the doctrine relating to perfect beings. -वेदनः an elephant having perfect sensitivity; Mātaṅga L.8.25. -व्यञ्जनः an ascetic-spy; सिद्धव्यञ्जनैर्माणवप्रकाशनम् Kau. A.4. -संकल्प a. one who has accomplished his desired object. -संबन्ध a. one whose kindred are well known. -साधकः N. of Śiva. -साधनः white mustard. (-नम्) 1 the performance of magical rites for the acquisition of supernatural powers &c. -2 the materials employed in mystical or chemical processes. -साधित a. one who has learned by practice (not by study). -साध्य a. accomplished, proved. (-ध्यम्) a dogma, demonstrated conclusion. -सिद्ध a. thoroughly efficacious. -सेनः N. of Kārtikeya. -स्थाली the boiler or pot of a seer (it is supposed to be a vessel which is gifted with the property of overflowing with any kind of food at the desire of the possessor). -हेमन् purified gold.

sipraḥ	सिप्रः 1 Perspiration, sweat. -2 The moon.

sītā	सीता [सि-त पृषो˚ दीर्घः] 1 A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare. -2 (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् Ku.5.61. -3 Husbandry, agriculture; as in सीताद्रव्य q. v. -4 N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma.; जनकानां कुले कीर्तिमाहरिष्यति मे सुता । सीता भर्तार- मासाद्य रामं दशरथात्मजम् ॥ Rām.1.67.22. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lankā, he attacked ther place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sītā. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She however, found a protector in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.] -5 N. of a goddess, wife of Indra. -6 N. of Umā -7 N of Lakṣmī. -8 N. of one of the four fabulous branches (the eastern branch) of the Ganges. -9 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of agriculture. -द्रव्यम् implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; सीताद्रव्यापहरणे शस्त्राणा- मौषधस्य च Ms.9.293. -पतिः N. of Rāmachandra. -फलः the custard-apple tree. (-लम्) its fruit.

sīdhu	सीधु m. [सिध्-उ पृषो˚] Spirit distilled from molasses, rum; स्फुरदधरसीधवे तव वदनचन्द्रमा रोचयति लोचनचकोरम् Gīt. 1; Śi.9.87; R.16.52; ताम्बूलरज्जन्मुखसीधुदानादारक्तबिम्बो$जनि युक्तमेतत् Rām. ch.6.15. -Comp. -गन्धः 1 the Bakula tree. -प a. drinking spirits; P.III.2.8. Vārt.1. -पानम् the drinking of spirits. -पुष्पः 1 the Kadamba tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -रसः the mango tree. -संज्ञः the Bakula tree.

su	सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con

sukha	सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand.

suraḥ	सुरः [सुष्ठु राति ददात्यभीष्टं सु-रा-क्त] 1 A god, deity; सुराप्रतिग्रहाद् देवाः सुरा इत्यभिविश्रुताः Rām.; सुधया तर्पयते सुरान् पितॄंश्च V.3.7; R.5.16. -2 The number 'thirty-three'. -3 The sun. -4 A sage, learned man. -5 An idol. -Comp. -अङ्गना a celestial woman or damsel, an apsaras; प्रतिघाय समाधिभेदिनीं हरिरस्मै हरिणीं सुराङ्गनाम् R.8.79. -अद्रिः the mountain Meru. -अधिपः an epithet of Indra. -अध्यक्षः N. of Śiva. -अरिः 1 an enemy of gods, a demon; गतं भयं भीरु सुरारिसंभवम् V.1.6. -2 the chirp of a cricket. ˚हन् m. N. of Śiva. ˚हन्तृ N. of Viṣṇu. -अर्चनम् the worship of gods. -अर्चावेश्मन् n. a household temple, a chamber containing the idols of deities; ब्रह्मचारिपरिचारि सुरार्चावेश्म राजऋषिरेष विवेश N.21.21. -अर्हम् 1 gold. -2 saffron. -3 yellow sandal. -आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -आपगा 'the heavenly river', an epithet of the Ganges. -आलयः 1 the mountain Meru. -2 heaven, paradise. -3 a temple; पूर्तं सुरालयारामकूपाजीव्यादि- लक्षणम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -आश्रयः Meru. -आस्पदम् a temple. -इज्यः N. of Bṛihaspati. -इज्या the sacred basil. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. (उपेन्द्रः); स्वर्लोकमागच्छ गतज्वरश्चिरं सुरेन्द्र गुप्तं गतदोषकल्मषम् Rām.1.15.34. ˚गोपः a cochineal. ˚जित् m. N. of Garuḍa. -इभः a celestial elephant. -इष्टः the Sāla tree. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 N. of Indra. -2 of Śiva. (-री) 1 the celestial Ganges. -2 Durgā. -उत्तमः 1 the sun. -2 Indra. -उत्तरः sandal-wood. -उपम a. god-like, divine. -ऋषिः (सुरर्षिः) a divine sage. -कारुः an epithet of Viśvakarman. -कार्मुकम् rain bow. -गणः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a host of gods. -गण्डः a kind of boil, disease. -गिरिः mount Meru. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Bṛihaspati; धर्मः शास्त्रं सुरगुरुमतिः शौचमाचारचिन्ता सस्यैः पूर्णे जठरपिठरे प्राणिनां संभवन्ति Pt.5.97. -2 the planet Jupiter. -3 N. of Viṣṇu; ब्रह्मा सुरगुरुः स्थाणुर्मनुः कः परमेष्ठ्यथ Mb.1.1.32. -ग्रामणी m. N. of Indra. -जनः the race of gods. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Brahman. -तरङ्गिणी the Ganges. -तरुः a tree of paradise. -तोषकः the jewel called Kaustubha; q. v. -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. -दुन्दुभी the sacred basil. -द्विपः 1 an elephant of the gods. -2 N. of Airāvata; सुरद्विपास्फालन- कर्कशाङ्गुलौ R.3.55. -द्विष् m. 1 a demon; प्रणिपत्य सुरा- स्तस्मै शमयित्रे सुरद्विषाम् R.1.15. -2 Rāhu उपस्थिता शोणित- पारणा मे सूरद्विषश्चान्द्रमसीं सुधेव R.2.39. -धनुस् n. 1 rainbow; सुरधनुरिदं दूराकृष्टं न नाम शरासनम् V.4.1. -2 kind of nail mark; स्वापराधमलुपत् पयोधरे मत्करः सुरधनुष्करस्तव N.18.134. -धुनी the Ganges. -धूपः turpentine, resin. -नदी, -निम्नगा an epithet of the Ganges. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पथम् the sky, heaven. -पर्वतः the mountain Meru; q. v. -पादपः a tree of paradise; such as the कल्पतरु. -प्रतिष्ठा the setting up of an idol. -प्रियः 1 N. of Indra. -2 of Bṛihaspati. -भूयम् identification with a deity, deification, apotheosis. -भूरुहः the Devadāru tree. -भूषणम् a necklace of pearls consisting of 18 strings and 4 Hastas long; Bṛ. S. -मन्दिरम् a temple; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुराट्ट ... Māl.9.1. -मृत्तिका alum-slate. -युवतिः f. a celestial damsel. -राज्यम् dominion over the gods. -लासिका a flute, pipe. -लोकः heaven. ˚सुन्दरी 1 a celestial woman. -2 N. of Durgā. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky. -वल्लभा white Dūrvā grass. -वल्ली the sacred basil. -विद्विष्, -वैरिन्, -शत्रुः m. an evil spirit, a demon. -विलासिनी an apsaras. -वीथिः N. of the way of the नक्षत्रs; नक्षत्रमार्गं विपुलं सुरवीथीति विश्रुतम् Mb. 3.43.12. -शाखिन् m the Kalpataru q. v. -श्वेता a small (white) house-lizard. -सद्मन् n. heaven, paradise. -सालः a wish-fulfilling tree, a kalpavrikṣa; ददतो$भिमतं समस्फुरन् सुरसाला भुवमागता इव Śāhendra.2.57. -सरित्, सिन्धुः f. the Ganges; सुरसरिदिव तेजो वह्निनिष्ठ्यूतमैशम् R.2. 75. -सुन्दरी, -स्त्री 1 a celestial woman; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -2 N. of Durgā. -स्थानम् a temple.

surabhi	सुरभि a. 1 Sweet-smelling, fragrant, odorous; पाटलसंसर्गसुरभिवनवाताः Ś.1.3; Me.16,21,34. -2 Pleasing, agreeable. -3 Shining handsome; तां सौरभेयीं सुरभिर्यशोभिः R.2.3; Mv.6.63. -4 Beloved, friendly, -5 Celebrated, famous. -6 Wise, learned. -7 Good, virtuous. -भिः 1 Fragrance, odour, perfume; यः पुरीष- सुरभिसौगन्ध्यवायुस्तं देशं दशयोजनं समन्तात् सुरभिं चकार Bhāg. 5.5.33. -2 Nutmeg. -3 Resin of Sāla, or resin in general. -4 The Champaka tree. -5 The Śamī tree. -6 The Kadamba tree. -7 A kind of fragrant grass. -8 The season of spring; वासार्थं हर संभृतं सुरभिणा पौष्पं रजो वीरुधाम् V.2.2. -9 The month of Chaitra. -1 The Bakula tree. -f. 1 The gum olibanum tree. -2 The sacred basil. -3 Jasmine. -4 A sort of perfume or fragrant plant. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 The earth. -7 A cow; ऊर्जस्वलेन सुरभीरनु निःसपत्नं जग्मे जयोद्धुरविशाल- विषाणमुक्ष्णा Śi.5.64. -8 N. of the fabulous cow of plenty; सुतां तदीयां सुरभेः कृत्वा प्रतिनिधिम् R.1.81,75; व्यालम्बेथाः सुरभितनयालम्भजां मानयिष्यन् Me.47. -9 N. of one of the Mātṛis. -1 The east. -n. 1 A fragrant smell, perfume, fragrance. -2 Sulphur. -3 Gold. -Comp. -गन्धम् see सुरभिवल्कल. -गोत्रम् oxen, cattle, kine. -घृतम् fragrant butter, well-seasoned ghee. -त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 cloves. -3 areca nut. -त्वच् f. large cardamoms. -दारुः the Sarala tree. -पत्रा the rose-apple. -बाणः an epithet of Cupid. -मासः the spring. -मुखम् the commencement of spring. -वल्कलम् the bark of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी). -स्रवा the gum olibanum tree.

surā	सुरा (सु-क्रन् Uṇ.2.24) 1 A spirituous liquor, wine; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93; गौडी पैष्टी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा 94. -2 Water. -3 A drinking vessel. -4 A snake. -Comp. -आकरः 1 a distillery. -2 the cocoanut tree. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. a distiller. -आलयः a tavern, dram-shop. -आसवः spirituous liquor. -उदः the sea of spirituous liquor. -कारः a distiller. -गृहम् a tavern. -ग्रहः a vessel for holding liquor; व्यवस्थितिस्तेषु विवाहयज्ञ- सुराग्रहैरासु निवृत्तिरिष्टा Bhāg.11.5.11. -जीविन् a tavernkeeper, a vintner -ध्वजः a flag or sign hung outside a tavern. -प a. 1 a drinker of spirituous liquor; Ms.11.49. -2 pleasant, agreeable. -3 wise, sage. -पाणम्, -पानम् the drinking of wine or liquor. -पात्रम्, -भाजनम्, -भाण्डम् a wine glass or cup; अपः सुराभाजनस्था मद्यभाण्डस्थितास्तथा Ms.11.147. -पीत a. one who has drunk wine; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ... Bk.5.38. -बीजम् a substance serving for the preparation of beer. -भागः yeast. -मण्डः the froth or scum of spirituous liquor during fermentation. -मूल्यम् drink-money. -संधानम् distillation of spirituous liquor. -सुः 1 a drunkard. -2 a heretic.

suṣuptiḥ	सुषुप्तिः f. 1 Deep or profound sleep, profound repose. -2 Great insensibility, spiritual ignorance; अविद्यात्मिका हि बीजशक्तिरव्यक्तशब्दनिर्देश्या परमेश्वराश्रया मायामयी महासुषुप्तिर्यस्यां स्वरूपप्रतिबोधरहिताः शेरते संसारिणो जीवाः Ś.B. on Br. Sūt.1.4.3.

sūkṣma	सूक्ष्म a. [सूच्-मन् सुक् च नेट्; Uṇ.4.184] 1 Subtle, minute, atomic; जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः; मुख्य- क्रमेण प्रयोगव वनैकवाक्यता सूक्ष्मा ŚB. on MS.5.1.15. -2 Little, small; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19; R.18.49. -3 Fine, thin, delicate, exquisite. -4 Nice. -5 Sharp, acute, penetrating. -6 Crafty, artful, subtle, ingenious. -7 Exact, precise, accurate, correct. -क्षमः 1 An atom. -2 The clearing-nut plant. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -क्ष्मा 1 Sand. -2 Small cardamoms. -क्ष्मम् 1 The subtle all-pervading spirit, the Supreme Soul. -2 Minuteness. -3 One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic; cf. सावद्य. -4 Craft, ingenuity -5 Fraud, cheating. -6 Fine thread &c. -7 N. of a figure of speech, thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- कुतो$पि लक्षितः सूक्ष्मोप्यर्थो$न्यस्मै प्रकाश्यते । धर्मेण केनचिद्यत्र तत्सूक्ष्मं परिचक्षते ॥ K. P.1. -8 The cavity of a tooth. -9 Marrow. -1 The Vedānta philosophy. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -एला small cardamoms. -तण्डुलः the poppy. -तण्डुला 1 long pepper. -2 a kind of grass. -दर्शिता quick-sightedness, acuteness, foresight, wisdom. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. 1 sharp-sighted, eagle-eyed. -2 of acute discernment. -3 acute, sharpminded. -दलः mustard. -दारु n. a thin plank of wood, a board. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtile body which is invested by the grosser material frame (= लिङ्गशरीर q. v.). -पत्रः 1 coriander seed. -2 a kind of wild cumin. -3 a sort of red sugar-cane. -4 the gum Arabic tree. -5 a sort of mustard. -पर्णी a kind of basil. -पिप्पली wild pepper. -बीजः the poppy. -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, shrewd, intelligent. (-द्धिः f.) sharp wit, acute intellect, mental acumen. -भूतम् a subtle element. -मक्षिकम्, -का a mosquito, gnat. -मति, -मतिमत् a. acute-minded. -मानम् a nice or exact measurement, precise computation (opp. सूथूलमान which means 'broad measurement', 'rough calculation'). -शरीरम् (in phil.) a subtle body. -शर्करा small gravel, sand. -शालिः a kind of fine rice. -षट्चरणः a sort of louse. -स्फोटः a kind of leprosy.

saindhī	सैन्धी A sort of spirituous liquor (perhaps from palm-juice).

sopasarga	सोपसर्ग a. 1 Afflicted or visited by any great calamity or misfortune. -2 Portentous. -3 Possessed by an evil spirit. -4 Preceded by a prepositional prefix (in gram.).

soṣman	सोष्मन् a. 1 Warm, hot. -2 (In gram.) Aspirated. -m. An aspirate.

saujanyam	सौजन्यम् 1 Goodness, kindness of spirit, gentility; प्रसन्नं सौजन्याद्दयितकरुणैर्गाढकरुणम् U.3.13; Mk.8.38. -2 Magnanimousness, generosity. -3 Kindness, compassion, clemency. -4 Friendship, love.

saumanasa	सौमनस a. (-सा or -सी f.) [सुमनस्-अण्] 1 Agreeable to the feelings, pleasing. -2 Relating to flowers, floral; मम न सौमनसौ मनसो मुदे Śi.6.12. -सम् 1 Kindliness of spirit, benevolence, kindness. -2 Pleasure, satisfaction. -3 The nutmeg.

saura	सौर a. (-री f.) [सूरस्य इदं सूरो देवतास्य वा अण्] 1 Relating to the sun, solar. -2 Sacred or dedicated to the sun. -3 Worshipping the sun. -4 Celestial, divine. -5 Relating to spirituous liquor. -रः 1 A worshipper of the sun; Mb.7.82.16. -2 The planet Saturn. -3 A solar month. -4 A solar day. -5 The plant called Tumburu. -6 N. of Yama, the god of death. -रम् 1 N. of a collection of hymns (extracted from the Ṛigveda) addressed to Sūrya. -2 The right eye. -Comp. -नक्तम् a particular religious observance. -मासः a solar month (comprising thirty risings and settings of the sun). -लोकः the sun's sphere.

saurika	सौरिक a. (-की f.) 1 Celestial. -2 Spirituous, vinous; प्रातिभाव्यं वृथादानमाक्षिकं सौरिकं च यत् Ms.8.159. -3 Due for spirits (such as duty or money.) -कः 1 Saturn. -2 Heaven, paradise. -3 A vendor of spirituous liquor.

sthā	स्था 1 P. (Ātm. also in certain senses; तिष्ठति- ते, तस्थौ, तस्थे, अस्थात्-अस्थित, स्थास्यति-ते, स्थातुं, स्थित; pass. स्थीयते; the स् of this root is changed to ष् after a pre position ending in इ or उ) 1 To stand; अयं स ते तिष्ठति संगमोत्सुकः Ś.3.13; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Subhāṣ -2 To stay, abide, dwell, live; ग्रामे or गृहे तिष्ठति -3 To remain, be left; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति. Ms.4.111; एको गङ्गदत्तस्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -2 To delay, wait; किमिति स्थीयते Ś.2. -5 To stop, cease, desist, stand still; तिष्ठत्येष क्षणमधिपतिर्ज्योतिषां व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -6 To be kept aside; तिष्ठतु तावत् पत्रलेखागमनवृत्तान्तः K. 'never mind the account of' &c. -7 To be, exist, be in any state or position; often with participles; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वं Ś.1.1; कालं नयमाना तिष्ठति Pt.1; Ms.7.8. -8 To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); शासने तिष्ठ भर्तुः V.5. 17. R.11.65. -9 To be restrained; यदि ते तु न तिष्ठेयुरुपायैः प्रथमैस्त्रिभिः Ms.7.18. -1 To be at hand, be obtainable; न विप्रं स्वेषु तिष्ठत्सु मृतं शूद्रेण नाययेत् Ms.5.14. -11 To live, breathe; आः क एष मयि स्थिते चन्द्रगुप्तमभिभवितु- मिच्छति Mu.1. -12 To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे शत्रुसंकटे (राष्ट्रविप्लवे) । राज- द्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः ॥ H.1.71 (v. l.). -13 To rest or depend on; जहातु नैनं कथमर्थसिद्धिः संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -14 To do, perform, occupy oneself with; न तिष्ठति तु यः पूर्वां नोपास्ते यश्च पश्चिमाम् Ms.2.13. -15 (Ātm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guided by the advice of; संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -16 (Ātm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); गोपी स्मरात् कृष्णाय तिष्ठते Sk. on P.I.4.34. -Caus. (स्थापयति-ते) 1 To cause to stand. -2 To lay, set, place, put. -3 To found, establish. -4 To stop. -5 To arrest, check. -6 To raise, erect. -7 To cause to last or continue, make durable. -8 To give in marriage; लोकश्रेष्ठे गुणवति वरे स्थापिता त्वं मयैव Māl.1.5. -9 To instruct in, initiate into. -Desid. (तिष्ठासति) To wish to stand &c.

sthānakam	स्थानकम् [स्थान स्वार्थे क] 1 A position, situation. -2 A particular point or situation in dramatic action; e. g. पताकास्थानक q. v.; स्थानकेन अवलोक्य V.4.44/45; it may also mean 'a kind of posture'. -3 A city, town. -4 A basin. -5 Froth, a kind of scum on spirits or wine. -6 A mode of recitation. -7 A division or section of the Taittirīya, a branch of the Yajurveda. -8 A temple in which the idol is kept in an erect posture. -9 The attitude of the body (in shooting &.).

stheya	स्थेय a. [स्था-कर्मणि यत्] To be fixed or placed, to be settled or determined. -यः 1 A person chosen to settle a dispute (between two parties), an arbitrator, umpire, a judge; स्थेयाभ्यां गृध्रचक्राभ्यां वाचा संधिः कृतः क्षणात् H.4.1. -2 A domestic priest.

snā	स्ना 2 P. (स्नाति, स्नात) 1 To bathe, perform ablution; सस्नुः पयः पपुरनोनिजुरम्बराणि Śi.5.28; मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः. -2 To perform the ceremony of bathing at the time of leaving the house of one's spiritual preceptor. -3 To smear oneself with. -Caus. (स्नापयति-ते, स्नपयति-ते) 1 To cause to bathe, wet, moisten, sprinkle; (तोयैः) सतूर्यमेनां स्नपयाम्बभूवुः Ku.7.1; स्मितस्नपिताधरा Gīt.12; U.3.23; Ki.5.44,47; Śi.2.7; Me.45. -2 To steep or soak in. -3 To weep for. -Desid. (सिस्नासति) To wish to bathe. -With अप to bathe after mourning. -नि to plunge deep into; i. e. to be perfect or thoroughly versed in; see निष्णात; कुतो$पत्यस्नेहः कुटिलनयनिष्णात- मनसाम् Māl.2.7.

sphiṭ	स्फिट् 1 U. (स्फेटयति-ते) 1 To hurt, injure, kill. -2 To despire. -3 To love. -4 To cover.

sphūrtiḥ	स्फूर्तिः f. [स्फुर्च्छ्-स्फुर् वा क्तिन्] 1 Throbbing, shaking, vibration. -2 Spring, bound. -3 Blooming, opening. -4 Manifestation, display. -5 Flashing on the mind. -6 Poetical inspiration. -7 Bragging, boasting.

syandaḥ	स्यन्दः [स्यन्द्-भावे घञ्] 1 Flowing, trickling. -2 Going rapidly, moving. -3 A car, chariot. -4 Fluxion; Suśr. -5 Trickling perspiration; यत्र क्वचन स्यन्देनाभिपतति Bhāg.5.21.9. -6 A particular eye-disease. -7 The moon.

sru	स्रु 1 P. (स्रवति, स्रुत) 1 To flow, stream, trickle, ooze, drop, exude; न हि निम्बात् स्रवेत् क्षौद्रम् Rām. -2 To pour out, shed, let flow; अलोठिष्ट च भूपृष्ठे शोणितं चाप्यसुस्रुवत् Bk.15.56;17.18. -3 To go, move. -4 To trickle or slip away, waste away, perish, come to nothing; स्रवते ब्रह्म तस्यापि भिन्नभाण्डात् पयो यथा Bhāg; Bk.6.18; Ms.2.74. -5 To spread about, get abroad, transpire (as a secret). -6 To slip, issue out before the right time. -7 To accrue (as interest). -Caus. (स्रावयति-ते) 1 To cause to flow, pour out, shed, spill (blood &c.); न गात्रात् स्रावयेदसृक् Ms.4.169. -2 To stir up, arouse.

sva	स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause.

svādu	स्वादु a. [स्वद्-उण्] (-दु or -द्वी f.; compar. स्वादीयस्, superl. स्वादिष्ठ) 1 Sweet, pleasant to the taste, sapid, savoury, dainty, tasteful; तृषा शुष्यत्यास्ये पिबति सलिलं स्वादु सुरभि Bh.3.92; Me.24. -2 Pleasing, agreeable, attractive, lovely, charming. -m 1 Sweet flavour, sweetness of taste, relish. -2 Treacle, molasses. -n. 1 Sweetness, relish, taste; कविः करोति काव्यानि स्वादु जानाति पण्डितः Subhās. -2 Charm, beauty. -दुः f. A grape. -Comp. -अन्नम् sweet or choice food, dainties, delicacies. -अम्लः the pomegranate tree. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः Asteracantha Longifolia (Mar. गोखरू). -कार a. dainty. -खण्डः 1 a piece of any sweet substance. -2 molasses. -धन्वन् m. N. of the god of love. -पाका Solanum Indicum (Mar. मोठी रिंगणी). -पिण़्डा a kind of date tree. -फलम् the jujube. (-ला) the jujube tree. -मूलम् a carrot. -रसा 1 the fruit of the hog-plum. -2 the Śatāvarī plant. -3 the root काकोली. -4 spirituous liquor. -5 a grape. -लुङ्गी the sweet citron. -शुद्धम् 1 rock-salt. -2 marine-salt.

svāmin	स्वामिन् a. (-नी f.) [स्व अस्त्यर्थे मिनि दीर्घः] Possessing proprietory rights. -m. 1 A proprietor, an owner. -2 A lord, master; रघुस्वामिनः सच्चरित्रम् Vikr.18.17. -4 A sovereign, king, monarch. -5 A husband. -6 A spiritual preceptor. -7 A learned Brāhmana, an ascetic or religious man of the highest order; (in this sense usually added to proper names).-8 An epithet of Kārtikeya. -9 Of Viṣṇu. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of the sage Vātsyāyana. -12 Of Garuḍa. -13 The sacrificer, the owner (at a याग); यो$र्थी स्वत्यागेन ऋत्विजः परिक्रीणीते, यश्च स्वं प्रदेयं त्यजति स स्वामी ŚB. on MS.6.3. 21; तस्मान्न स्वामिनः प्रतिनिधिः ibid. -14 The image or temple of a god. -Comp. -उपकारकः a horse. -कार्यम् the business of a king or master. -गुणः the virtue of a ruler. -जङ्घिन् m. N. of Paraśurāma. -जनकः the father-in-law. -पाल m. du. the owner and the keeper (of cattle); क्रयविक्रयानुशयो विवादः स्वामिपालयोः Ms.8.5. -भट्टारकः a noble lord. -भावः the state of a lord or owner, ownership. -मूल a. originating in or derived from a master or lord. -वात्सल्यम् affection for the husband or lord. -सद्भावः 1 existence of a master or owner. -2 goodness of a master or lord. -सेवा 1 the service of a master. -2 respect for a husband.

svāsthyam	स्वास्थ्यम् 1 Self-reliance, selfdependence. -2 Fortitude, resoluteness, firmness; स्वास्थ्यं भद्र भजस्वार्य त्यज्यतां कृपणा मतिः Rām.4.1.12. -3 Sound state, health. -4 Prosperity, well-being, confortableness. -5 Ease. satisfaction, spirits; लब्धं मया स्वास्थ्यम् Ś.4.

svid	स्विद् I. 4 P. (स्विद्यति, स्विदित or स्विन्न) To sweat, perspire; तदा मोहमनुप्राप्तः सिष्विदे हि जनार्दनः Mb.7.27.2; स्विद्यति कूणति वेल्लति K. P.1; U.3.41; Ku.7.77; Māl. 1.35; स त्वां पश्यति कम्पते पुलकयत्यानन्दति स्विद्यति Gīt.11. -II. 1 Ā. (स्वेदते, स्विन्न or स्वेदित) 1 To be anointed. -2 To be greasy or unctuous; निष्टापस्विद्यदस्थ्नः क्वथनपरिणम- न्मेदसः प्रेतकायान् Māl.5.17. -3 To be disturbed. -Caus. (स्वेदयति-ते) 1 To cause to perspire. -2 To heat.

svid	स्विद् (In comp.) Sweating, perspiring.

svidita	स्विदित p. p. 1 Sweated, perspired. -2 Melted.

svinna	स्विन्न p. p. [स्विद्-क्त] 1 Perspiring, covered with sweat. -2 Seethed. -3 Cooked, boiled.

svedaḥ	स्वेदः [स्विद्-भावे घञ्] 1 Sweat, perspiration; अङ्गुलिस्वे- देन दूष्येरन्नक्षराणि V.2. -2 Heat, warmth. -3 Vapour. -Comp. -उदम्, -उदकम्, -जलम् perspiration. -चूषकः a cooling breeze (sucking up sweat). -च्छिद a. cooling. -ज a. generated by warm vapour or sweat (said of insects). -मातृ f. Chyle.

svedanam	स्वेदनम् [स्विद्-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 Perspiration, sweat. -2 Causing to sweat. -3 A diaphoretic. -4 A kind of process to which quicksilver is subjected. -5 Mucus. -Comp. -यन्त्रम् a steam-bath (for metals).

ha	ह ind. An emphatic particle used to lay stress on the preceding word and translateable by 'verily', 'indeed', 'certainly', &c.; but it is often used expletively without any particular signification, especially in Vedic literature; तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः; तस्य ह पर्वतनारदौ गृह उषतुः &c. Ait. Br.; द्वया ह प्राजापत्या देवाश्चासुराश्च Bṛi. Up.1.3.1. It is sometimes used as a vocative particle and rarely of disdain or laughter. -हः 1 A form of Śiva. -2 Water. -3 Sky. -4 Blood. -5 A cipher. -6 Meditation. -7 Auspiciousness. -8 Paradise. -9 Heaven. -1 Drying. -11 Fear. -12 Knowledge. -13 The moon. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 War, battle. -16 A horse. -17 Pride. -18 Horripilation. -19 A physician. -2 Cause, motive. -हम् 1 The Supreme Spirit. -2 Pleasure, delight. -3 A weapon. -4 The sparkling of a gem. -5 The sound of a lute (-m. also according to some in these senses).

haṃsaḥ	हंसः [हस्-अच्-पृषो˚ वर्णागमः] (said to be derived from हस्; cf. भवेद्वर्णागमाद् हंसः Sk.) 1 A swan, goose, duck; हंसाः संप्रति पाण्डवा इव वनादज्ञातचर्यां गताः Mk. 5.6; न शोभते सभामध्ये हंसमध्ये बको यथा Subhāṣ; R.17. 25. (The description of this bird, as given by Sanskrit writers, is more poetical than real; he is described as forming the vehicle of the god Brahman, and as ready to fly towards the Mānasa lake at the approach of rains; cf. मानस. According to a very general poetical convention he is represented as being gifted with the peculiar power of separating milk from water e. g. सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु हंसो यथा क्षीरमिवाम्बुमध्यात् Pt.1; हंसोहि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28; नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् । विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13; see Bh.2.18 also). -2 The Supreme Soul, Brahman. -3 The individual soul (जीवात्मन्); प्रीणीहि हंसशरणं विरम- क्रमेण Bhāg.4.29.56. -4 One of the vital airs. -5 The sun; हंसः शुचिषद्वसुरन्तरिक्षसद्धोता वेदिषत् Ka&tod;h.2.5.2; उषसि हंसमुदीक्ष्य हिमानिकाविपुलवागुरया परियन्त्रितम् Rām. ch.4.91. -6 Śiva. -7 Viṣṇu. -8 Kāmadeva. -9 An unambitious monorch. -1 An ascetic of a particular order; Bhāg.3.12.43. -11 A spiritual preceptor; Bhāg.7. 9.18. -12 One free from malice, a pure person. -13 A mountain. -14 Envy, malice. -15 A buffalo. -16 A horse. -17 A particular incantation; L. D. B. -18 The best of its kind (at the end of a compound; cf. कविहंस); L. D. B. -19 A temple of a particular form. -2 Silver. -a. 1 moving, going (गतिमान्); नव- द्वारं पुरं गत्वा हंसो हि नियतो वशी Mb.12.239.31 (see com.). -2 Pure; हंसाय संयतगिरे निगमेश्वराय Bhāg.12.8.47;6.4. 26. -साः (m. pl.) N. of a tribe said to live in the Plakṣa-Dvīpa. -Comp. -अंशुः a. white. -अङ्घ्रिः vermilion. -अधिरूढा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -अभिख्यम् silver. -आरूढः N. of Brahman. -उदकम् a kind of cordial liquor (prepared from infusion of cardamoms). -कान्ता a female goose. -कालीतनयः a buffalo. -कीलकः, -नीलकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -कूटः 1 N. of one of the peaks of the Himālaya. -2 the hump on the shoulder of an ox (for अंसकूट). -गति a. having a swan's gait, stalking in a stately manner. -गद्गदा a sweetly speaking woman. -गामिनी 1 a woman having graceful gait like that of a swan; अव्यङ्गाङ्गीं सौम्यनाम्नीं हंसवारणगा- मिनीम् (उद्वहेत् स्त्रियम्) Ms.3.1. -2 N. of Brahmāṇi. -गुह्यम् N. of a particular hymn; अस्तौषीद्धंसगुह्येन भगवन्त- मधोक्षजम् Bhāg.6.4.22. -च्छत्रम् dry ginger. -तूलः, -लम् the soft feathers of down of a goose; रत्नखचितहेमपर्यङ्के हंसतूलगर्भशयनमानीय Dk.1.4;2.2. -दाहनम् aloewood. -नादः the cackling of a goose. -नादिनी a woman of a particular class (described as having a slender waist, large hips, the gait of an elephant and the voice of a cuckoo; गजेन्द्रगमना तन्वी कोकिलालापसंयुता । नितम्बे गुर्विणी या स्यात् सा स्मृता हंसनादिनी). -पक्षः a particular position o the hand. -पदः a particular weight (कर्ष). -पादम् 1 vermilion. -2 quick-silver. -बीजम् a goose's egg. -माला a flight of swans; तां हंसमालाः शरदीव गङ्गाम् Ku.1.3. -यानम् a car drawn by swans. -युवन् m. a young goose or swan. -रथः, -वाहनः epithets of Brahman. -राजः a king of geese, a large gander. -लिपिः a particular mode of writing (with Jainas). -लोमशम् green sulphate of iron. -लोहकम् brass. -श्रेणी a line of geese.

hata	हत p. p. [हन्-क्त] 1 Killed, slain; सुषेणं च हतो$सीति ब्रुवन्नादत्त सायकम् Mb.8.48.31. -2 Hurt, struck, injured; चक्षुरादिषु हताः स्वार्थावबोधक्रियाः Mu.3.1. -3 Lost, perished; शमं न लेभे हृदयज्वरार्दितो नरर्षभो यूथहतो यथर्षभः Rām.2.85. 21. -4 Deprived or bereft of. -5 Disappointed, frustrated; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषात् हताः Ś.1.23. -6 Impeded, obstructed. -7 Utterly ruined, extinguished, destroyed. -8 Multiplied. -9 Whirled up, raised. -1 Suffering from. -11 Violated (sexually). -12 Miserable, wretched. -13 Defective. See हन्. It is often used as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'wretched', 'miserable', 'accursed', 'worthless'; अनुशयदुःखायेदं हतहृदयं संप्रति विबुद्धम् Ś.6.6; Māl.9.28; कुर्यामुपेक्षां हतजीविते$स्मिन् R.14.65; हतविधिलसितानां ही विचित्रो विपाकः Śi.11.64. -तम् 1 Killing, striking. -2 Multiplication. -ता 1 A violated woman. -2 A despised girl (unfit for marriage). -Comp. -आश a. 1 bereft of hope, hopeless, desponding. -2 weak, powerless. -3 cruel, merciless. -4 barren. -5 low, vile, wretched, accursed, villainous. -आश्रय a. one whose refuge is destroyed; Bu. Ch.13. 7. -ईक्षण a. blind; Bu. Ch.8.7. -उत्तर a. giving no answer. -उद्यम a. broken in purpose; Bu. Ch.13. 71. -कण्टक a. freed from thorns or foes. -किल्बिष a. freed from sins; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् । परलोकं नयत्याशु भास्वन्तं स्वशरीरिणम् ॥ Ms.4.243. -चित्त a. bewildered, confounded. -च्छाया a. bereft of beauty. -जल्पितानि useless talk. -त्रप a. shameless. -त्विष् a. dimmed in lustre; निशीथदीपाः सहसा हतत्विषो बभूवुरालेख्य- समर्पिता इव R.3.15. -दैव a. ill-fated, luckless, ill-starred. -प्रभाव, -वीर्य a. bereft of power or vigour; मन्त्रेण हतवीर्यस्य फणिनो दैत्यमाश्रितः Ku.2.21. -प्रमाद a. freed from carelessness. -बुद्धिः a. deprived of sense, senseless. -भग, -भाग्यः a. ill-fated, unfortunate. -मूर्खः a dolt, blockhead. -युद्ध a. destitute of martial spirit. -रथः a chariot of which the horses and the charioteer are slain. -लक्षण a. devoid of auspicious marks, unlucky. -विनय a. lost to a sense of propriety, wicked; सेव्यानां हतविनयैरिवावृतानां संपर्क परिहरति स्म चन्दनानाम् Ki.7. 29. -शेष a. surviving. -श्री, -संपद् a. reduced to indigence, impoverished. -साध्वस a. freed from fear. -स्त्रीक a. one who has killed a woman.

harmyam	हर्म्यम् [हृ-यत् मुट् च] 1 A palace, mansion, any large or palatial building; हर्म्यपृष्ठं समारूढः काको$पि गरु- डायते Subhāṣ.; बाह्योद्यानस्थितहरशिरश्चन्द्रिकाधौतहर्म्या Me.7; Ṛs.1.28; Bk.8.36; R.6.47; Ku.6.42. -2 An oven, a fire-place, hearth. -3 A fiery pit, abode of evil spirits, the infernal regions. -Comp. -अङ्गनम्, -णम् the court-yard of a palace. -तलम्, -पृष्ठम्, -वलभी f. the upper room of a palace. -स्थलम् the room of a palace.

harṣaṇa	हर्षण a. (-णा or -णी f.) [हृष्-णिच् ल्यु] 1 Causing delight, gladdening, delightful, pleasant. -2 Causing the hair of the body to stand erect; संवादमिममश्रौषमद्भुतं रोमहर्षणम् Bg.18.74. -णः 1 N. of one of the five arrows of Kāmadeva. -2 A morbid affection of the eyes. -3 A deity presiding over the funeral ceremonies. -4 A funeral and other rites; L. D. B. -5 One of the 27 yogas (Astr.); L. D. B. -णम् 1 Joy, delight, happiness, gladdening, delighting; दुर्हृदामप्रहर्षाय सुहृदां हर्षणाय च Mb. -2 Raising the spirit (of an army); खातकव्यूहतत्त्वज्ञं बल- हर्षणकोविदम् Mb.12.118.11. -3 Erection of the sexual organ, sexual excitement.

halā	हला 1 A female friend. -2 The earth. -3 Water. -4 Spirituous liquor. -ind. A vocative particle used in addressing a female friend; (only in theatrical language); हला शकुन्तले अत्रैव तावन्मुहूर्त तिष्ठ Ś.1; cf. हण्डा also.

halin	हलिन् m. 1 A ploughman, an agriculturist. -2 Balarāma. -Comp. -प्रियः the Kadamba tree. (-या) spirituous liquor.

havya	हव्य a. [हु-कर्मणि यत्] To be offered in oblations. -व्यम् 1 Clarified butter. -2 An oblation or offering to the gods (opp. कव्य q. v.). -3 An oblation in general; ममेष्टं नित्यशो हव्यैर्मन्त्रैः संपूज्य पावकम् Rām.7.3. 12. -व्या A cow; इडे रन्ते हव्ये etc. ŚB. on MS.3.1. 49. -Comp. -आशः fire. -कव्यम् oblations to the gods and to the Manes, or spirits of deceased ancestors; हव्यकव्याभिवाह्याय सर्वस्यास्य च गुप्तये Ms.1.94;3.97,128; et seq. -पाकः an oblation cooked with butter and milk, or the pot in which it is cooked. -लेहिन्, -वाह्, -वाह, -वाहन m. 'the bearer of oblations', fire; तथा हि तोयौघविभिन्नसंहतिः स हव्यवाहः प्रययौ पराभवम् Ki.16.61; अथ संचिन्तयामास भगवान् हव्यवाहनः Mb.3.217.1.

hārahūraḥ	हारहूरः Spirituous liquor. -रा A grape.

hālaḥ	हालः [हलो अस्त्यस्य अण्, हल एव वा अण्] 1 A plough. -2 N. of Balarāma. -3 N. of a king, Śālivāhana king. -4 A kind of bird. -ला Spirituous liquor. -ली A wife's younger sister. -Comp. -मृत् m. an epithet of Balarāma.

hālahalī	हालहली हाला Wine, spirituous liquor; हित्वा हाला- मभिमतरसां रेवतीलोचनाङ्काम् Me.51; Pt.1.58; Śi.1.21; हालया साकमज्ञातं हालाहलमदापयत् Śiva. B.28.21.

hālāhalaḥ	हालाहलः 1 A kind of insect. -2 A kind of lizard. -ला A small mouse. -ली Spirituous liquor. -लम् 1 = हालहल (1). -2 Spirituous liquor.

Macdonell Vedic Search

9 results


asunīti	ásu-nīti, f. spirit-guidance, x. 15, 14.

asura	ásu-ra, m. divine spirit, i. 35, 7. 10; v. 83, 6 [Av. ahura].

gabhīravepas	gabhīrá-vepas, a. (Bv.) of deep inspiration, i. 35, 7.

dvār	dvá̄r, f. du. door, iv. 51, 2 [cf. Gk. θύρα, Lat. fores, Eng. door; perhaps from dhvṛ close with loss of aspirate through influence of dvá two, as having two folds].

vipra	víp-ra, a. wise, iv. 50, 1; m. sage, i. 85, 11; vii. 61, 2; x. 135, 4 [inspired: vip tremble with emotion].

śūṣa	śūṣ-á, a. inspiring, i. 154, 3 [śvas breathe].

sarpirāsuti	sarpír-āsuti, a. (Bv.) having melted butter as their draught, viii. 29, 9 [sarpís (from sṛp run = melt) + ā-sutí brew from su press].

siṣvidāna	siṣvid-āná, pf. pt. Ā. sweating, vii. 103, 8 [svid perspire: Eng. sweat].

sphur	sphúr spurn, VI. sphurá, ii. 12, 12; spring, x. 34, 9 [Av. sparaiti, Gk. σπαίρω ‘quiver’, Lat. sperno,Lith. spiriù ‘kick’, OG. spurnu ‘kick’].

Macdonell Search

148 results


atīndriya	a. supersensuous, transcendental; n. spirit, soul.

adhipuruṣa	m. supreme spirit.

adhiṣṭhita	pp. stood on; presided over; supervised, governed; established; oc cupied, inspired: -vat, act. pt. sat on, mounted.

anāsavākhya	a. not called distilled spirit.

anubhava	m. perception, feeling; spirit; -bhâva, m. enjoyment; power, dignity; -bhâvin, a. perceiving; m. eye-witness; -bhâshitri, a. addressing; -bhûta, pp. ex perienced, felt, enjoyed; -bhûti, f.perception, apprehension.

apratyaya	m. distrust; a. distrust ful of (lc.); inspiring distrust.

avyakta	pp. not manifest, imperceptible; indistinct; m. universal soul; n. unevolved primordial matter; primordial spirit; -rûpa, a. indistinct, indefinite; of uncertain sex.

asu	m. breath, life, vitality; spirit world; vital spirits (pl. C.).

asurya	a. spiritual, divine, demoniac; n. spirituality, divinity; world of spirits or gods.

asura	a. living, spiritual, divine; m. spirit, Lord God; evil spirit, demon, Asura: -tvá, n. spirituality, divinity; state of an Asura.

asunīti	f. spirit-life, spirit-world.

ādiparvata	m. chief mountain; -purusha, m. original ancestor; primeval spirit; -pûrusha, m. primeval spirit, ep. of Vishnu; -bhava, a. produced in the beginning; -bhûta, pp. being the first among (g.).

āśā	f. id. (w. g., lc., or --°ree;): in. in the expectation or hope of; -ganana, a. in spiring hope; -pisâk-ikâ, -î, f. demon of (=cruel and delusive) hope; -bandha, m. bond of hope; cobweb; -vat,a. hopeful; hoping for (d., lc.); -vibhinna, pp. cut off from hope, disappointed.

āsava	m. distilled spirit, spirituous liquor, rum.

āsura	a. (&isharp;) spiritual, divine; belonging to the demons or Asuras, demon-like; m. Asura; &isharp;, f. female Asura.

āhvāna	n. calling upon, invocation; conjuring (a spirit); summons; challenge.

ucchvasana	n. becoming slack; -khvasita, (pp.) n. breath; exhalation; solu tion; -khvâsá, m. expiration; breath; sigh; expiring; swelling, rising; section; chapter; -khvâsita, cs. pp. riven; -khvâsin,a. breath ing out; breathing again; sighing; swelling; rising; issuing.

uttamagandhāḍhya	a. rich in delicious fragrance; -gana, m. pl. superior people; -tegas, a. supremely brilliant or mighty; -purusha, m. supreme spirit; (last =our) first person (gr.).

ṛterakṣas	a. excluding the evil spirits.

ekārtha	m. one and the same ob ject; a. having the same aim or meaning: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -samupeta, pp. in spired by the same purpose.

kāpiśāyana	n. kind of spirituous liquor.

kārpaṇya	n. poor-spiritedness; poverty; meanness, avarice; compassion.

kiṇva	n. yeast; ferment (used in making spirit).

kubera	m. N. of the regent of the spirits of the lower regions and of darkness (V.); god of wealth, the world guardian of the North; -datta, m. N. of a mythical being; -valla bha, m. N. of a Vaisya.

kratudeva	m. N.; -mat, a. reso lute; intelligent, wise; -râg, m. chief sacri fice (Asvamedha and Râgasûya); -vikrayin, a. selling the rewards for a sacrifice; -víd, a. powerful, inspiring.

kratu	m. power, might, efficacy; coun sel, intelligence, wisdom; inspiration; plan, purpose, wish, will; sacrifice (sts. personified); N. of the three liturgies forming the prâtar anuvâka; N. of a son of Brahman (one of the Pragâpatis and of the seven Rishis); a star in the Great Bear.

gītā	(pp.) f. song or poem contain ing an inspired doctrine, esp. the Bhagavad gîtâ.

coda	m. goad, whip; -á, a. inspiring, stimulating; furthering; -aka, a. impelling; m. injunction, direction; invitation.

jātakarman	n. after-birth cere mony; -dosha, a. guilty; -nashta, pp. hav ing appeared and disappeared; -paksha, a. fledged; -prâya, a. almost come to pass; -preta, pp. first born and thendeceased; -mâtra, a. but just born, only just arisen; -rûpa, a. of native beauty, beauteous; golden; n. gold: -maya, a. (î) golden; -vat, a. born; containing a derivative of the √ gan; -vâsaka, n. lying-in room; -vâsa-griha, n. (apart ment in which living takes place), sitting room; (á)-vidyâ, f. science of the origin or of the essence of things, metaphysics; -vi nashta, pp.=gâta-nashta; -visvâsa, a. hav ing confidence engendered, inspired with con fidence; (á)-vedas, a. having knowledge of beings; m. Agni; (C.) fire; -vesman, n. chamber of a new-born infant; lying-in room; -silâ, f. (real=) massive stone; -samkalpa, a. resolved; enamoured.

triyava	a. weighing three barley corns; -yâna, n. the three vehicles (to salva tion) of the Buddhists; -yâma, a. having three watches (nine hours): â, f. night; -ras aka, n. spirituous liquor (having three tastes); -râtrá, n. sg. pl. period of three nights (i. e. days): -m, for three days, in., ab. after three days; a. lasting three days; m. three days' festival: -½avaram, ad. at least three days; (í)-rûpa, a. having three forms orcolours; -li&ndot;ga, a. having the three fundamental qualities; having three genders, adjectival; -loka, n., î, f., sg., m. pl. the three worlds: heaven, sky or lower regions, earth: -nâtha, m. ep. of Indra and of Siva, -½îsa, m. ep. of Vishnu.

divyakriyā	f. employment of an ordeal; -kakshus, n. divine eye transcend ing time and space; a. having a divine eye, for (--°ree;); -gñâna, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -tâ, f. divine nature; -darsin, -dris, a. having a divine eye transcending time and space; -nadî, f. celestial river; -nârî, f. celestial woman, Apsaras; -purusha, m. demi-god, spirit; -pragñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -mânusha,m. demi-god; -rûpa, a. having a divine form; -vi gñâna-vat, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -samkâsa, a. resembling or reminding of heaven; -strî, f. divine woman, Apsaras.

dīnaka	a. very pitiful: -m, ad.; -kitta, a. dejected, miserable; -ketana, a. id.; -tâ, f. scantiness; weakness; (á)-dak sha, a. dull-witted; -dâsa, m. a Sûdra N.; -dîna, a. being in a most wretched plight; -manas, -mânasa, a. sad-hearted, sorrowful; -rûpa, a. of sad mien; -vadana, a. sad-faced; -sattva, a. low-spirited.

durgāḍha	a. hard to fathom; -gâ dha, a. unfathomable; -gâhya, fp. unfathom able: -tva, n. unfathomableness; -goshthî, f. bad company, secret society, conspiracy; -graha, 1. a. hard to grasp; -capture; -con ciliate or win; -comprehend; 2. m. evil demon (of disease); obstinate persistence in (lc.); foolish whim; -grâhya, fp. hard to grasp; -capture; -win; -comprehend: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ghata, a. hard to accomplish, dif ficult.

durmati	a. foolish; ill-disposed (rare); m. fool; miscreant; 1. -mada, m. false pride, overweening self-conceit; 2. -máda, a. intoxicated; extravagant, wild, mad; madly devoted to (--°ree;); -manas, n.wrong-mindedness, delusion; a. dispirited, dejected, sad: -tâ, f. -ness.

dyumnin	a. splendid; strong; spirit ed.

namasvat	a. reverential; inspir ing reverence.

nara	m. man; husband; hero; the primordial Man, -Spirit; N.

nirukta	pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.

nirṇikti	f. expiation; -níg, f. bright robe; -neka, m. cleansing, purifica tion; expiation; -negaka, m. washerman; -negana, n. cleansing; expiation, atonement; -netri, m. umpire; -noda, m. expulsion.

nirviśaṅka	a. unhesitating, fear less: -m or in., fearlessly; -visesha, a. de void of distinction, like, equal; not differing from (--°ree;); unqualified, absolute: -m, without a difference; n. lack of distinction, like ap pearance: in. in the same way as (--°ree;), -vise sha, m. difference without a distinction=not the slightest difference, -½âkriti, a. having an appearance not differing from the rest, looking precisely alike; -visha, a. not poisonous; deprived of poison; -vishaya, a. driven from one's abode; banished, from (--°ree;); not relating to an object; unattached to the ob jects of sense; -vishayî-kri, banish, remove from (--°ree;);-vishî-kri, free from poison; -vîrya, a. feeble, tame, spiritless.

niḥśrīka	a. destitute of beauty, ugly; luckless, unhappy; -srenî=ni-srenî; -sreyas-a, a. (î) having nothing better, best of all; n. final beatitude, bliss, salvation; -svasita, n. expiration, breath; sigh;-svâ pada, a. lacking wild animals; -svâsa, m. breath; sigh: -parama, a. constantly sighing.

niśvāsita	n. expiration of breath; -svâsa, m. inspiration, inhalation; expiration, breath; sigh.

nistejas	a. devoid of lustre; destitute of energy or vigour; spiritless, dull; -toya, a. destitute of water: -trina-pâdapa, a. destitute of water, grass, and trees.

parāsu	a. whose breath is departing, dying; expired, lifeless, dead; -tâ, f., -tva, n. apathy; nearness of death.

paryāya	m. revolution; expiration of a period; change of seasons; periodic re turn; repetition; regular succession; turn; ritual turn with the Soma cups in the Atirâ tra feast; period, sentence; stanza; alterna tive word, synonym: °ree;-or in. in order; alter nately, -m, abs. going about; -krama, m. order of succession, regular rotation; -tva, n. condition of being a ritual turn; -½anna, n. food meant for another.

paryaya	m. revolution, expiration (of a period); change, alteration.

pāna	n. drinking (esp. of strong drink); draught; sipping (the lips); beverage, drink: -ka, m. n. beverage, drink; -pa, a. drinking intoxicating liquors; -pâtra, n. drinking ves sel, cup (esp. for spirituous liquor); -bhû or -bhûmi, f. drinking-place or room; -ma&ndot; gala, n. drinking-bout; -matta, pp. intoxi cated; -mada, m. intoxication.

puruṣa	m. (metrically often leng thened to p&usharp;-), man; human being (pl. people; man kind); person (with danda, m. punishment personified); attendant; functionary; per sonal and animating principle, soul; highest personal principle, universal soul, Supreme Spirit (sts. with para, parama, or uttama); primaeval male from whom the universe was evolved (± nârâyana); member of a race, generation; person (in grammar: prathama --, =our third person; uttama--, =our first).

puroga	a. going before, preceding; chief, best; m. leader: --°ree; a. having -at the head, led by, following or accompanying; at tended, filled, or inspired with; -gata, pp. standing or placed before or in front; -gama, a. going before, preceding; chief, best; m. leader: --°ree; a. having -as leader, following; accompanied by; -gava, m. (fore-bull), leader: &isharp;, f. leader; -g&asharp;, m. leader; -ganma-tâ, f. priority of birth; -ganman, a. born before; -gyotis, a. having a light before, preceded by radiance.

pulaha	m. N. of an ancient Rishi, mentioned as one of the spiritual sons of Brahman, as one of the Pragâpatis, and as one of the seven Rishis; N. of a star.

pulastya	m. N. of an ancient Rishi, mentioned as one of the spiritual sons of Brahman, as one of the Pragâpatis, and as one of the seven Rishis; N. of a star.

pūra	a. filling; satisfying; m. filling; satisfying; swelling of a river or of the ocean; volume of water, flood, stream (often --°ree; with words denoting water or other fluid); superabundance, high degree of (--°ree;); cake; slow inhalation of breath through the nose (an ascetic practice); -aka, a. filling, -up, completing (g. or --°ree;); fulfilling, satisfying; m. stream, effusion; multiplier; slow inspira tion of breath through the nose (an ascetic practice); citron-tree: -pinda, m. pl. flour balls for completing the sacrifice to the Manes; -ana, a. (î) filling; fulfilling, satis fying; producing; m. filler-up or completer of a number, masculine ordinal number (from dvitîya onwards); n. act of filling or filling up; complete drawing of a bow; fulfilling, satisfying; equipping: -pratyaya, m. suffix forming ordinal nouns (gr.); -anîya, fp. to be filled in or supplied; to be fulfilled or satisfied; -ayitavya, fp. to be filled up or completed; to be satisfied; -ayitri, m. filler, of (g.); fulfiller, satisfier.

pūrvapakṣa	m. fore part or side; first half of a lunar month (when the moon increases), light fortnight; (primâ facie case), action at law; first objection to a proposi tion; -pakshin, a. making the first objection to a proposition; -pakshî-kri, make the first objection to a proposition; -patha, m. pre vious path, same way as before; -pada, n. previous member of a compound (gr.); -pad ya, a. belonging to the first member of a compound; -parigraha, m. first claim, pre cedence, privilege; a. claimed as a privilege by (g.); -pâda, m. fore-foot; -pitâmaha, m. fore-grandfather=ancestor; -pîthikâ, f. in troduction; -purusha, m.forefather (pl. ancestors); primaeval spirit, ep. of Brahman: -½upârgita, pp. collected by one's ancestors; -pûgita, pp. previously consecrated; -pûrva, a. every preceding one, each previously men tioned one; m. pl.ancient ancestors; -pûr va½ukta, pp. respectively mentioned before; -péya, n. precedence in drinking; precedence (in general); -pragñ&asharp;, f. knowledge of the past, memory; -prati-panna, pp. having previously agreed to or promised something; -pravritta, pp. having occurred previously; -prasthita, pp. having started previously, hastening on before.

prakṛti	f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances.

puraṃdhi	a. spirited; f. sg. and pl. high spirit, enthusiasm, exaltation.

prathama	spv. foremost], a. first; earliest; original; prior, pre vious, former; chief, most excellent, eminent, leading: it may often be translated by an ad.: first, for the first time; previously; just; forthwith: °ree;-or -m, ad. first, first of all, for the first time; only just; forthwith; for merly, previously: with g. before, previously to; ab. first; m. first consonant of a class, unaspirated tenuis; first (=our third) per son; personal endings of the third person; â, f. first or nominative case (including the vocative), termination of the nominative (in cluding the vocative): du. the two first cases, the terminations of the two first cases (=nm. and ac.); n. sg. coll. the first.

pramāṇa	n. measure, scale, standard; extent, size; length; distance; weight; quan tity; duration; sp. prosodical length of a vowel; measure of physical strength; prin cipal (opp. interest); right measure, stand ard, authority; rule of action; means of cor rect knowledge, evidence, proof; true con ception, correct notion: bhavatî or bha vantah pramânam, you are the authority, i. e. the decision rests with you: in this sense the word is almost exclusively used in the sg., rarely in the pl. or fem. (î); with the inf. it =person authorized to: -ka, a. --°ree;=pramâ na, measure etc., means of knowledge, proof; -koti, f. extreme of evidence=irrefragable proof; -tara, a. or n. greater authority than (ab.); -tas, ad. with respect to measure, size, weight, length, etc.; -tva, n. correct ness; -drishta, pp. accounted an authority; demonstrable; -patha, m.way of proof: -m na½ava-tri, not admit of proof; -paddha ti, f. id.; -purusha, m. arbitrator, umpire, referee.

prayāga	m. Place of sacrifice: cele brated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Yamunâ and the Ganges; also known as a kingdom: pl. inhabitants of Prayâga; N.; -yâkaka, a. entreating (-artham); -yâkana, n. imploration; -yâgá, m. preliminary offer ing (gnly., five, sts. nine or eleven); -y&asharp;na, n. setting out, going forth, departure; march, journey; day's journey; gait; attack (--°ree;); riding on (in.); expiration of life, decease; beginning; back of a horse (where the rider sits): -ka, n. march, journey, day's march, -kâla, m. time of death, -pataha, m. march ing drum, -bha&ndot;ga, m. interruption of a journey.

praśākhā	f. branch; extremity (of the body); -sâkhikâ, f. small branch, twig; -sâtana, n. breaking off; -sânta, pp. (√ sam) tranquillized, calmed, etc.: -ka, a. calm (of the mind), -tâ, f. mental calm, com posure; -sânti, f. tranquillization, appease ment, alleviation; tranquillity, calm; abate ment, cessation; extinction (of fire); de struction; mental calm, composure, quietude; -s&asharp;m, (nm. n) a. painless;-sâsaka, m. spiri tual guide; -s&asharp;sana, n. guidance, govern ment, rule; -sâsitri, m. governor, master; sovereign ruler, dictator; -sâstrí, m. spiritual guide; N. of a priest (also called Maitrâva runa), who is the first assistant of the Hotri; -sâstrá, n. office or Soma-vessel of the Prasâs tri priest; -sâsya, fp. to be ordered by (g.).

prasvana	m. sound, noise; (á)-svâ das, a. very sweet, highly pleasing; -svâpa, a. inducing sleep, soporific (missile); m. fall ing asleep; dream; -svâpana, a. (î) causing slumber: î dasâ, f. condition of sleep; n. causing sleep; -sveda, m. perspiration; -svedin, a. perspiring, covered with sweat.

prāṇa	m. breath; vital spirit (pl. life); vital air (five are generally assumed; but three, six, seven, nine, and even ten are also spoken of); sp. inhaled air; breath of air, wind; breath as a measure of time (requisite for pronouncing ten long sylla bles); vigour, energy, power; soul (in the Sâmkhya phil.); intelligence associated with totality (Vedânta); sign of vitality (pl.); organ of sense (mouth, nose, eyes, and ears: pl.); N.; --°ree;, a. = loving -as dearly as life, or having one's life dependent on --: -kara, a. invigorating; -karman, n. vital function; -krikkhra, n. danger to life; -ghna, a. life destroying, deadly; -khid, a. cutting life short, fatal; -kkheda, m. destruction of life, murder; -tyâga, m. abandonment of life, suicide; death.

prāṇanātha	m. lord of life, lover, husband; -nâsa, m. loss of life, death; -ni graha, m. restraint of breath; -pati, m. lord of life, soul; -parikraya, m. staking one's life; -parikshîna, pp. whose life is on the decline; -parigraha, m. possession of life, existence; -parityâga, m. abandonment of life; -prada, a. having restored or saved any one's life; -pradâyaka, -pradâyin, a. id.; -prayâna, n. departure of the vital spirit, death; -priya, a. as dear as life; m. lover, husband; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to preserve one's life, in mortal terror; -bâdha, m. danger to life, mortal peril; -bhaksha, m. feeding on breath only (i. e. on the mere smell of food or drink); -bhaya, n. mortal fear; -bhâg, a. possessing life; m. living being; -bhûta, pp. being the vital breath; -bhrít, a. life-preserving; possessing life, living; m. living being; man; -máya, a. consisting of vital air orbreath; -mokshana, n. abandonment of breath, suicide; -yâtrâ, f. support of life, subsistence; -yâtrika, a. requisite for subsistence: -mâtrah syât, he should possess only as much as will support life; -yuta, pp. endowed with life, living, alive; -yoni, f. source of life; -rakshâ½ar tham, ad. for the preservation of life; -râg ya-da, a. having saved any one's life and throne; -rodha, m. suppression of the breath; -lâbha, m. saving of life; -vat,a. endowed with life, living; vigorous, strong; -vallabhâ, f. mistress or wife who is as dear to one as life; -vinâsa, m. loss of life, death; -vipra yoga, m. id.; -vritti, f. vital activity or function; -vyaya, m. renunciation orsacri fice of life; -vi½âyakkhana, n. imperilment of life; -samyama, m. suspension of breath; -samsaya, m. risk or danger to life (sts. pl.); -samkata, n. id.; -samtyâga, m. renunciation of life; -samdeha, m. risk or peril to life; -samdhârana, n. preservation of life; -sam nyâsa, m. giving up the spirit; -sama, a. dear as one's own life: â, f. mistress, wife; -sam mita, pp. dear as one's own life; reaching to the nose; -sâra, n. vital energy; a. full of strength, vigorous, muscular; -hara, a. taking away life, fatal to (--°ree;); capital (pun ishment); -hâni, f. loss of life; -hâraka, a. life-depriving, fatal; -hârin, a. id.; -hîna, pp. bereft of life, lifeless.

prāṇana	a. [√ an] animating, quick ening; n. respiration; animating.

prāṇatha	m. respiration; -da, a. life-giving; saving the life of (g., --°ree;); -dak shinâ, f. gift of life; -dayita, (pp.) m. hus band loved as dearly as life; -dâna, n. gift or saving of life; abandonment of life; -dyû ta, n. play or contest for life; -droha, m. attempt on the life of any one; -drohin, a. seeking the life of (--°ree;); -dhara, m. N.; -dhârana, n. maintenance or preservation of life; means of supporting life: -m kri, P. sup port any one's life; Â. support one's life, take food; -dhârin, a. preserving the life of (g.).

prāśnika	a. containing many ques tions; m. (inquirer), arbitrator, umpire.

preta	pp. gone forward, i. e. departed, dead; m. dead man, corpse; ghost, spirit: -karman, n. funeral ceremony; -kârya, -kritya, n. id.; -gata, pp. gone to the de parted, dead; -gopa, m. guardian of the dead (in Yama's realm); -kârin, a. moving among the dead (Siva); -tva, n. condition of a dead man, death; condition of a ghost; -dhûma, m. smoke from a burning corpse; -nâtha, m. Lord of the dead, ep. of Yama; -paksha: -ka, m. fortnight of the Manes, dark fortnight in the month Bhâdra; -patâ kâ, f. funeral flag; -pati, m. Lord of the dead, ep. of Yama: -pataha, m. drum of death (fig.); -pinda-bhug, a. partaking of the funeral feast; -pitri, a. whose father is dead; -purî, f. city of the dead, Yama's abode; -prasâdhana, n. adornment of the dead; -bhâva, m. condition of one dead, death; -medha, m. funeral sacrifice; -râga, m. King of the dead,ep. of Yama; -loka, m. world of the dead; -vasa, m. power of the dead; -silâ, f. stone of the dead (a stone near Gayâ on which funeral cakes are offered); -suddhi, f., -sauka, n. purification for the dead or after a death; -samklipta, pp. pre pared in honour of a dead person (food); -sparsin, m. corpse-bearer; -hâra, m. id.

brahman	n. [√ 2. barh] (pious swelling or fulness of soul), devotion; pious utterance, prayer; Vedic verse or text; spell; sacred syllable &open;om;&close; holy scriptures, the Vedas; sacred learning, theology, theosophy; holy life, sp. continence, chastity; the supreme impersonal spirit, the Absolute (exceptionally treated as m.); class who are the repository of sacred knowledge, theologians, Brâhmans (coll., rarely used of individual Brâhmans).

brahmatā	f. nature of the absolute deity; -tegas, n. glory or power of Brah man; a. having the glory or power of Brah man; -tego-maya, a. formed of Brahman's glory; -tva, n. office of the Brahman priest; rank of a Brâhman; position of Brahman; -da, a. giving the Veda, imparting sacred knowledge; -danda, m. Brahman's staff (a kind of mythical weapon); curse of a Brâh man; -dandin, m. N. of an ancient sage; -dattá, m. given by the god Brahman; N.; -dâtri, m. imparter of the Veda, spiritual teacher; -dâna, n. gift of the Veda, impart ing of sacred knowledge; -dâya, 1. a. im parting the Veda; 2. m. sacred knowledge as a heritage; inheritance of a Brâhman; -dâya hara, a. receiving the Veda as an inherit ance from (g.); -dâyâda, a. enjoying sacred knowledge as his inheritance or m. son of Brahman; -dûshaka, a. falsifying the Veda; -deya, a. being given in marriage after the manner of Brahman or the Brâhmans: with vidhi, m. marriage of this kind; n. instruc tion in the Veda, imparting of sacred know ledge: -½anusamtâna, a. in whose familyteaching of the Veda is hereditary; -dvísh, a. hostile to devotion or religion, impious; m. hater of Brâhmans; -dvesha, m. hatred of religion, impiety; -dhara, a. possessed of sa cred knowledge; -dharma-dvish, a. hating the Vedas and the law; -dhâtu, m. compo nent part of Brahman.

brāhma	a. (î) relating to Brahman; belonging, peculiar, or favourable to or con sisting of Brâhmans, Brâhmanical; bestowed on Brâhmans (money); prescribed by the Veda, scriptural; spiritual (birth); sacred, divine; sacred to Brahman: with tîrtha, n. part of the hand under the root of the thumb; w. vivâha, m. Brahman form of marriage (the highest of the eight forms, in which the bride is given to the bridegroom without any pre sent in return on his part); m. pat. N.; n. study of the Veda.

bhayakara	a. terrifying; endan gering (g.); -kartri, -krit, m. one who terri fies or endangers; -m-kara, a. (î) fear-in spiring, terrifying, formidable (to, --°ree;); m. N.; -dindima, m. battle-drum; -trâtri, m. rescuer from danger; -da, a. terrifying or bringing danger to (g. or --°ree;); -dâna, n. gift given through fear; -dâyin, a. fear-inspir ing; -dhana, a. abounding in dread, terrible; -pratîkâra, m. removal of danger; -prada, a. fear-inspiring; -pradâyin, a. bringing into danger consisting of (--°ree;); -vihvala, a. agi tated with fear; -vyûha, m. kind of mili tary array in view of danger on all sides; -soka-samâvishta, pp. filled with fear and sorrow; -samtrasta-mânasa, a. having a mind scared with fear; -sthâna, n. occasion of danger; -hâraka, a. freeing from fear or danger; -hetu, m. cause of alarm.

bhāvita	cs. pp. (√ bhû) produced, manifested; cherished; good-humoured; elated, conscious of one's power; pervaded or inspired by, engrossed with (in. or --°ree;); directed towards (lc.); perfumed: -bhâvana, a. furthered and furthering; -buddhi, a. having purified or moulded one's intellect.

bhūta	pp. become, having been, past; actually happened; existing, present; being (compounded with a predicate, especially a substantive, to form adjectives; adverbs are thus turned into the corresponding adjectives); mixed or joined with (--°ree;); purified; m. n. being (divine, human, animal, and even vege table); good being (V.); created thing; world (V.; gnly. n.); uncanny being, spirit, ghost, goblin (C.); n. past; fact, reality, actual oc currence; welfare; element (esp. the gross elements, earth, water, fire, air, ether; of which the body is supposed to be composed and into which it is dissolved: cp. pañka-tva).

bhūtejya	a. making offerings to spirits; -½îsa, m. lord of creatures, ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and the Sun; lord of evil spirits, ep. of Siva; -½îsvara, m. id.; -½odana, m. dish of rice eaten to keep offevil spirits; -½unmâda, m. mental aberration due to evil spirits; -½upadesa, m. reference to something already existing; -½upamâ, f. comparison with another being; -½upasarga, m. possession by evil spirits.

bhūtātmaka	a. having the na ture of or composed of the elements; -½ât man, m. soul of living beings, ep. of Brahman and of Vishnu; individual soul; a. whose soul is purified; m. body (whose nature is the elements); -½âdi, m. the first of all beings, ep. of Vishnu; m. n. Ahamkâra as the pro ducer of the elements; -½anadyatana, m. not the same day in the past; -½antaka, m. des troyer of beings, god of death; -½abhisha&ndot;ga, m. possession by an evil spirit; -½ârabdha, pp. formed out of the elements; n. pl. all organic matter; -½artha, m. thing that has really happened, actual fact; -½âvâsa, m. abode of beings, ep. ofVishnu and Siva; abode of the elements, the body; -½âvishta, pp. possessed by evil spirits; -½âvesa, m. pos session by evil spirits; -½âsana, n. seat of evil spirits, N. of a magical car.

bhūtakaraṇa	n. that which pro duces the past tense, augment; -kartri, m. creator of beings; -kâla, m. past time; -kâl ika, a. relating to the past; -krít, a. creat ing beings; m. creator of beings; -ketu, m. N. of a Vetâla; -gana, m. the host of created beings; a or the host of spirits; -grâ ma, m. sg. & pl. the aggregate of created beings, community of creatures; multitude of spirits; -kârin, a. moving among beings (Siva); -kintâ, f. investigation of the ele ments; -kaitanika, m. believer in the doc trine that mind is produced from material elements; -kaitanya, n. state of matter being mind; -gananî, f. mother of all beings; -gâta, n.aggregate of beings; -tâ, f. verity, truth; -tva, n. condition of created beings or elements; -dayâ, f. tenderness to all creatures; -druh, a. injuring creatures; -dharâ, f. supporter of creatures, earth; -dhâtrî, f. supporter of creatures (sleep); earth; -dhârinî, f. earth; -nâtha, m. ruler of spirits, ep. of Siva; -nikaya, m. (aggre gate of elements), body; -páti, m. lord of creatures, esp. of evil spirits, ep. of Agni, Bhava, Sarva, and Siva; -pâla, m.protector of creatures; -pûrva, a. having been before, former; old (stories); deceased: -tâ, f. for mer circumstances; -prakriti, f. primal source of created beings; -bhartri, m. lord of spirits, ep. of Siva; -bhâvana, a.blessing creatures, ep. of Brahman; -bhâvin, a. creating beings; past and future; -bhâshâ, f., -bhâshita, (pp.) n. language of the goblins; -bhrit, a. supporting beings; -bhautika, a. consisting of the elements and what is formed of them; -maya, a. (î) including all beings; formed out of the five elements; -mahesvara, m. great lord of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -mâ trâ, f. pl. the subtile elements; the gross and the subtile elements; -yagñá, m.offering to all created beings (one of the five Mahâya gñas to be performed daily by the householder; it consists in the oblation of the Bali, q. v.); -yoni, f. origin of created beings; -râg, m. king of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -rûpa, a. having the form of a goblin.

bhṛśa	a. [falling, weighty: √ bhras] mighty, powerful; intense (pain); excessive, rigorous (punishment); abundant (food): -m or °ree;--, exceedingly, violently, greatly, in a high degree, very much; without hesitation: -tâ, f. violence; -danda, a. chastising rigor ously (lc.); -dâruna, a. very terrible; -duh khita, pp. greatly afflicted; -pîdita, pp. exceedingly distressed; -svid, a. perspiring profusely.

bhauta	a. relating to or meant for living beings (bhûta); possessed by evil spirits, deranged, imbecile; formed of the elements, elemental, material; m. idiot; --°ree;, idiot of a --, fool with regard to (water): -ka, --°ree; a. idiot; -prâya, a. almost imbecile.

maṇḍa	m. n. scum of boiled grain; cream; most spirituous part of burnt liquors, alcohol: -ka, a. --°ree; (i-kâ) scum; m. kind of large and very thin cake made of wheaten flour and sugar.

madira	a. id.: â, f. spirituous li quor; ep. of Durgâ; N. of the mother of Kâdambarî; (a)-dris, a. having ravishing eyes; (a)-nayana, a. id.; -½aksha, a. (î) id.; â-vat-î, f. N. of a girl and title of the 13th Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara.

madya	a. (V.) gladdening, exhilarat ing, intoxicating; n. spirituous liquor, sp. brandy: -kumbha, m. brandy-jar; -pa, a. drinking spirituous liquors; m. drunkard; -pâna, n. drinking of intoxicants; spirituous liquor; -bhânda, n. vessel for intoxicating drinks; -vikraya, m. sale of intoxicants; -½âkshepa, m. addiction to drink; -½âsattaka, m. N.

madhukarāya	den. Â. represent bees; -karikâ, f. N.; -karin, m. bee; -karî, f. female bee; N.; -kânana, n. forest of the Asura Madhu (on the Yamunâ); -kâra, m. bee: î, f. female bee; -krit, a.producing sweetness; m. bee; -gandhika, a. sweetly scented; -kkhattra, m. (?) a tree (having a pleasant shade); -kkhandas, m. N. of a Rishi; N. of the fifty-first of the 101 sons of Visvâmitra; -kyut, -kyuta, a. dripping honey; -ga, a. produced from honey; (má dhu)-gihva, a. honey-tongued, sweetly speaking (V.); -taru, m. sugar-cane; -trina, m. n. id.; -tva, n. sweetness; -doham, abs. (milking=) making honey; -dvish, m. foe of Madhu,ep. of Vishnu; -dhârâ, f. stream of honey; stream of sweet intoxicants; -pá, a. drinking sweetness or honey; m. bee; -patala, m. honey-comb; -parká, m. honey mixture: a guest-offering usually consisting of curds with honey or butter; the honey mixture ceremony; -parnikâ, f. N. of various plants; -pavana, m. wind of spring; -pâtra, n. wine cup; -pâna, n. drinking of honey; -pârî, f. wine cup; -pura, n. city of the Asura Madhu, Mathurâ: î, f. city of the Madhus, Mathurâ; (mádhu)-prasa&ndot;ga madhu, n. honey connected with spring; -psaras, eager for sweetness (RV.1); -bhad ra, m. N.; -bhânda, n. cup for spirituous liquors, wine cup; -bhid,m. slayer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -bhug, a. enjoying sweets or delights; -makshâ, -makshikâ, f. (honey fly), bee; (mádhu)-mat, a. sweet; pleasant, charming; mixed with honey; abounding in honey; containing the word &open;madhu&close;: -î, f. N. of a river; N. of a city; N.; -matta, pp. intoxicated by spring; -math, -mathana, m. destroyer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -mada, m. intoxication with wine; -mantha, m. drink stirred with honey; -maya, a. (î) consisting of honey; sweet as honey, honied; -mâdhava, m. du. & n. sg. names of the two spring months (=Kaitra and Vaisâkhâ, March-May); -mâdhavî, f. spring-flower abounding in honey; kind ofintoxicating liquor; -mâsa, m. spring month: -mahot sava, m. great festival of spring, -½avatâra, m. commencement of spring; -mura-nara ka-visâsana, m. destroyer of the Daityas Madhu, Mura, and Naraka, ep. ofVishnu.

madhvāpāta	m. honey at first sight; -½âsava, m. spirituous liquor made of honey.

manasvat	a. (V.) spirited.

manobhū	m. (arising in the mind), love, god of love; -mathana, m. (agitator of the soul), god of love; -máya, a. (î) consist ing of mind, spiritual (not material); -yâyin, a. going at will, going whereverone likes; -yúg, a. (V.) thought-yoked, i. e. yoked by a mere thought (steeds); suiting the under standing, wise; -ratha, m. (car of the mind), wish, desire; fancy, illusion; indirectly ex pressed wish; N.: -dâyaka, m. fulfilling wishes; N. of a Kalpa tree, -prabhâ, f. N., -siddhi, f. fulfilment of a wish; m. N.: -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -rama, a. delighting the mind, attractive, pleasing, charming, lovely, beau tiful; m. N.: -â, f. N.; -râgya, n. realm of fancy: â-ni kri, build castles in the air; -laya, m. loss of consciousness; -laulya, n. freak of the mind, whim, caprice; -vat-î, f. N.; -vallabhâ, f. mistress of one's heart; -vâñkhita, (pp.) n. heart's desire; -visud dhi, f. purity of mind; -vritti, f. working of the mind, mental operation; train of thought; mood, temper; -hán, a. mind-destroying; -hara, a. (â, î) captivating the mind, fascin ating, attractive; charming, beautiful: -tara, cpv. more beautiful, etc.: -tva, n. greater beauty; -hartri, m. heart-stealer, captivator; -hârikâ, f. N.; -hârin, a. captivating the heart, enchanting, fascinating, charming, beautiful; -hrit, a. taking away life and de lighting the heart;-hlâda, m. gladness of heart; -hlâdin, a. gladdening the heart, at tractive, beautiful.

mahāpakṣa	a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.

mahātattva	n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage.

mādhvī	a. f. sweet (V.); f. du. the two sweetnesses=the two Asvins (V.); kind of spirituous liquor (C.); spring-creeper (Gaertnera racemosa): -ka, n. kind of spiri tuous liquor.

	a. (î) relating to or pro duced from the mind, mental, spiritual; performed in thought (prayer etc.), conceived in the mind, conceivable; n. mental faculty, mind, heart; N. of a sacred lake and place of pilgrimage on mount Kailâsa, whither the wild swans repair in the breeding season at the beginning of the monsoons.

muni	m. inspired or ecstatic man (V.); sage, seer, ascetic, hermit, sp. one who has taken the vow of silence (C., rarely in Br.); seer in the heart=conscience: pl. the seven sages (=the seven Rishis) orstars of the Great Bear; sg. N.; N. of the mango tree, Arte misia indica, Butea frondosa, Buchanania latifolia, and Agati grandiflora.

murmura	m. expiring ember; fire of chaff.

yatna	m. volition, aspiration (rare); effort, exertion, endeavour, care, trouble, labour, pains (sg. & pl.; with regard to, lc. or --°ree;); express statement (rare): -m kri, â-dhâ, or â-sthâ, make an effortor attempt, take trouble or pains (for, to, lc., inf.); in. sg. or pl. carefully, eagerly, zealously, strenu ously; yatnena½api, in spite of every effort; ab. with every effort; carefully, sedulously, vigorously; -tas, ad. id.; °ree;--, with difficulty.

rakṣā	f. protection, deliverance, preservation, of (--°ree; very common; rarely --°ree; =from, e. g. cold, or on, e. g. a journey); guard, sentinel; preservative, amulet, mysti cal object: -karandaka, n. magical preser vative casket; -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -½adhikrita, pp. entrusted with the protec tion (of the country etc.); m. appointed guardian; -½adhipati, m. head-constable; -parigha, m. protective bolt; -purusha, m. guard, watchman; -pradîpa, m. protec tive lamp (kept burning to keep off demons); -½abhyadhikrita, m. police official; -ma&ndot;gala, n. protective ceremony (against evil spirits); -mani, m. jewel used as a preservative (against demons): also fig. of a king; -mahaushadhi, f. sovran preservative herb (against demons); -ratna, n. preservative jewel (against de mons): -pradîpa, m. preservative jewel lamp (the gems in which serve as a protective light against demons); -vat, a. enjoying protec tion, protected by (in.); -sarshapa, m. mus tard seed as a preservative against demons.

rākṣasa	a. (î) belonging or peculiar to Râkshasas or evil spirits, demoniacal; m. nocturnal demon, fiend; N. of a minister of Nanda: -tâ, f., -tva, n., -bhâva, m. condi tion of a demon.

laghukoṣṭha	a. having an empty stomach; -kaumudî, f. the short Kaumudî (an abridgement of the Siddhânta-kaumudî); -krama, a. having a quick step, hurrying: -m, ad. quickly; -gati, a. swift-paced; -kit ta, a. light-minded, fickle; -ketas, a. little minded, mean-spirited; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy (prob. incorr. for -½ukkhedya); -tâ, f., tva, n. activity, nimbleness; lightness; buoyancy, light-heartedness;prosodical shortness; smallness, shortness; insignificance; levity, thoughtlessness; lack of dignity, con tempt, degradation; -patana-ka, m. (swift flying), N. of a crow; -parikrama, a. mov ing quickly; -pâka, a. growing old quickly; easily digested; -pâtin, a. (flying quickly), N. of a crow; -pramâna, a. short; -pra yatna, a. pronounced with slight effort; -bhâ va, m. ease; -bhug, a. eating little; -mûla, a. having insignificant roots, insignificant at the beginning; -vikrama, m. quick step; a. quick-footed; -vivara-tva, n. narrowness of aperture; -vritti, a. of a light nature, light; frivolous: -tâ, f. levity; -sattva, a. having a weak character; -samutthâna,a. rising up quickly, prompt; -sâra, a. insignificant, worthless; -hasta, a. light-handed, adroit (of archers, scribes, etc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. adroitness of hand, dexterity; -hârîta, m. abridged Hârîta (author of a law-book).

vājin	a. V.: spirited, swift (steed; w. ratha, m.=war-chariot); brave, warlike; manly, procreative; C.: winged; having as wings (--°ree;); feathered (arrow; also once swift: -i-tâ, f. feathered condition);m. hero, warrior (V.); steed of a war-chariot (V.); horse, stallion (C.; -i-tâ, f. condition of a horse): pl. coursers=steeds or teams of the gods (V.); the school of Vâgasaneya (so called because the sun in the shape of a horse re vealed certain Yagus verses to Yâgñavalkya).

vājinīvat	a. (V.) possessing or driving swift steeds; strong, spirited; -va su, a. having swift steeds (RV.).

vāruṇa	a. (î) belonging, relating, or sacred to Varuna; western (presided over by Varuna); m. aquatic animal, fish: î, f. west; kind of serpent; Varuna's female energy; Varuna's daughter (produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as the goddess of spi rituous liquor); spirituous liquor, palm-wine.

vikala	a. lacking a part, defective, imperfect; inefficient, useless; mutilated, maimed; impaired, weak; deficient in, lacking (in., --°ree;); blind of (an eye, --°ree;); exhausted. unnerved, unwell, dispirited, drooping: â, f. second; -kala&ndot;ka, a. spotless; -kala-tâ, f., -kala-tva, n. defectiveness, imperfection; infirmity; -kala½a&ndot;ga, a. having a crippled member; -kalî-kri, greatly impair or injure.

vip	a. inwardly stirred, inspired (RV.); f. (RV.) switch, rod, shaft (of an arrow); in the preparation of Soma, the staves forming the bottom of the drainer and supporting the straining cloth.

vipra	a. (V.) inwardly stirred, in spired; sagacious, wise (often of the gods); learned; m. singer, poet (V.); learned theo logian (V.); priest, domestic priest (C., rare); Brâhman (C.): pl. kind of divine being (S.): â, f. Brâhman woman.

vipas	n. inspiration (in vipas-kit and vipo-dhâ).

vipaścit	a. [knowing inspiration: vipas] inspired; wise; versed in (--°ree;).

viparyāṇa	a. unsaddled: î-kri, unsaddle; -paryâya, m. opposite (rare); -paryâsa, m. overthrow (of a wagon); trans portation; expiration; exchange, inversion, change; reverse, opposite, of (--°ree;); perverse ness; wrong notion, error: -½upamâ, f. in verted comparison; -palâyin, a. fleeing; -pavana, a. windless.

viśyāparṇa	a. conducted with out the Syâparnas (sacrifice); -srabdha, pp. (√ srambh) confident: °ree;-or -m, ad. confi dently, unhesitatingly; -srama, m. rest, re laxation; -sramana, n.resting, relaxation; -srambha, m. cessation (rare); confidence, in (lc., --°ree;, rarely g.); familiarity, intimacy: -m kri, gain the confidence of (g.): ab. or °ree;--, confidentially; kasmai visrambham katha yâmi, whom shall I make a confidant of? -kathâ, f. confidential or familiar conversa tion, -kathita, (pp.) n. pl. id.; -srambhana, n. confidence; gaining the confidence of (--°ree;); -srambhanîya, fp. inspiring any one (g.) with confidence;-srambha-tâ, f. confidence; -srambha-bhritya, m. confidential servant; -srambha-samkathâ, f. familiar or confiden tial conversation; -srambha½âlâpa, m. id.; -srambhin, a. trusting, placing confidence in (--°ree;); enjoying confidence; confidential (conversation); (ví)-sravas, a. famous; m. N. of a Rishi, son of Pulastya and father of Kubera, Râvana, etc.; -srânana, n. be stowal, gift, of (g., --°ree;); sacrifice of (life); -srânta, pp.(√ sram) rested etc.; -srânti, f. rest, repose, relaxation; cessation, end (rare): -bhûmi, f. means of relaxation; -srâma, m. rest, repose, relaxation (ord. mg.); heaving sigh after exertion; resting-place (rare); cessation, relaxation, abatement: -bhû, f. resting-place, -vesman, n. resting-chamber, -sthâna, n. resting-place of a person=means of recreation; -srâva, m. noise; renown.

viśvāsana	n. inspiring of confidence: -½artham, ad. for the sake of inspiring confidence.

viśvāsa	m. confidence, trust, faith, in (lc., sts. in. ± saha, g., or --°ree;); secret confided to (--°ree;, rare): -kâraka, a. (ikâ) inspiring confidence; -kârana, n. reason for confidence; -kârya, n.confidential matter; -ghâta, m. breach of confidence; -ghâtaka, -ghâtin, a. betraying confidence, treacherous.

viśvasanīya	fp. to be trusted, deserving confidence; n. imps. one should place confidence in (lc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. in spiring of confidence.

viśvāsin	a. trusting, confiding; trustworthy; -svâsa½upagama, m. access of confidence; -svâsya, fp. trustworthy; in spiring confidence; to be consoled, finding consolation.

visarga	m. [√ srig] discharge, liber ation (V., C.); cessation, end (V.); diverg ence (of paths: RV.); C.: emission; evacua tion of excrement; dismission of a person; bestowing, giving; casting, throwing, dis charging, scattering; creating; creation, pro duct; final aspiration (gr.): -kumbana, n. parting kiss; -lupta, n. absence of Visarga.

visarjana	n. cessation, end, re moval (V., E.); creating (RV.); C.: relin quishment, desertion; discharge, emission; sending away, dismission of a person; driv ing of cows to pasture (--°ree;); bestowing, giving; -sarganîya, m. final aspirate (gr.); -sargita, cs. pp. (√ srig) abandoned, turned adrift; -sarpa, m. spread, diffusion; ery sipelas, and similar kinds of inflammation; -sarpana, a. spreading; n. shifting (int.); diffusion, increase; (ví)-sarpin, a. coming forth, issuing, against (--°ree;); moving or glid ing about; spreading, diffusing itself.

vṛṣamaṇas	a. having a manly spirit, brave (RV.); -râga-ketana, m. ep. of Siva (C.).

vaiśvāsika	a. inspiring confi dence (visvâsa), trustworthy.

śuṣma	V. a. [√ sush=√ svas] hiss- ing, gushing (wave; RV.); strong (juice) (RV.); m. (V.) roaring, rushing (of fire, water, wind, etc.); (exhalation), fragrance (of a plant, of Soma, RV.); impulse, impetuosity, valour; vital vigour, spirit (rare).

śūraṇa	a. spirited (steed; RV.1); m. (C.) an esculent root (also spelt sûr-).

śauṇḍa	a. (--°ree;) addicted to liquor (sundâ); passionately fond of, entirely devoted to; skilled in; being the pride of: i-ka, m. distiller or seller of spirituous liquors: î, f. female keeper of a tavern; -in,m.: -î, f. id.

śrama	m. weariness, fatigue, exhaus tion; exertion, exercise, labour, toil; reli gious or studious effort; pains or trouble be stowed on anything (lc., --°ree;): -kara, a. caus ing fatigue or trouble; -karshita,pp. worn out with fatigue; -gha, a. dispelling fatigue; -kkhid, a. id.; -gala, n. perspiration.

śramanud	a. dispelling fatigue; -mohita, pp. paralysed with fatigue; -vâri, n. perspiration: -bindu, -lesa, m. drop of per spiration; -vinayana, a. dispelling fatigue; -sîkara, m. perspiration; -½âdhâyin, a. caus ing trouble (conj.); -½ambu, n. perspiration.

śvāsin	a. hissing; asthmatic; aspirated (sound).

śvāsa	m. [√ svas] hissing, panting; respiration, breath; sighing, sigh; asthma; breathing (in the pronunciation of consonants).

saccandrikā	f. splendid moon light; -karita, n. good conduct; a. well conducted, virtuous; -karitra, n. good con duct; -karyâ, f. id.; -kâra, m. good spy; -kid-ânanda, m. pl. existence, thought, and bliss; a. consisting of existence, thought, and bliss; designation of the supreme impersonal spirit: -maya, a. id.; -kin-maya, a. con sisting in being and thinking.

sattva	n. [being-ness] V., C.: being, existence, reality; essence, nature, innate dis position, character; C.: strong character, energy, resolution, courage; absolute good ness (the first of the three qualities inherent in Prakriti); spirit; vital breath, life; en tity, substance, thing (rare); m. n. living being, animal; ghost, demon, goblin (rare).

sananda	m. N.=-nandana; -nand- ana, m. N. of a Rishi (a spiritual son of Brahman).

sanatkumāra	m. (the eternal youth) N. of a Rishi accounted one of the spiritual sons of Brahman and identified with Skanda and Pradyumna.

sanātana	a. (î) everlasting, eternal, perpetual, permanent; m. N. of a Rishi (a spiritual son of Brahman).

samābhāṣaṇa	n. conversa tion with (--°ree;); -mnâta, pp. √ mnâ; n. enu meration; -mnâtri, m. editor of the Veda; -mnâna, n. enumeration, list; -mnâya, m. id.; literary work; edition of the Veda; sacred scripture; -½ay-ín, a. (Br.) occurring at the same time; attainable by many at the same time (world: in a-); -yoga, m. union, connexion, conjunction, contact, with (in.± saha, --°ree;; ord. mg.); equipment, preparation: -vidheh, conjuncture of fate; ab. by con nexion with = by means of, owing to (--°ree;); -rambha, m. undertaking, enterprise; en terprising spirit (rare); beginning, com mencement (rare); -rambhana, n. grasping; unguent (=-lambhana).

sara	a. fluid (V.); --°ree; (î), going, run ning, flowing (C.); m. string, cord (C.): -ka, m. n. drinking cup, goblet; spirituous liquor; drinking of spirits.

sasvara	a. identical in sound with (--°ree;); having the same accent as (in.); ac cented: -m, ad. loudly; -svâhâ-kâra, a. accompanied with the exclamation svâhâ; -sveda, a. perspiring.

sahoḍha	a. having the stolen pro perty with him=in his possession (thief); (son) brought with the wife (i. e. begotten by another father but born after the marriage); -½utthâyin, a. rising together, conspiring with, m. confederate of (g., --°ree;); -½udara, a. (â, î) born of the same womb, uterine; m. uterine brother, f. uterine sister; fig.=the image of (g., --°ree;); -½upapati-vesman, a. liv ing with his wife's paramour.

sāttvika	a. (î) spirited, vigorous (person); relating to, dominated by etc. the quality of Sattva; indicating an inward feel ing or sentiment (rh., dr.).

sādhana	a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.

siddha	pp. (√ sidh) hit (mark); ac complished, achieved, effected, fulfilled, real ized, successful; ready (money); prepared, made ready; cooked (food); gained, acquired; peculiar; unchangeable; cured (person); established, settled, substantiated, proved; well known, in (--°ree;); possessed of magical power (things); subject, ready to serve one (spirits, charms); perfected, adept in (d., --°ree;); become perfect, possessing super natural power, emancipated from the laws of nature; m. seer, sorcerer, magician; saint, Siddha (a class of demi-gods, such as Kapila, Vyâsa etc., possessing supernatural powers, esp. that of flying through the air); = Gina (with the Jains); N.; n. magical or super natural power: -kârya, a. having accomplished one's purpose; -kshetra, n. region inhabited by Siddhas, land of the Blest; N. of certain sacred regions: -parvata, m. mountain in the land of the Blest; -tâp asa, m., î, f. ascetic endowed with super natural knowledge and power; -tva, n. correct ness; establishment, demonstration; perfec tion; -dhâman, n. abode of the Blest;-bhûmi, f. fairyland; -mantra, m. magical spell; -yoga, m. magical agency; -yogin-î, f. sorceress, witch, fairy; -ratna, a. possess ing a magical jewel; -rasa, m. quicksilver; -rasâyana, a. possessed of an elixir of life; -râga, m. N. of a king; -laksha, a. hitting the mark (arrow); -vat, ad. as established or proved: -kri, regard as settled or proved; -varti, f. magical wick; -vâsa, m. abode of the Blest, N. of a locality; -sambandha, a. whose kin is known; -sarit, f. (famous river) Ganges.

surāsava	m. n. distilled spirit.

surāpāṇa	n. drinking of spirituous liquor; a. (C.) drinking spirit uous liquor; -pîtha, m. drinking of spirituous liquor (Br.).

surādhvaja	m. sign of a tavern; -pa, a. (â, î) drinking spirituous liquor.

surājīvin	m. (living by spirits), keeper of a tavern or distiller; -dhara, m. N. of an Asura.

surā	f. [distillation: √ 1. su] spirit uous liquor.

sūtra	n. [√ sîv] V., C.: thread, string, cord (ord. mg.); C.: sacred cord (worn over the left shoulder by the three upper castes); measuring line; fibre; line; sketch, plan; (thread running through and holding toge ther=) concise rule or aphorism; manual consisting of aphoristic rules: -ka, n. thread, cord; -kâra, m. author of a Sûtra work or manual; -tantu, m. thread; -daridra, a. (poor in threads=) threadbare: -tâ, f. thread bare condition; -dhâra, m. [holder of the measuring line] carpenter, builder, architect; wire-puller=] stage-manager; --°ree; m., î, f. leading spirit in; -pâta, m. drop of the measuring line: -m kri or kar, measure, compare; -pitaka, m. n. (basket=) collec tion of the Buddhistic Sûtras; -prota, pp. attached to (=worked by) strings (puppet); -bhrit, m. stage-manager.

sīdhu	m. spirit distilled from molasses, rum; fig.=nectar.

saira	a. (î) belonging to the plough (sîra); n. kind of spirituous liquor.

somya	a. (V.) concerned with, be longing to, consisting of, inspired by, Soma, Soma-loving; m. (V.) Soma sacrificer.

somikā	f. N. of a bird; -ín, a. (RV.) offering Soma; inspired by Soma; -ila, m. N. of an Asura: -ka, m. N. of a weaver.

sormi	a. having waves, billowy, surging; speeding along (horses); -½ullâsa, a. delighted, rejoicing: -m, ad. joyfully; -½ulluntha, a. ironical, sarcastic: -m, ad. ironically; -½ûsha, a. mixed with salt earth; -½ûshma-tâ, f. heat; aspiration (gr.); -½ûsh man, a. warm, hot; aspirated; m. aspirate; -½ûshma-snâna-griha, n. room with hot baths, bath-room.

saurika	a. [surâ] due for spiritu ous liquor (money).

svid	a. (--°ree;) sweating, perspiring.

svedabindu	m. drop of sweat; -lesa, m. id.; -vâri, n. perspiration; -½ambu, n. id.; (svéda)-½ayana, n. passage for sweat, pore; -½udgama, m. breaking out of perspiration.

sveda	m. [√ svid] sweat (pl. drops of perspiration); sudorific (in medicine): -ga, a. produced from sweat or damp heat (ver min); n. vermin; -gala, n. perspiration: -kana, m., -kanikâ, f. drop of perspiration.

hālā	f. spirituous liquor.

hṛdaṃsani	a. giving heart to, in spiring (g.) with courage (RV.1).

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

148 results0 results22 results


anyatra	pāpīr apa veśayā dhiyaḥ # AVś.9.2.25d.

aptūrye	maruta āpir eṣaḥ # RV.3.51.9a.

ā	yas te sarpirāsute # RV.5.7.9a.

ā	siñca sarpir ghṛtavat samaṅdhi # AVś.12.3.45c. P: ā siñca sarpiḥ Kauś.62.17.

kṣīraṃ	sarpir atho madhu # AVś.10.9.12e,13d--24d.

kṣīraṃ	sarpir madhūdakam # RV.9.67.32d; RVKh.9.67.17d,18d; SV.2.649d; TB.1.4.8.4d.

tat	pāpīr api pādaya # AVP.4.13.5f.

tam	eva viśve papire svardṛśaḥ # RV.2.24.4c; N.10.13c.

tena	pāpīr anīnaśam # AVP.5.9.1d.

drvanna	id vanavat sarpirannaḥ # RV.10.27.18d.

drvannaḥ	sarpirāsutiḥ # RV.2.7.6a; VS.11.70a; TS.4.1.9.2a; MS.2.7.7a: 83.1; 3.1.9: 12.4; KS.16.7a; śB.6.6.2.14; Apś.16.9.6; Mś.6.1.3.28 (33). P: drvannaḥ Kś.16.4.35.

nakir	āpir dadṛśe martyatrā # RV.6.44.10c.

nāsuṣver	āpir na sakhā na jāmiḥ # RV.4.25.6c.

pāyasaṃ	madhusarpirbhyām # MDh.3.274c.

pṛṇann	āpir apṛṇantam abhi ṣyāt # RV.10.117.7d.

pra	ropīr asya pātaya # AVP.4.21.3c.

bodhy	āpir avaso nūtanasya # RV.3.51.6c.

bhaver	āpir no antamaḥ # RV.8.45.18c.

mitraṃ	na sarpirāsutim # RV.8.74.2b; SV.2.915b.

ya	āpir nityo varuṇa priyaḥ san # RV.7.88.6a.

yad	asarpat (KS. -pas) tat sarpir abhavat (KS. -vaḥ; MS. omits abhavat) # TS.2.3.10.1b; MS.2.3.4b: 31.1; 2.3.5b: 32.19; KS.11.7b. P: yad asarpaḥ KS.11.8.

yuvaṃ	kaṇvāyāpiriptāya cakṣuḥ # RV.1.118.7c.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"pir" has 32 results

anunāda	a fore-sound : a preceding additional sound which is looked upon as a fault: e. g. ह्वयामि whom pronounced as अह्वयामि. This sound is uttered before an initial sonant consonant. It is also uttered before initial aspirates or visarga. confer, compare घोषवतामनुनादः पुरस्ताद् आदिस्थानां, क्रियते धारणं वा । सोष्मोष्माणामनुनादोप्यनादः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.18,19.

alpaprāṇa(1)	non-aspirate letters letters requiring little breath from the mouth for their utterance as opposed to mahāprāṇa; (2) non-aspiration; one of the external articulate efforts characterizing the utterance of non-aspirate letters.

ūṣman	aspiration letters, spirants called breathings also: the name is given to letters or sounds produced with unintonated breath through an open posision of the mouth; confer, compare विवृतमूष्मणाम् M. Bh, on P.I.1.10 Vārt, 3. The word refers to the letters श्, ष्, सु, ह्, visarga, jihvāmūlīya, upadhmāniya and anusvāra; confer, compare ऊष्मा वायुस्तत्प्रधाना वर्णा ऊष्माणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.12; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.10.

kārtikeya	the original instructor of the Kātantra or Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Grammar, to Śarvavarman who composed the Sūtras according to inspiration received by him. The Kātantra, hence, has also got the name Kaumara Vyākaraṇa.

kumāra(1)	Kārtikeya who is believed to havegiven inspiration to the Katantra-sūtrakāra to write the Kātantra-sūtras; (2) named Viṣṇumitra who wrote a commentary on the ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य,

kaumāra,komāravyākaraṇa(1)	an alternative name of the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa given to it on the strength of the traditional belief that the original inspiration for writing it was received by Sarvavarman from Kumara or Kārtikeya; (2) small treatises bearing the name Kaumāravyākaraṇa written by Munipuṅgava and Bhāvasena. The latter has written Kātantrarūpamāla also.

caturtha	a term used by ancient grammarians for the fourth consonants which are sonant aspirates, termed झष् by Panini; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 2. Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 18, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1 54. Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 176.

car	a short term (Pratyahara) for the hard unaspirated surds and श्, ष्, स्. The change of the second, third and fourth letters into the first is called चर्त्व: confer, compare अभ्यासे चर्च । खरि च । वावसाने । Pāṇini. VIII.4.54-56.

cartva	substitution of a hard consonant or श्, ष्, स्, for soft consonants and aspirates. See the word चर्.

jaś	a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) signifying the soft inaspirate class consonants ज्,ब्,ग्,ड् and द्.

dvitīya	the second consonant in the five groups of consonants, surd aspirate, confer, compare T.Pr. I. 11: V. Pr.I. . 54, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 15; it is called द्वितीयतस्पर्श also.

dvyūṣman	name of a Samdhi made up of two spirants, or resulting in the presence of two spirants or Usman letters exempli gratia, for example निष्षिध्बरी:, स्वस्साता; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI. 22.

nāgeśa	the most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.

padapāṭha	the recital of the Veda text pronouncing or showing each word separately as detached from the adjoining word. It is believed that the Veda texts were recited originally as running texts by the inspired sages, and as such, they were preserved by people by oral tradition. Later on after several centuries, their individually distinct words were shown by grammarians who were called Padakāras. The पदपाठ later on had many modifications or artificial recitations such as क्रम, जटा, घन et cetera, and others in which each word was repeated twice or more times, being uttered connectedly with the preceding or the following word, or with both. These artificial recitations were of eight kinds, which came to be known by the term अष्टविकृतयः.

paribhāṣenduśekhara	the reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.

ph	hard labial consonant, aspirate of प्, possessed of the properties श्वास घोष, महाप्राणता, and कण्ठविवृतता.

b	third letter of the labial class which is soft and inaspirate.

mahāprāṇa	literally hard breathing, aspirate characteristic (बाह्यप्रयत्न) of consonants possessed by the second and fourth consonants of the five classes, and the sibilants श्, ष् and स् which letters are also called महाप्राण on that account.

r(1)	second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा， S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.

l(1)	a consonant of the dental class which is a semi-vowel ( यण् ) with liquid contact in the mouth, and which is inaspirate ( अल्पप्राण ),voiced ( घोष ) and both nasalised and unnasalised; (2) name in general ( लकार ) given to the personal endings applied to roots in the ten tenses and moods which take different substitutes ति, त:, अन्ति et cetera, and others and have various modifications and augments in the different tenses and moods; (3) substituted as a semi-vowel ( यण् ) for the vowel ऌ followed by any other vowel in the euphonic combinations; (4)applied at the beginning of nontaddhita affixes as a mute letter indicating the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare लिति; P. VI. 1.193; ( 5 ) substituted for त्, थ्, द्, घ् or न् before ल्， confer, compare P.VIII.4. 60; (6) substituted under certain conditions for the consonant र् (a) of the root कृप्, (b) of prefixes प्र and परा before the root अय्, (c) of the root गॄ in frequentative forms and optionally before affixes beginning with a vowel, and (d ) of the word परि before घ and अङ्क; confer, compare P. VIII. 2. 18 to 22. _ ल (1) consonant ल्; see ल् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.' (2) a general term usually used by ancient grammarians to signifyलोप (elision or disappearance) of a letter or a syllable or a word; confer, compare सर्वसादेर्द्विगोश्च ल: \| सवार्तिक:, द्वितन्त्र: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.60; (3) taddhita affix. affix ल added to the word क्लिन्न when चिल् and पिल् are substituted for the word क्लिन्न; e.g, चिल्लः, पिल्ल: confer, compare P. V. 2.33 Vārt 2.

lomaśya	the utterance of an aspirate letter rather harshly, with a stress on it, when that utterance is looked upon as a fault; confer, compare ऊष्मणां घोषाणां लोमश्यमसौकुमार्ये श्र्वेडनम् अधिको वर्णस्य ध्वनिः Uvvața on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.6.

v(1)	fourth letter of the class of consonants headed by य्, which are looked upon as semi-vowels; व् is a dental, soft, non-aspirate consonant pronounced as ब् in some provinces and written also sometimes like ब्, especially when it stands at the beginning of a word; (2) substitute for उ which is followed by a vowel excepting उ; e. g, मधु+अरि: = मध्वरि:; confer, compare इको यणचि P. VI. I. 77; (3) the consonant व्, which is sometimes uttered with very little effort when it is at the end of a word and followed by a vowel or a semivowel, or a fifth, fourth or third consonant or the consonant ह्. In such cases it is called लघूच्चारण; confer, compare यस्योच्चारणे जिह्वाग्रोपाग्रमध्यमूलानां शैथिल्यं जायते स लघूच्चारण: S. K. on P.VIII.3. 18;(4) solitary remnant of the affixes क्विप्,क्विन्, ण्वि and the like, when the other letters which are mute are dropped and the affix क्वप् or the like becomes a zero affix. This व् also is finally dropped; confer, compare वेरपृक्तस्य P. VI.1.67.

varga	name given to the different classes of consonants which are headed by an unaspirate surd; e. g. कवर्ग, चवर्ग, टवर्ग, तवर्ग and पवर्ग. The several consonants in each group or class, are, in their serial order, named वगेप्रथम, वर्गद्वितीय et cetera, and others On the analogy of these five classes, the semivowels are called by the name यवर्ग and sibilants, are called by the name शवर्ग,

visarga	aspiration, leaving of the breath generally at the completion of the utterance of a word when there is a pause; the term विसर्जनीय was in use in ancient times. Although not mentioned in his alphabet by Pāṇini, this Phonetic element, visarga, is looked upon as a letter; it is mentioned as one of the letters in the Śikṣā and the Prātiśākhya works and Patañjali has advised its inclusion in the alphabet. As visarga cannot be found in use independently of another letter (which is any vowel after which it occurs) it is called अयोगवाह.

vuñ	(ID taddhita affix. affix अक causing vṛddhi to the vowel of the first syllable of that word to which it is added, as prescribed, (a) to the words denoting an offspring as also to the words उक्ष, उष्ट्र et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'a group'; e. g. अोपगवकम् , औष्ट्रकम् , कैदारकम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.IV.2.39, 40; (b) to the words राजन्य and others in the sense of 'inhabited country' ; e. g. राजन्यकः देवनायकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. IV.2.53, (c) to the words headed by अरीहण such as द्वुघण, खदिर्, मैत्रायण, काशकृत्स्न et cetera, and others in the quadruple senses; exempli gratia, for example अारीहणकम् , द्रौबणकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.80, (d) to the word धन्व meaning a desert, to words with य् or र for their penultimate, to words ending in प्रस्थ, पुर and वह as also to words headed by धूम, नगर, अरण्य कुरु, युगन्धर et cetera, and others, under certain conditions in the miscellaneous senses; e. g. सांकाश्यकः,पाटलिपुत्रकः, माकन्दकः, आङ्गकः, वाङ्गकः, धौमकः, नागरकः, अारण्यकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.121-130,134,135, 136; (e) to the words शरद् , आश्वयुजी, ग्रीष्म, वसन्त, संवत्सर,अाग्रहायणी and others in the specific senses given: confer, compare P. IV. 3.27, 45, 46, 49, 50; (f) to words denoting descendence or spiritual relation, words meaning families and warrior clans, words कुलाल and others, words meaning clans, and students learning a specific Vedic branch in specific senses prescribed : e. g. आचार्यक, मातामहक, ग्लौचुकायनक, कालालक, काठक, कालापक et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.77, 99, 118, 126; (g) to the words शाकल, उष्ट्र, उमा and ऊर्णा in the specially given senses; exempli gratia, for example शाकलः, संघः, औप्ट्रकः, औमम् और्णम्, confer, compareP.IV.3.188,157,158; (h) to words with य् as the penultimate, and a long vowel preceding the last one, to words in the dvandva compound, and to the words मनोज्ञ, कल्याण and others in the sense of 'nature' or 'profession';e.g रामणीयकम् गौपालपशुपालिका, गार्गिका, काठिका etc; confer, compare P. V.1.132,133,134: (2) kṛt affix अक added to the roots निन्द् हिंस् and others, and to the roots देव् and कृश् with a prefix before,in the sense of a habituated,professional or skilled agent; exempli gratia, for example. निन्दकः, परिक्षेपकः, असूयकः, परिदेवकः, आक्रोशकः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2. 146, 147.

śambhu	God Siva who is supposed to have composed, or to have inspired Panini to compose, the fourteen . Sutras अइउण् , ऋलृक् et cetera, and others giving the alphabet of the Panini system ; confer, compare त्रिषष्टिः चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Pāṇini. Siksa, St. 3.

śar	a brief term or Pratyahara standing for the three sibilant or spirant consonants श् , ष् and स्.

śarvyavāya	intervention by any one of the spirants श् , ष् and स्, which prevents the substitution of ण् for न् but allows the substitution of ष् for म्; confer, compare चुटुतुलशर्व्यवाये न M.Bh. on P. VIII.4.2 as also नुम्विसर्जनीयशर्व्यवायेपि P. VIII.3.58 Vart. 1.

ṣaṣṭha	a term used in connection with the sixth of the spirants viz. the Jivhamuliya letter confer, compare ऋकारल्कारावथ षष्ठ ऊष्मा Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.18; the term is also used in the sense of the sixth vowel viz. ई. in the Rk. Pratisakhya; confer, compare मुख्ये परे पञ्चमषष्ठयोश्च Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 29.

sārasvata	name of a grammar work which was once very popular on account of its brevity, believed to have been written in the sutra form by an ancient grammarian named Narendra who is said to have composed 700 sutras under the inspiration of Sarasvati.The exposition of these Sutras by a reputed grammarian named Anubhutisvarupacarya who possibly flourished in the thirteenth century A. D., is known by the name सारस्वतप्रक्रिया which has remained as a text book on grammar to the present day in some parts of India. This प्रक्रिया is popularly known as सारस्वतव्याकरण. The technical terms in this grammar are the current popular ones.

somayājin	a modern grammarian of the nineteenth century who wrote a short grammatical work as a hand-book for scholars who aspired to be poets. The work was called वैयाकरणशब्दमाला.

hū	the last of the spirant consonants, \| which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.

Vedabase Search

10 results


pirīta	pleasing words	CC Madhya 3.84

pirīti	love	CC Madhya 4.95

pirīti	loving symptoms	CC Madhya 11.21

apira	of the word api	CC Madhya 24.145

nirgranthāḥ apira	of the words nirgranthāḥ api	CC Madhya 24.153

cakampire	began to tremble	SB 4.8.78

cakampire	shook	SB 10.15.34

nirgranthāḥ apira	of the words nirgranthāḥ api	CC Madhya 24.153

tepire	they executed	SB 6.5.4-5

vilepire	began to lament	SB 7.2.32

DCS with thanks

6 results


piruka	noun (neuter) a kind of ?? Frequency rank 58043/72933

pirāyāka	noun (neuter) a medic. substance Frequency rank 58042/72933

kapirasāḍhya	noun (masculine) hog-plum (Spondias Magnifera) Frequency rank 48549/72933

kapiromaphalā	noun (feminine) Mucuna Pruritus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48550/72933

sarpirmaṇḍa	noun (masculine) the scum of melted butter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69430/72933

sarpirmehin	adjective having urine like clarified butter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from sarpirmeha Frequency rank 69431/72933

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


abhiṣangajvara	fever due to evil spirits or fear, grief , anger etc; viral fevers and fever caused by stress and anxiety are grouped under this heading .
agastyaharītaki	confection preparation used for respiratory health.
apāna	expiration, flatus.
atibadda	restricted respiration.
atisṛṣṭā	abnormally long respiration.
brahmacarya	chaste life; celibacy before marriage; sexual restrain to promote physical, mental and spiritual health.
cavanaprāṣalehya	confection preparation used in respiratory diseases and as a toni Century
chinnaśvāsa	Cheyne-stokes respiration; an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by deeper and faster breathing, followed by a gradual decrease that results in a temporary stop in breathing called an apnea.
citrakaharītaki	confection preparation used in respiratory diseases and abdominal lumps.
cyavanaprāśa	rejuvenating and anti-aeging preparation with the main ingredient of myrobalan, invented by sage Cyavana. It contains 48 ingredients and indicated in debility, gout, respir diseases, loss of appetite et Century
drākṣāriṣṭa	fermented stuff made from grapes and other medicinal herbs, useful in respiratory and digestive disorders.
jīva	life, empirical self; living being; soul.
kāmasūtra	a treatise on sexual love authored by Vātsyāyana, apparently belonged to the period between 4th and 6th centuries during the Gupta empire.
kohalī	a kind of spirituous liquor.
kupitam	agitated; agitated respiration.
madira	spirits.
mahāśvāsa	Biot’s breathing; Kussamoul respiration.
medaka	thick precipitate of spirituous liquid, liquor used for distillation.
navakṣāra,navāsāra	sal ammoniac; a mineral compound of ammonium chloride, used in respiratory diseases.
pinḍasveda	bolus perspiration, bolus heat application.
prāṇavahasrotas	(prāṇa.vaha.srotas) respiratory system.
prasanna	1. pleasant, serenity, tranquil; 2. upper portion of spirituous liquor (surā).
prastarasveda	inducing perspiration by laying on a straw-bed.
rakṣaḥkarma	protective rites after surgery to save the patient from evil spirits.
śambūkāvartabhagandara	spiral fistula in ano.
śayana	scholar of Hampi, the capital of Viajayanagara empire (14th – 15th Century ), author of Ayurveda sudhanidhi, the manuscript is not available.
sīdhu	rum, spirituous liquor distilled from sugarcane juice.
sitophalādicūrṇa	ayurvedic medicine used in upper respiratory tract diseases like commoncold.
śulbasūtra	parts of ancient treatises of empirical mathematics.
śvāsāvarodha	suffocation, respiratory distress.
sveda	sweat, perspiration.
svedana	1. causing to perspire, diphoretic, sudation or fomenting; 2. steaming, sudation therapy; 3. one of eighteen purification processes of mercury.
upanāha	hot poultice, plaster, unguent, stye, inflammation of the ciliary glands in the eye, upanāhasveda perspiration caused by a kind of poultice.
ūrdhvaśvāsa	central neurogenic hypoventilation; long expiration and short inspiration.
vaidyarājavallabha	a treatise of āyurveda authored by Laxmanapandita in Hampi, Vijayanagara empire in 14th Century
vāsā	Plant Malabar nut tree, vasaka, leaves of Adhatoda vasica, vāsāvalehya confection preparation used in the treatment of respiratory diseases.
yoṣādivaṭi	medicine used in cough and other respiratory diseases. It contains trikaṭu or three hot substances.

Wordnet Search

"pir" has 2 results.

pir

gujhiyāḥ, gojhiyāḥ, pirākam, saṃyāvaḥ

miṣṭānnaprakāraḥ- caruḥ tathā ca kājūtakādini śuṣkaphalāni kaṭe pūrayitvā nirmitaḥ padārthaḥ।

asmākaṃ gṛhe holikotsave gujhiyā nirmīyate।

pir

uśīraḥ, abhayam, naladam, sevyam, amṛṇālam, jalāśayam, lāmajjakam, laghulayam, avadāham, iṣṭakāpatham, uṣīram, mṛṇālam, laghu, layam, avadānam, iṣṭam, kāpatham, avadāheṣṭakāpatham, indraguptam, jalavāsam, haripiriyam, vīram, vīraṇam, samagandhikam, raṇapriyam, vīrataru, śiśiram, śītamūlakam, vitānamūlakam, jalamedas, sugandhikam, sugandhimūlakam, kambhu

mālādūrvāyāḥ sugandhitaṃ mūlam।

vāyuśītake uśīraṃ prayujyate।

Help

Credits